IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
FOREWORD
‫ ( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS ) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از‬.‫و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده‬
‫ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان‬
.‫آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
General Definitions:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
the
following
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
Company :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬، ‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
Purchaser :
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documents.
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
Vendor And Supplier:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company,
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
Shall:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
Should:
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
Will:
Is normally used in connection with the action
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
May:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
PERIODICAL INSPECTION AND TESTING
OF
ELEVATORS
FIRST REVISION
DECEMBER 2009
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دورهاي‬
(‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ )آﺳﺎﻧﺴﻮرﻫﺎ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اول‬
1388 ‫آذر‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party,
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
CONTENTS :
Page
No
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
: ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
1. SCOPE.................................................................... 6
6 ............................................................ ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
2. REFERENCES .................................................... 6
6 ......................................................................‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. UNITS ..................................................................... 7
7 .................................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
4. GENERAL NOTICE ......................................... 7
7 .................................................... ‫ ﻳﺎدداﺷﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4.1 Personal Safety.............................................. 7
7 .................................................. ‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬1-4
4.2 Duties of Inspectors ..................................... 8
8 ............................................... ‫ وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺑﺎزرﺳﺎن‬2-4
4.3 Arrangement for Inspection ..................... 9
9 ................ ‫ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬3-4
4.4 Recommended Equipment ........................ 9
9 ....................................... ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي‬4-4
5. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGIES 11
11 ..................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-5
6. PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND TESTS . 11
11 .......................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي دوره اي‬-6
7. INSPECTION AND TESTS NOT LONGER
THAN ONE MONTH AS ROUTINE
INSPECTION FOR ELECTRIC
ELEVATORS ..................................................... 12
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬-7
12 ....... .‫ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
7.1 Hoistway Doors ............................................. 12
12 ........................................ ‫ درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬1-7
7.2 Hoistway Door or Gate InterlocksLocking Function and Closed Position . 13
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه‬2-7
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ – ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
13 ........................................................... ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ آن‬
7.3 Hoistway Door Interlocks-Auxiliary
Lock.................................................................... 14
– ‫ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬3-7
14 ................................................................. ‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
7.4 Hoistway Door or Gate-Separate or
Combination Mechanical Locks and
Contacts........................................................... 15
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬-‫ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬4-7
15 .............................‫ﻣﺠﺰا ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
1
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
7.5 Power-Door Operation ............................... 16
16 ........................................... ‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد درب ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬5-7
7.6 Car Doors or Gates and Electric
Contacts ............................................................ 17
‫ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازه ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي‬6-7
17 ................................................................. ‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
7.7 Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways ... 18
18 . ‫ درب ﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري در ﭼﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻛﻮر آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬7-7
7.8 Emergency-Release Switch in Car ......... 18
18 ................ ‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬8-7
7.9 Inspection Made from Inside of Car...... 19
19 ......................... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬9-7
7.10 Inspection Made Outside of Hoistway 23
23 ............... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬10-7
7.11 Inspection Made from Top of Car ....... 25
25 ................... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬11-7
7.12 Inspection Made in Overhead Machinery
Space and in Machine Room .................. 48
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬12-7
48 .............................................. ‫و در ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
7.13 Inspection Made in Pit ............................. 62
62 ....................... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬13-7
8. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS NOT LONGER
THAN TWELVE MONTHS FOR ELECTRIC
ELEVATORS ......................................................... 70
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻧﻪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮ از دوازده‬-8
70 ...................................... ‫ﻣﺎه ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
8.1 Inspection of the Governor Rope
System .............................................................. 70
70 ............................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬1-8
8.2 Inspection and Test of Safeties, Each
Twelve Months ............................................... 71
‫ ﻫﺮ دوازده ﻣﺎه‬، ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬2-8
71 .................................................................. ‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬
8.3 Test of Buffers, Each Twelve Months ... 77
77 ... ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ دوازده ﻣﺎه ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬3-8
8.4 Test of Emergency (Standby) Power
Operation ........................................................ 78
78 ... ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮق )آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر( اﺿﻄﺮاري‬4-8
8.5 Test of the Closing Force of the Door
System ............................................................... 79
79 .................... ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ درب‬5-8
2
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
9.INSPECTIONS AND TESTS, EACH FIVE
YEARS FOR ELECTRIC ELEVATORS ....... 80
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬-9
80 .....................................................‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
9.1 Inspection and Test of Governors and
Safeties .............................................................. 80
80 ........ ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬1-9
9.2 Test of Buffers, Each Five Years............. 89
89 .......... ‫ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬،‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬2-9
9.3 Test of Normal and Final Termianl
Stopping Devices ............................................ 90
90 ‫ آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي و ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬3-9
9.4 Test of Power Opening of Doors or
Gates .................................................................. 91
91 ..... ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻫﺎ و دروازه ﻫﺎ‬4-9
10. ROUTINE INSPECTION NO LONGER
THAN ONE MONTH FOR HYDRAULIC
ELEVATORS .................................................... 92
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻪ‬-10
92 ............................................... ‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه‬
10.1 Inspection Made from Inside of the Car .. 92
92 ........................ ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬1-10
10.2 Inspection Made Outside of Hoistway 92
92 ................‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺧﺎرج ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬2-10
10.3 Inspection Made from Top of Car ....... 92
92 ........................... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬3-10
10.4 Inspection Made in Machinery Spaces
or Machine Room ........................................ 92
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻳﺎ‬4-10
92 ..........................................................‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
10.5 Inspection Made in Pit ............................. 95
95 .................................... ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬5-10
11. INSPECTION AND TESTS EVERY
TWELVE MONTHS FOR HYDRAULIC
ELEVATORS ..................................................... 97
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي دوازده ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬-11
97 ............................................................... ‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
11.1 Terminal Stopping Devices ..................... 97
97 .....................................‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬1-11
11.2 Relief Valve Setting ................................... 98
98 ......... ‫ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺮار دادن ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻬﺎي‬2-11
11.3 Static Load Test.......................................... 98
98 ................................................. ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎر ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬3-11
11.4 Governor and Safety Test ....................... 99
99 .............................‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬4-11
3
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
11.5 Buffer Test ................................................... 99
99 ............................................. ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬5-11
12. THREE YEARS INSPECTION AND
TEST ..................................................................... 99
99 .................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬-12
12.1Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting
Assemblies and Flexible Couplings.......... 99
‫ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬1-12
99 ......‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
12.2 Inspection of Unexposed Portions of
Pistons ............................................................ 99
99 .............‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪاي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬2-12
12.3 Pressure Tanks ........................................... 99
99 .......................................... ‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬3-12
13. FIVE YEARS INSPECTION AND TEST 100
100 ................................... ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬-13
13.1 Governor and Safety Test ....................... 100
100 ........................... ‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬1-13
13.2 Oil Buffer Test ............................................ 100
100 ................................‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬2-13
14. INSPECTION AND TESTS AFTER AN
IMPORTANT MODIFICATION OR AFTER
AN ACCIDENT ................................................... 100
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ از‬-14
100 ...............................................................‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ‬
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A .............................................. 102
102 .................................................................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
APPENDIX B DESCRIPTIONS AND
SCHEMATIC LAYOUTS OF
VARIOUS TYPES OF
SAFETIES AND
GOVERNORS ........................... 104
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﺷﺮح ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺮوﻛﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ اﻧﻮاع‬
104 .................. ‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX C HANDLING AND SOCKETING
OF WIRE ROPE ....................... 133
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﺮدن و ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
133 ............................... ‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﺮ و ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬
4
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
APPENDIX D CHECKLIST FOR INITIAL
AND PERIODIC INSPECTION
AND TEST OF ELECTRIC
ELEVATORS ........................... 142
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ و دوره اي‬
142 ........................... ‫و آزﻣﻮن آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
APPENDIX E CHECKLIST FOR INITIAL
AND PERIODIC INSPECTION
AND TEST OF HYDRAULIC
ELEVATORS ........................... 147
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ و دوره اي‬
147 ............... ‫و آزﻣﻮن آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
5
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-1
1. SCOPE
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎ در ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي وﻳﮋه ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮان و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟـﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘــﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠـﻲ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳــﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ ﻫــﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻣــﻞ‬،‫ ﻗـــﺮار دارد‬IPS-G-GN-370
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
This Standard is intended to serve as a guide in
the task of inspecting electric and hydraulic
elevators for passengers and goods. While this
Standard is in general based on the
requirements of the IPS-G-GN-370 it also
contains recommendations for the inspection of
equipment which is not required to conform to
that standard. It should be used in whole or in
part as a practical guide for the inspection and
testing of elevators.
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
This standard specification is reviewed and
updated by the relevant technical committee on
Mar 2005, as amendment No. 1 by circular No.
258.
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ‬1384 ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در ﻓﺮوردﻳﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺻﻼﺣﻴﻪ‬
.‫ اﺑﻼغ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬258 ‫ ﻃﻲ ﺑﺨﺸﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﺷﻤﺎره‬1 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
This bilingual standard is a revised version of
the standard specification by the relevant
technical committee on Dec 2009 which is
issued as revision (1). Revision (0) of the said
standard specification is withdrawn.
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در آذر ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬1) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0) ‫ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated
and undated standards/codes are referred to.
These referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard.
For dated references, the edition cited applies.
The applicability of changes in dated
references that occur after the cited date shall
be mutually agreed upon by the company and
the vendor. For undated references, the latest
edition of the referenced documents (including
any supplements and amendments) applies.
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬
‫ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬. ‫و ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از‬،‫ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون‬.‫ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و‬،‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
ASME (THE AMERICAN SOCIETY OF
MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
(‫)اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME
ASME A 17.1: 2004 "Safety
Code
Elevators
Escalators"
‫"آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ ASME A 17.1: 2004
"‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎ‬
for
and
6 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
،‫"راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬ ASME A 17.2: 2001
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎ و ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
"(‫)ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
ASME A 17.2: 2001 "Guide for Inspection
of
Elevators,
Escalators, and Moving
Walks"
(‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard
for Units"
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬ "‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-E-GN-100
IPS-G-GN-370 "General Standard for
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ و آﺑﻲ‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬ ‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
"(‫)ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
IPS-G-GN-370
Electric and Hydraulic
Elevators"
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺗﺶ‬NFPA
NFPA (NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION)
NFPA 70 "‫" آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮق‬ "National Electrical
Code"
NFPA 70
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
3. UNITS
‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ دراﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬IPS-E-GN-100
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
This Standard is based on International System
of Units (SI) as per IPS-E-GN-100, except
where otherwise specified.
‫ ﻳﺎدداﺷﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4. GENERAL NOTICE
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‬1-4
4.1 Personal Safety
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻮﺷﻴﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺧﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮه زﻳﺎدي وﺟﻮد دارد‬
Inspectors shall be cautioned that there are
many potential hazards involved in the
inspection of elevators.
‫از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺎﺗﻮان ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺧﻄﺮاﺗﻲ را ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﮔﺰارش ﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
‫دﻫﻨﺪه ﺣﻮادث داﻣﻨﮕﻴﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرس ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎدآوري‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻟﺒﺎس ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪن ﻟﺒﺎس ﮔﺸﺎد ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻛﺮاوات‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ آﺳﺘﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺧﻮدداري ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ زﻣﺎن ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ اﺷﻴﺎء‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ را ﺑﺒﻨﺪد‬
،‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﺴﺖ‬
‫ اﺷﻴﺎء ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ )ﺑﻴﺮون‬،‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
،‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﻫﻤﺠﻮار‬،‫زده( در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﻫﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺳﻮار ﺑﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻨﺪه‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫در اﺛﺮ ﺑﺎﻻرﻓﺘﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺮ‬
Since any accident can be not only disabling
but may be fatal, inspectors are reminded of the
hazards involved and that records show a
number of accidents involving inspectors.
The inspector should be suitably clothed before
starting the inspection. Wearing of loose
clothing, particularly neckties, should be
avoided. Keep buttons, particularly those on
cuffs, buttoned. The inspector should at all
times be alert for moving objects, and when on
top of an elevator car, for moving
counterweights, hoistway projections such as
beams, adjacent moving cars, cams, and other
equipment attached thereto or mounted in the
hoistway. The overhead clearance should
always be noted as a number of fatal accidents
have resulted from cars running into limited
7 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
overhead spaces while inspectors were on top
of the cars. Similarly, when working in the pit,
the inspector should always note the position of
the car and also keep clear of descending
counterweights in the hoistways. The power
supply line disconnect switch should be opened
when it is desired to prevent movement of the
elevator or when inspecting electrical parts.
‫ اﺗﻔﺎق‬،‫ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺳﻮار ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي‬،‫اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎر در‬،‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ﺳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻮده و‬
.‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﻮد را از وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل داﺧﻞ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮدن آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻏﺎز ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬،‫اﺑﺘﺪا ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎراﻧﺪازي‬
‫ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎر‬،‫اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮده و در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Before starting the inspection of an elevator,
the inspector should first determine that the
operating device, emergency stop switch, and
any other safety devices or switches are in
proper working order and in the proper position
for inspection.
Before inspecting an elevator in a bank of
"Group Automatic Operation" elevators, have
the elevator to be inspected disconnected from
the group operation.
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﺪارك دﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار داده‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﻮان از داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آن را ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﻳﻚ ردﻳﻒ از آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺮق آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮي را ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ‬،"‫"ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﮔﺮوه ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Where means of communication is provided in
the car, determine that it is operative.
،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺨﺎﺑﺮاﺗﻲ در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
Where a top-of-car operating device is
provided, use it to operate the car when on top
of the car instead of depending on an operator
in the car.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر‬،‫ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎرور در داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎراﻧﺪازي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرﺳﺎن ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ درون ﭼﺎﻟﻪ اي ﻛﻪ داراي‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺪادي از ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺷﻮك‬.‫آب اﺳﺖ وارد ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﺸﻨﺪه در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ "اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ" ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
When dual or attendant operation is provided,
the changeover switch should be in the position
of operation from the car only.
Inspectors should never enter pits containing
water. A number of fatal electric shock
accidents have occurred under such conditions.
For additional safe practices, see "Safety
Precautions" outlined in the applicable clause
in this Standard and manufacturer’s
recommendation.
‫ وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺑﺎزرﺳﺎن‬2-4
4.2 Duties of Inspectors
:‫وﻇﺎﻳﻒ ﺑﺎزرﺳﺎن ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
The duties of inspectors are as follows:
‫اﻟﻒ( اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
a) in making acceptance inspections of new
or altered installations or initial inspections
of existing installations, to determine
whether all parts of the installation conform
to the requirements of the IPS-G-GN-370 or
،‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ داده ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺮرات ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
8 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
regulations and whether the required safety
devices function as required therein;
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و‬،‫ب( اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎري‬
b) in making routine inspections, or
periodic inspections and tests of existing
installations, or of new installations after
they have been approved for operation by
the enforcing authority, to determine that
the equipment is in a safe operating
condition, has not been altered except in
conformity to IPS-G-GN-370, and performs
in accordance with test requirements;
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬،‫آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎي دورهاي ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﻣﺎت‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ داده ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎر اﻳﻤﻦ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻣﮕﺮ در ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺎ‬
c) to report the results of his inspection in
accordance with IPS-G-GN-370.
‫را‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﺸﺎن‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ‬
(‫ج‬
.‫ ﮔﺰارش ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬.IPS-G-GN-370
‫ﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ وﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﺎن اﻳﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫را در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻨﺪ‬
It is not the function or duty of inspectors to
make any repairs or adjustments to the
equipment.
‫ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬3-4
4.3 Arrangement for Inspection
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزرس از ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﻮن اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت زﻳﺮ را‬
:‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The inspecting authority or the inspector
should request the Company to make the
following arrangements prior to an inspection
or test:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن داراي ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ را ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم‬
a) provide qualified personnel to perform
the tests specified in IPS-G-GN-370;
‫ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬،(‫ب( در ﻣﻮرد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي آﺑﻲ)ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
b) in the case of hydraulic elevators, clean
such portions of the equipment as tanks and
piston rods prior to the inspection as
required.
(‫از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻫﺎ و ﺷﺎﺗﻮن ﻫﺎ )ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬
.‫را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ آﺷﻨﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ وي را ﻫﻤﺮاﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The inspector should be accompanied by a
person familiar with the operation of the
elevator to assist him during his inspections.
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدي‬4-4
4.4 Recommended Equipment
a)
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎدي و دورهاي‬
Routine and Periodic Inspections
and Tests
The following equipment is recommended:
:‫ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫( ﭼﺮاغ ﻗﻮهاي ﺑﺎ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﻧﺎرﺳﺎﻧﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1
‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دﻳﮕﺮ درﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮر ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
1) A flashlight with a non-conductive case
for inspecting wire ropes and other
equipment in locations where sufficient
natural or artificial light is not available;
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي از ﻣﺎده ﻧﺎرﺳﺎﻧﺎ؛‬2 ‫( ﺧﻂ ﻛﺶ‬2
2) A 2 m ruler of nonconductive material;
‫( دﺳﺘﻪاي از ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ؛‬3
3) A set of thickness gages;
9 Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
0/2 ‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﭼﻜﺶ ﺳﺮﮔﺮد‬،‫( ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬4
‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﮔﺮﻣﻲ؛‬
4) A small hammer, preferably a 0.2 kg
ball peen;
‫( ﮔﭻ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺪاد رﻧﮕﻲ؛‬5
5) Chalk or crayon;
‫( آﻳﻴﻨﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮدن‬6
‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛‬
‫( ﻛﻼه اﻳﻤﻨﻲ )ﻧﺎرﺳﺎﻧﺎ(؛‬7
6) A small metal mirror to be used in
examining wire ropes or other parts of
equipment normally inaccessible;
7) Safety hat (nonconductive);
‫( ﭘﺮﮔﺎر اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب؛‬8
8) Rope caliper;
‫( ﺷﻴﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار؛‬9
9) Sheave groove gage;
10) Copy of latest edition of IPS-G-GN370;
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫از‬
‫( ﻧﺴﺨﻪاي‬10
11) Copy of checklist as contained in this
standard IPS-I-GN-335;
‫( ﻧﺴﺨﻪ اي از ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در اﻳﻦ‬11
‫؛‬IPS-I-GN-355 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
12) Pad lock, multiple lock device and
“DO NOT START” tags.
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ و ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫(ﻗﻔﻞ آوﻳﺰ‬12
."‫روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ "ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻴﺎﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫؛‬IPS-G-GN-370
‫ب( ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﭘﺬﻳﺮش و دورهاي اﻓﺰون ﺑﺮ‬
b) Periodic and Acceptance Inspections and
Test In addition to the equipment specified
for routine inspections, the following should
be provided by the owner or contractor:
،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎدي‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
:‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫( زﻣﺎن ﺳﻨﺞ؛‬1
1) A stop watch;
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي؛‬15 ‫( ﻣﺘﺮ ﻧﺎرﺳﺎﻧﺎي ﻧﻮاري‬2
2) A 15 meter nonconductive tape;
5) A spirit level;
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ داراي‬،‫( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ‬3
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬0/3 ‫ﭼﺮخ داراي ﻣﺤﻴﻂ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺳﺮﻋﺖ را‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان از روي آن ﺧﻮاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫( دﺳﺘﮕﺎه اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺗﺪاوم اﺗﺼﺎل‬4
‫ آﻣﭙﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺎز ﺻﺤﻴﺢ و ﺻﺤﺖ وﻟﺘﺎژﻫﺎ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺪت ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و‬/‫ﺷﺪت ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ؛‬
‫( ﺗﺮاز ﺣﺒﺎب ﻫﻮا؛‬5
6) A door test scale (gage) to check
closing door force;
‫( اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮ )درﺟﻪ( وﻳﮋه آزﻣﻮن درب آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺮاي‬6
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن در؛‬
3) A tachometer, preferably one provided
with a 0.3 m circumference wheel for
measuring speeds, or one that reads
directly in meter per minute;
4) A meter, to check grounding
continuity,
correct
phasing
and
verification of voltages, AC/DC amps,
and resistance;
‫( وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ؛‬7
7) Suitable test weights;
‫( ﻧﻮرﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻨﺠﻴﺪن ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﻮر‬8
‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻛﻨﺪل ﻣﺘﺮ )ﺷﻤﻊ ﻣﺘﺮ(؛‬
8) A suitable light meter for measuring
light level in meter candles;
10
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫( ﺗﻮان ﺳﻨﺞ؛‬9
9) A dynamometer;
radio
‫( ﻓﺮﺳﺘﻨﺪه ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه رادﻳﻮﻳﻲ؛‬10
11) Come – along and "Chicago" grip or
midline rope clamps;
‫( ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ دﺳﺘﻲ و ﮔﻴﺮه ﺷﻴﻜﺎﮔﻮ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬11
‫راﻫﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب؛‬
10)
Transceiver
(combined
transmitter and receiver);
12) Out of service signs;
‫( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺧﺎرج از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﻮدن؛‬12
13) Device for testing smoke detectors;
‫( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دودﻳﺎب ﻫﺎ؛‬13
‫؛‬16 ‫( ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻤﺎره‬14
14) No.16 gage copper wire;
‫( ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري از ﻫﻤﻪ‬15
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ؛‬
15) Keys for access and operation of all
elevator equipment;
.4×4 ‫( ﺟﻚ آﺑﻲ)ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ( و ﮔﻮﻧﻴﺎي‬16
16) Hydraulic jack and 4×4.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
If iron counterweight sections are used as test
weights and scales are not available to
determine accurately their weight in Kgs, their
approximate weight can be determined by
multiplying the product of the length, breadth
and thickness in mm., by 7.197 ×10-6 If
weights are iron , multiply by 1.1349 × 10-5, If
weights are lead, multiply by 7.75 ×10-6 if
weights are steel. Deduct for volume of any
holes or slots.
‫اﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺗﺮازوﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ دﻗﻴﻖ وزن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ ﻋﺮض و‬،‫ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮب ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻮل‬،‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬7/197×10-6 ‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ‬1/1349×10-5 ‫ در ﻋﺪد‬،‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل آﻫﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در‬7/75×10-6 ‫ﻛﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺳﺮﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و در ﻋﺪد‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وزن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎ و ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ از ﺣﺠﻢ‬.‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻛﺴﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
5. DEFINITIONS AND TERMINOLOGIES
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ و واژﮔﺎن‬-5
ASME ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3 ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
Definitions in section 3 of ASME A
17.1d:2000 and earlier editions (Section 3.1 A
17.1:2000 and later editions) shall apply.
‫ و وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺒﻠﻲ آن‬A17.1d:2000
‫ و وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي‬A 17.1:2000‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬3.1‫)ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫آن( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
6. PERIODIC INSPECTIONS AND TESTS
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي دورهاي‬-6
All existing installations shall be subjected to
tests and inspections on a periodic basis.
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دورهاي در ﻣﻌﺮض‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
It is recommended that periodic inspections
and tests be made:
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي دوره اي در‬
:‫ﺑﺎزه ﻫﺎي زﻣﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
a) At intervals not longer than one month as
routine inspection;
‫اﻟﻒ( در ﺑﺎزه زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
b) At intervals not longer than 12 months.
This is a no load, slow speed test and
inspection of the car and counterweight
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﺎه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬12 ‫ب ( در ﺑﺎزه زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ از‬
‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻋﺎدي؛‬
‫ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻲ ﺑﺎري و ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ اﺳﺖ و ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
11
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
safeties, and an inspection of the governors
and oil buffers;
‫از ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ؛‬
c) At intervals not longer than 5 years. This
is a rated load, rated speed test and
inspection of the car safeties, a no load,
rated speed test and inspection of the
counterweight safety, a tripping speed test
and inspection of governors, a rated load,
rated speed test of the car oil buffer and a
no load, rated speed test of the
counterweight oil buffer.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ ﺳﺎل ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫ج ( در ﺑﺎزه زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﺎر و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از‬
‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎر و ﺑﺎ‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه از وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن‬،‫آزﻣﻮن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ رﻫﺎﺳﺎزي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎر و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻳﻚ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎر در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
.‫روﻏﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل اﺳﺖ‬
:‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
Exception:
Whenever the elevator is placed out of service
for any reason for a definite period of time.
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ دﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬
.‫از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Before such installation is again placed in
service, all parts of the equipments shall be
inspected and tested to determine that they are
in safe operating condition and those parts
which are subject to wear such as ropes,
bearings, gears, car safety and governor parts,
buffers, etc., have not worn to such an extent as
to affect the safe operation of the installation.
Any defected parts shall be repaired or
replaced.
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ دوﺑﺎره در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن اﻳﻤﻦ ﺑﻮده و ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و‬،‫ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻤﻦ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﻮﺛﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده‬
‫ ﻫﺮﻗﻄﻌﻪ اي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
7. INSPECTION AND TESTS NOT
LONGER THAN ONE MONTH AS
ROUTINE INSPECTION FOR ELECTRIC
ELEVATORS
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬-7
.‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬1-7
7.1 Hoistway Doors
‫ﻫﺮ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎزﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎز‬
‫و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ و ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي درب ﻫﺎ و ﻋﻴﻮب ﺳﺎزه اي ﻗﺎب ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ درب ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن آن ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎز‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺪون ﻟﻤﺲ ﻛﺮدن ﻗﻔﻞ و ﭼﻔﺖ آن درب را‬،‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻔﺖ آن‬،‫ اﮔﺮ درب ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ روش ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮب اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ درب ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﻓﺮوﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻔﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ راﻫﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻫﺎي دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬،‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎ‬،‫آوﻳﺰﻫﺎي درب‬
.14-11-7 ‫ﺗﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي درب ﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ از اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫آزاد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرس ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬
‫ﻻزم را ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺬف ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮدﺑﺨﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب‬
Open and close each manually opened
hoistway door, examine each, including any
hand-operated latches, and note any broken
glass panels in the doors or any structural
defects in the frames. Try to open the door by
pulling it, and also by lifting it without
touching the lock or latch. If it can be opened
in this manner, the lock or latch is defective, or
the door has sagged so that the lock or latch is
not engaging properly. See 7.11.14 for
inspection of door hangers, guides, tracks, and
interconnection of door panels.
Close by gravity when released by the car are
dangerous and the inspector should recommend
the necessary changes to eliminate the self12
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
closing feature, and on electric elevators,
should also recommend the installation of
interlocks or combination mechanical locks
and contacts.
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫را ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ از‬،‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
.‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ را ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد دﻫﺪ‬
Where electric contacts or interlocks are
installed, an electrically released mechanically
applied brake is required on the elevator
driving machine.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ آزاد ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
Inspect automatic hatch covers including their
hinges and operating mechanism to determine
that the doors are structurally sound and that
the hinges and operating mechanism are
lubricated and in proper operating condition.
Securing hatch covers in the open position is
prohibited.
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺳﻘﻒ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﺳﺎز وﻛﺎر ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻲ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﺳﺎزهاي درب ﻫﺎ و اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ﺷﺪن روﻏﻦ ﻛﺎري آﻧﻬﺎ و ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮه‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺮداري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺳﻘﻒ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.2 Hoistway Door or Gate InterlocksLocking Function and Closed Position
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه‬2-7
The inspection of the interlocks and their
operating cams or similar devices can be made
more conveniently from the car top as outlined
in 7.11.13.
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ راﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي از‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده‬13-11-7 ‫روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ – ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ آن‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن‬1-2-7
7.2.1 Locking function
‫در درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﻗﻔﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺟﻠﻮ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬
‫درب ﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﺷﺪن ﻗﺮار دارد ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺲ رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺎز‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﺟﻠﻮ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ از درب ﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻗﻔﻞ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﻗﻔﻞ و‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ را آزاد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺗﺠﺎوز‬0/25 ‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ از‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻧﻤﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ‬.‫ ﻣﺘﺮي ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬0/75 ‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ از‬
.‫ﻃﺒﻖ روش ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه در ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ﺑﻌﺪي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫در درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان از داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن درب ﻳﺎ‬،‫دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ آﻧﺮا از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫دروازه‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ روش اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
On doors or gates equipped with interlocks
which are unlocked automatically by retiring
cams or similar devices, when the car is in a
landing or leveling zone, place the car at each
landing at such a position above and below the
landing that the automatic unlocking device on
the car cannot release the interlock. Determine
that these positions do not exceed 0.25 m
above or below the landing where a manually
operated leveling device is used, or 0.75 m
where an automatic leveling device is used.
Then follow the procedure outlined in the next
paragraph.
On doors or gates equipped with interlocks
which can only be unlocked manually from
inside the car, try to open the door or gate from
its fully closed position by pulling or lifting it.
It should not be possible to open the door or
gate in this manner.
13
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
7.2.2 Closed position of hoistway door or
gate
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه‬2-2-7
With the car door or gate in the closed position
and with the hoistway door or gate fully open,
close the hoistway door or gate slowly from the
landing side until the maximum clear opening
is reached at which the actuation of the
elevator operating device will cause the car to
start. Measure the distance from the nearest
face of the door jamb or gate sill to the nearest
edge of the door or gate, or between the rigid
meeting edges of biparting doors. Determine
that from this position, the door cannot be
reopened from the landing side (see also 7.3
and 7.11.13).
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ‬،‫دارد و درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را از ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
(‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ آزاد ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ اي ﻛﻪ در آن ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﺪن )ﻛﻨﺎﻧﺶ‬
،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاز آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎي ﺑﺎﺋﻮي درب ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ دروازه ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺨﺖ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬.‫درب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ دوﻟﻨﮕﻪ را اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ درب را در اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان از ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
‫ و‬3-7 ‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺪداً ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
(13-11-7
The measured distance should not exceed the
dimensions indicated in the following
paragraphs:
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه از اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي‬
:‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
1) Horizontally Sliding or Swinging Doors
or Vertically Sliding Counterweighted
Doors or Gates: 9.5 mm.
‫( درب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻳﺎ درب ﻫﺎي دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﺎ‬1
2)
Vertically
Sliding
Biparting
Counterbalanced Doors: 19 mm from their
stopped position, when equipped with a fire
resistive nonshearing, noncrushing edge on
the lower edge of the upper door section.
‫( درب ﻫﺎي دوﻟﻨﮕﻪ ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي‬2
9/5 : ‫دروازهﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي داراي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ آﻧﻬﺎ‬19 : ‫ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫در ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ درب ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻟﺒﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آﺗﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﺑﺮﺷﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﺧﺮد ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
7.3 Hoistway Door Interlocks-Auxiliary
Lock
– ‫ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬3-7
Where a 100 mm locking range is permitted, an
auxiliary lock is required which is incorporated
either in the door closing mechanism or
consists of a rack attached to the landing sill or
top track and an engaging pawl on the door.
When the doors are power closing, the
auxiliary lock is usually placed on the closing
mechanism to prevent damage if attempt is
made to reopen the door by power while it is in
the 100 mm locking range.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬100 ‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه در داﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺠﺎز داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﺑﺴﺘﻦ درب ﺟﺎ داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ داراي ﭼﺮخ‬
‫دﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﻳﺎ راﻫﮕﺎه ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ و ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻚ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎ از‬.‫درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮ روي درب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در‬،‫ﻧﻮع ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮو ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﺑﺴﺘﻦ درب ﻗﺮار داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪن ﻗﺮار دارد اﮔﺮ‬100 ‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در داﻣﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮدد از اﻳﺠﺎد آﺳﻴﺐ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو ﻳﺎ درب ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ درﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎ و ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬
Where power-closing doors of the horizontally
sliding type or doors equipped with door
14
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
closers and interlocks have a 100 mm locking
range, place the door in the position as
determined in 7.2 which will permit the
operating device to start the car.
100 ‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه در داﻣﻨﻪ‬
2-7 ‫ درب را در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد ﺗﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازد‬
‫در ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ از‬،‫دارد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و‬100 ‫ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﮔﺮد از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اي ﺑﻴﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺠﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﺎز آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎي‬
‫ﺑﺎﺋﻮ درب و ﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﺋﻮي درب ﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ آﻧﺮا دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎز‬9/5 ‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ درب ﻫﺎي دوﻟﻨﮕﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺘﻮان درب را ﺗﺎ‬،‫ از ﻫﺮ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ درون اﻳﻦ داﻣﻨﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد‬100 ‫و ﻧﻪ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ از وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
With the car door or gate in the closed position,
slowly close the hoistway door and try to
reopen it from the landing side from any point
between the 100 mm., position and a position
where the clear open space between the nearest
face of the door jamb and the jamb edge of the
door or the clear open space between the
meeting edges of biparting doors is 9.5 mm.
From any position within this range, it may be
possible to open the door up to, but not beyond
the 100 mm position.
7.4 Hoistway Door or Gate-Separate or
Combination Mechanical Locks and
Contacts
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬-‫ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬4-7
Separate mechanical locks used in combination
with separate electric contacts are not
permitted.
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺰاي ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﺠﺰا ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Combination mechanical locks and electric
contacts of the hoistway unit system are
permitted only on freight elevators under
restricted conditions.
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎر ﺗﺤﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺰا ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن‬1-4-7
7.4.1 Locking function
‫ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﺳﺘﻲ از درون‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻳﺎ‬.‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬،‫دروازه در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه را‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬.،‫ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺰء‬،‫اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن درب ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺰاء ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎداﻣﻚﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺿﺮورﺗﺎً از ﻧﻮع‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه را در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار‬،‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫داده و ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺎزه دادن ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰء ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ دور از ﻛﻒ‬،‫ﻛﺮدن درب ﻳﺎ دروازه‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮار‬.‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ درب را ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫دارد‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ را ﺑﺎ‬.‫ ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻓﺸﺎر دﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
Inspect mechanical locks operated manually
from the car, where used, with hoistway door
or gate electric contacts. With the door or gate
in the fully closed position, pull on the door or
gate, which should be held closed by the lock.
Determine that the locking member is in a
position to lock the door when or before the
contact is closed by the door or gate.
Where the locking members of such devices
are operated by car cams, which are usually but
not necessarily of the stationary type, place the
door or gate in the fully closed position and
move the car a sufficient distance away from
the floor to permit the locking member to lock
the door or gate. With the car in this position,
pull or push on the door, which should be held
15
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ‬.‫دﺳﺖ آزاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و درب ﻳﺎ دروازه را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آراﻣﻲ آن را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺮﻗﻲ در ﻫﻤﺎن دم ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺟﺰء ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار دارد ﻛﻪ درب را ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع را از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
closed by the lock. Release the lock manually
and open the door or gate. Then slowly close it
to the position where the electric contact just
closes and note whether the locking member is
in a position to lock the door. It may be
necessary to check this from the car top.
‫ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه‬2-4-7
7.4.2 Closed position of door or gate
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺠﺰا ﻳﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺐ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬2-2-7 ‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ درب ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫دروازه را ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان از ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ را ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬13-11-7 ‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The closed position of the door or gate electric
contacts used with either separate mechanical
locks or combination mechanical locks and
electric contacts should be determined as
outlined for interlocks in 7.2.2. Determine that
from this position the door or gate cannot be
reopened from the landing side.
Where contacts cannot be inspected from
within the car, inspect them from the car top as
outlined in 7.11.13.
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد درب ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬5-7
7.5 Power-Door Operation
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻟﺤﻈﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫آن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد و اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه درب ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ از روي‬،‫ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬13-11-7 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑﺎره ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﻮاع ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ‬،‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر و وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻤﺘﺪ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‬
.(3-5-7 ‫ و‬2-5-7 ،1-5-7 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑـﻪ‬
‫( در‬3-5-7 ‫ و‬2-5-7 ،1-5-7) ‫در ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺷﻴﺌﻲ را ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻴﺌﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن درب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺧﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺷﻜﺎف درب ﻓﺮو ﻧﮕﺮدد‬
،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ دﻛﻤﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻨﺪه درب ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و درب‬
‫در ﺣﺎل ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن اﺳﺖ آن ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ درب ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي درب‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
Where the closing of car and hoistway doors is
controlled by momentary pressure or by
automatic means, check the operation and if
the force necessary to prevent power closing of
horizontally sliding doors seems excessive,
check as outlined in 7.11.13 for inspection of
power-door operating devices on top of cars.
Where a power-closed car door is provided
with a reopening device, with automatic and
continuous pressure operation under certain
conditions, the reopening device should be
tested as indicated for the applicable types (see
7.5.1, 7.5.2 and 7.5.3).
In any of
where the
reopening
when the
position.
these tests (7.5.1, 7.5.2 and 7.5.3)
inspector uses an object to test the
device, it should not be inserted
door is nearing its fully closed
Where a door open button is provided, check
that when depressed and the door is closing it
causes the door to stop or to stop and reopen.
Where sequence closing is provided on
16
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮدي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪vertically sliding door, check its operation.‬‬
‫‪ 1-5-7‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑﺎره ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ )ﻟﺒﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ(‬
‫‪7.5.1 Mechanical reopening device (safety‬‬
‫)‪edge‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ درب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Actuate the device while the doors are being‬‬
‫‪closed and note whether car and hoistway‬‬
‫‪doors stop and reopen.‬‬
‫‪ 2-5-7‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑﺎره اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫‪7.5.2 Electronic reopening device‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺷﻴﺌﻲ را در ﺟﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ روﻧﺪه درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﺮار‬
‫دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ درب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Place an object in front of the leading edge of‬‬
‫‪the car door at various positions while it is‬‬
‫‪being closed. The car and hoistway doors‬‬
‫‪should stop and reopen.‬‬
‫‪ 3-5-7‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑﺎره ﻓﺘﻮاﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫‪7.5.3 Photoelectric reopening device‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻒ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑــﺎز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑــﺎره ﺑــﺎ‬
‫‪ IPS-G-GN-370‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارد‪ ،‬آن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫در ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎي ﺷﻜﺎف ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫را ﺣﺲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪To qualify as a reopening device that complies‬‬
‫‪with IPS-G-GN-370, the device must sense the‬‬
‫‪pressure of the obstruction anywhere within the‬‬
‫‪opening along the leadings edge of the car‬‬
‫‪door.‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮر ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎﻫﻚ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻧﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن و ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪن دوﺑﺎره درب ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد را ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻧﻮر ﻧﺎﻣﺮﺋﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭘﺮﺗﻮ ﻧﻮر را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮد‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻓﺰون ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻨﺪه دوﺑﺎره اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Determine the location of the light beam or‬‬
‫‪beams with relation to the car floor. While the‬‬
‫‪car and hoistway doors are being closed,‬‬
‫‪obstruct each light beam which should cause‬‬
‫‪the doors to stop and reopen. Where an‬‬
‫‪invisible beam is used, the position of the beam‬‬
‫‪can be determined by an examination of the‬‬
‫‪equipment. This type of device is usually‬‬
‫‪installed in addition to a mechanical or‬‬
‫‪electronic reopening device.‬‬
‫‪ 6-7‬درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫‪7.6 Car Doors or Gates and Electric‬‬
‫‪Contacts‬‬
‫‪ 1-6-7‬آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ درب ﻫﺎ و دروازهﻫﺎ‬
‫‪7.6.1 Examination of doors or gates‬‬
‫درب ﻫﺎ و دروازهﻫﺎ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﺟﺰاء‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺧﻤﻴﺪه ﻳﺎ از ﺟﺎ در رﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ آزادي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ و اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻪ راﻫﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺎرﻫﺎي )اﺟﺰاء ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫درب( راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬و ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازهاي ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫دروازهﻫﺎي در ﺣﺎل ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ از راﻫﮕﺎه ﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺧﺎرج‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬درب ﻫﺎ و دروازه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎز و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪.(14-11-7‬‬
‫‪Examine the car doors or gates and note any‬‬
‫‪broken, bent or sprung members. Operate‬‬
‫‪doors or gates to determine that they operate‬‬
‫‪freely and that bottom sill-guide tracks or‬‬
‫‪bottom guiding members are in place, securely‬‬
‫‪fastened, and are not worn enough to permit‬‬
‫‪the doors or gates to come out of their tracks at‬‬
‫‪any position of their travel (see also 7.11.14).‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ 2-6-7‬آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮاي وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫‪7.6.2 Test for closed position‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‪ ،‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي‬
‫آﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ‪ 2-2-7‬ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
‫درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﻧﮕﺎﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي)ﺷﻜﺎف( ﺑﺎز ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه و ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎي ﺑﺎﺋﻮ )ﺟﺰء ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫درب( ﻳﺎ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ از ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ‪ ،‬در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫درب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ دوﻟﻨﮕﻪ‪ ،‬وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻨﮕﻪ درب ﻫﺎ در ‪50‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪With the hoistway doors or gates in the closed‬‬
‫‪position, check the closed position of the car‬‬
‫‪doors or gates as outlined in 7.2.2 for hoistway‬‬
‫‪door or gate interlocks. A door or gate is‬‬
‫‪considered to be in the closed position when‬‬
‫‪the clear open space between the leading edge‬‬
‫‪of the door or gate and the nearest face of the‬‬
‫‪jamb or sill does not exceed 50 mm or, in the‬‬
‫‪case of biparting doors, when the door panels‬‬
‫‪are within 50 mm of contact with each other.‬‬
‫‪ 7-7‬درب ﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري در ﭼﺎهﻫﺎي ﻛﻮر آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫‪7.7 Emergency Doors in Blind Hoistways‬‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ درﺑﻨﺪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر را در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ درب ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮاي وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫و درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‪ ،‬آﻧﻬﺎ را‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي درب ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺷﺮح داده‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ درب ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ و ﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫از ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﻴﭻ درب‬
‫ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي را در ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﻧﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ آن ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد‪ .‬در‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮاردي‪ ،‬اﮔﺮ درب ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﺼﺐ اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﺷﺪن‬
‫دربﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Check the operation of the self-closing device‬‬
‫‪and functioning of the self-locking device,‬‬
‫‪where provided. Where door interlocks are‬‬
‫‪provided, check them for closed position and‬‬
‫‪locking function and check door electric‬‬
‫‪contacts, where provided, for closed position as‬‬
‫‪outlined for other hoistway doors.‬‬
‫‪Where neither interlocks nor electric contacts‬‬
‫‪are provided, the locking device provided‬‬
‫‪should be a type which cannot be opened‬‬
‫‪except by a key which will not unlock any‬‬
‫‪other door or device in the building. In such‬‬
‫‪cases, if the doors are not provided with door‬‬
‫‪electric contacts, installation of contacts should‬‬
‫‪be‬‬
‫‪recommended.‬‬
‫‪Determine‬‬
‫‪whether‬‬
‫‪emergency access doors are unobstructed.‬‬
‫‪ 8-7‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫‪7.8 Emergency-Release Switch in Car‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آن در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺮار دارد و ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي آن درﺟﺎي‬
‫ﺧﻮد ﺑﻮده و ﺳﺎﻟﻢ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدن آن‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺑﻲ درﻧﮓ آﻧﺮا‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎ ﺿﺮوري داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي رﻫﺎﻧﻪ از ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎر – ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ .‬در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮاردي‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ و‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدان ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫رﻫﺎﻧﻪ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Examine the emergency-release switch in the‬‬
‫‪car, if provided, and note whether it is in the‬‬
‫‪inoperative position and the glass cover is in‬‬
‫‪place and unbroken. Recommend immediate‬‬
‫‪replacement of missing or broken glass. Some‬‬
‫‪codes require these switches to be of the key‬‬‫‪operated constant-pressure type. In such cases,‬‬
‫‪the switch should return automatically to the‬‬
‫‪off position and the key should be removable‬‬
‫‪only when the switch is in the off position.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬9-7
7.9 Inspection Made from Inside of Car
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬1-9-7
7.9.1 Car enclosure
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ داﺧﻠﻲ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ از‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎزهاي ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ اﻋﻼم‬.‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ و ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻻزم ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ آن ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻓﺎﺣﺸﻲ وزن آن را ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ داده‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ را ﮔﺰارش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
All interior lighting should be checked for
proper operation. Determine that the car
enclosure is structurally sound and is securely
fastened to the platform. Determine that
capacity plates and any required certificates are
posted in the car. Report any evidence of
alterations or additions to the car which have
materially changed the car weight.
Check car enclosure
IPS-G-GN-370
for
conformity
to
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ در ﺟﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ در ﺟﻠﻮي‬،‫ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ و درب ﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
،‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺎدزنﻫﺎي ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ در درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ داراي ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺧﺮوج اﺿﻄﺮاري را ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Determine that top exit panels are in place,
secured, and not obstructed, and whether side
emergency exit doors of passenger elevators
are closed and locked.
If ventilating fans are installed inside the car,
determine that they are properly guarded,
adequately supported, and securely fastened in
place and not obstructing the emergency exit.
‫ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬2-9-7
7.9.2 Car illumination
‫ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ‬1-2-9-7
7.9.2.1 Normal illumination
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ را ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و داراي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻻزم ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Examine lighting fixtures to determine whether
they are securely fastened, and have the
required protection. Determine that sufficient
illumination is provided.
(‫ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري )آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬2-2-9-7
7.9.2.2 Emergency (standby) illumination
،‫در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آن را ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق ﺑﻪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ از‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮيﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻳﻬﺎ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﺪد ﺑﺎﻃﺮيﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري در ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
When emergency lighting is supplied, check its
operation by disconnecting the normal lighting
supply. Where the emergency for lighting is
supplied by batteries, check that such batteries
are in good condition and properly maintained,
and that any recharging equipment is operable.
Check that the emergency power supply is
located on each elevator
7.9.3 Operating and control devices
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮي‬3-9-7
7.9.3.1 Car-Switch operation
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
1-3-9-7
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
Operate the car switch to determine whether
19
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
the operating handle returns to the stop position
and latches in this position when the hand is
removed. Note any evidence of excessive
friction, or weakened or broken centering
springs. Operate the emergency stop switch
and note whether the car stops promptly.
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺖ از روي آن‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ از ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ ازﺣﺪ‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن اﺿﻄﺮاري را ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.8-7
For inspection of car emergency release switch,
see 7.8.
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺪاوم‬2-3-9-7
7.9.3.2 Continuous-Pressure operation
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﻳﺎ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ دﻳﮕﺮ درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ ﺗــﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻤﻲﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ ﻧﻤﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪهاﻧـﺪ و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛــﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازي‬
.‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬،‫آزاد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎزﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬1-3-9-7
Operate the car in each direction by means of
the operating buttons or other devices in the car
to determine that they do not stick or bind, are
properly marked, and that the car stops when
the operating device is released.
Test the operation of the emergency stop
switch as outlined in 7.9.3.1.
7.9.3.3 Automatic operation and signal
operation
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻜﻲ‬3-3-9-7
Operate the car, making stops in both the up
and down direction. At each stop, open the car
door or gate and note the relation of the car
platform sill to the landing sill. Note operating
push buttons work properly. Test the operation
of the emergency stop switch as outlined in
7.9.3.1.
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و در ﻫﺮ دوﺳﻮي ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎز‬،‫ در ﻫﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن‬.‫آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺎ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري را‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺎزﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬1-3-9-7 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
7.9.3.4 Hand rope, lever, wheel or crank
operation
‫ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ اي ﻳﺎ‬،‫ اﻫﺮﻣﻲ‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ‬4-3-9-7
‫ﻫِﻨﺪِﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫آن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را‬.‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫در ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎز اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ و ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﮔﻮي ﻫﺎي‬
‫راه ﺑﻨﺪ ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﻜﺎراﻓﺘﺎدن‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻟﺐ ﭘﺦ ﻧﺸﺪه و ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ را‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻛﺸﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺪن و رد ﺷﺪن ﮔﻮي ﻫﺎي راه ﺑﻨﺪ ﻃﻨﺎب از درون ﻗﻔﻞ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻫِﻨﺪِل ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ اﻫﺮم‬
Examine the operating rope and note if there
are any broken wires. Where a centering rope
is provided, determine that it will stop the car
in each direction.
Where an operating rope is provided, stop the
car at each landing and determine whether lock
stop balls on the rope require relocation to
prevent starting of the car. Determine that the
locking jaws are not rounded over and the
springs actuating the lock are intact, with the
proper tension to prevent the rope stop balls
from being pulled through the rope lock.
Where lever, wheel, or crank operation is
20
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
provided, operate the car in both directions of
travel and make stops at several landings. Note
any excessive lost motion or sticking of the
operating device.
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﻫﺮ دوﺳﻮي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ و در‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺮز‬.‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آن را ﺑﺎز اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ در وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد واﺑﺴﺘﻪ و دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ‬5-3-9-7
7.9.3.5 Dual and attendant operation
Where the elevator can be operated at times
only from the car and at times as an automatic
elevator (dual or attendant operation), check
the operation (Par. 7.8) under both operating
conditions and determine that car emergencyrelease switches, where provided for short
circuiting door or gate interlocks or electric
contacts, are inoperative when the elevator is
on automatic operation.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان در زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ از اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و‬
‫در زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر )ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
(8-7 ‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را )ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬،‫دوﮔﺎﻧﻪ( ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺮ دوﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ از‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺪار ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺷﺪن )اﻟﻘﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮدن( ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ و‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
7.9.3.6 Car leveling and truck zoning device
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬6-3-9-7
‫ﻳﺎﺑﻲ اراﺑﻪ‬
،‫در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﻫﺮدو ﺳﻮي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﺷﺪهاي ﺳﻴﺎﺳﺖ رواداري ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاز ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آرام ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬.‫اﻟﺰام ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻓﻘﻂ درون‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺮاز‬.‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲاﻧﺪازﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺿﻄﺮاري را‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر‬1-3-9-7 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬.‫اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
When an automatic leveling device is provided,
the accuracy of stopping in both directions of
travel should be noted at each landing. A
leveling tolerance may be required by an
accessibility or handicapped code. Where
inching buttons are provided, test them to
determine that they will operate the car only
within the zone allowed by the code. While the
car is leveling, operate the emergency or in-car
stop switch as outlined in item 7.9.3.1. This
should stop the car.
‫ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬4-9-7
7.9.4 Car floor, sills, and landing sills
‫ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
‫ ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬1-4-9-7
7.9.4.1 Car floor
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﻮدن ﻛﻒ ﻫﺎ و آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ و‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻞ ﺑﻮدن آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺎه‬.‫آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
ASME A ‫ )اﻟﻒ( در‬3-14-3 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬
،‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻜﻮي ﺷﻨﺎور ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬.14.2:2001
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺳﻜﻮ داراي ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﺪي ﺑﻮده‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ روي ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﺪارﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫)اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻲ( ﺗﻤﺎس درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺘﻮان‬
Determine the condition of the car floor and
car and landing sills. Look especially for
damage to floors and sills as well as loose sills.
Check the clearance between the car and
landing sills. See table 3.14.3 (a) in ASME A
17.2:2001. Where a floating platform is
provided, it should be noted that, this type of
platform constitutes a serious hazard and it is
suggested that the inspector recommend to the
company that the contacts on such platforms
which function to short circuit the car gate or
door contact be permanently disconnected so
21
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
that the car can be operated only when the car
gate or door is closed.
.‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
A floating platform is a car platform which
permits operation of the car with the car gate or
door open. Elevator systems may, however, use
isolated platform construction that may have
load weighing signaling devices. Such use is
not prohibited. Try operating the car from the
landing operating device with a load of 13.6 kg
on the platform with the car gate or door in the
open position.
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﻜﻮي ﺷﻨﺎور ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻜﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬.‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮي ﻣﺠﺰا و داراي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه وزن ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻌﻲ‬.‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎدهاي ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاز درون ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻜﻮ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﻳﺎ‬13/6 ‫ﺑﺎر‬
.‫دروازه آن در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻗﺮار دارد ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮاردادن ﺑﺎر آزﻣﻮن در‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻞﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻔﻲ از اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﻜﺮار ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
This test should be repeated with the test load
placed in various locations. The car should not
operate under such conditions.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ از ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺳﻜﻮي‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺠﺰا ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ داراي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه وزن ﺑﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
.‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎدهاي ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻏﻴﺮه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
Elevator systems may, however, use isolated
platform construction that may have load
weighing signaling devices, etc. Such use is not
prohibited.
‫ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻻدار ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬2-4-9-7
7.9.4.2 Hinged car platform sills
،‫ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ داﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺮك‬
‫ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ زﻳﺮ‬.‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺟﻮش ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮچﻫﺎي ﺷﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫آن در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي روي ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﻧﺒﺸﻲﻫﺎي راه ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﻪ‬.‫را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ و‬.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ و روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻫﺮم دﺳﺘﻲ و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ و ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي دوﻻﻳﻪ )اﺷﭙﻴﻞﻫﺎ( ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺮﻗﻲ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻻدار ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Visually examine the sill plate for cracks, wear,
broken welds, or loose rivets. Check the area
under the sill for foreign material, which would
prevent proper operation at the landing.
Check all bolts on the counterweight housing
and stop angles. Inspect the ropes or chains
which connect the sill to the counterweight.
Check pivot points and sheaves for wear and
proper lubrication.
Inspect the hand lever and linkage for excess
wear, and loose or missing cotter pins or bolts.
Check the operation of the hinged car platform
sill electric contact.
‫ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻻدار ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬3-4-9-7
7.9.4.3 Hinged hoistway landing sills
‫ ﺟﻮشﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ وﺟﻮد ﺗﺮك‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮچﻫﺎي ﺷﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ زﻳﺮ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ وﺟﻮد ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬
،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي روي ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﻧﺒﺸﻲﻫﺎي راه ﺑﻨﺪ‬
Visually examine the sill plate for cracks, wear,
broken welds, or loose rivets. Check the area
under the sill for foreign material which would
prevent proper operation at the landing.
Check all bolts on the counterweight housing
22
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
and stop angles. Inspect the ropes or chains
which connect the sill to the counterweight.
Check pivot points and sheaves for wear and
proper lubrication. Check the operation of the
hinged hoistway landing sill. It should be
possible to lower the hinged sill only when the
hoistway door is fully opened.
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ و زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﻪ‬.‫را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ و‬.‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ و روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻻدار ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ درب ﭼﺎه‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮدن آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﻟﻮﻻدار‬
.‫وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
7.9.5 Protection of projections and recesses
in hoistways
‫ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ)ﻃﺮهﻫﺎ( و ﭘﺲ‬5-9-7
Examine guards under landing sills to
determine that they are firmly secured in place.
guards should be recommended on existing
elevators not so equipped.
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
.‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﺪان ﻣﺠﻬﺰ‬
.‫ ﻧﺼﺐ اﻳﻦ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
7.9.6 Car emergency signals for elevators
without a designated operator in the car
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻜﻬﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬6-9-7
Check the operation of the emergency
signaling devices for compliance with the
requirements of IPS-G-GN-370.
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚ دﻫﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
Check the operation of the audible signaling
device (alarm) and means of two-way
conversation or telephone, whichever is
supplied.
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚ دﻫﻲ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ )آژﻳﺮ( و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬،‫دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Where the emergency power supply for these
signal means is supplied by batteries, check
that such batteries are in good condition and
are being properly maintained. Disconnect the
normal power source to check that the
emergency power source will operate the
lighting, alarm and means of two-way
conversation. In buildings that do not have
someone in continuous attendance, check the
outdoor signal or means of conversation with
outside emergency service.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫دﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻃﺮيﻫﺎ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻃﺮيﻫﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
،‫ آژﻳﺮ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲاﻧﺪازد‬،‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ در ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺴﻲ را‬.‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮق ﻋﺎدي را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚ ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻀﻮر ﻫﻤﻴﺸﮕﻲ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻟﻤﻪ دوﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ رﺳﺎن اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺧﺎرج‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ در ﭼﺎهﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻛﺎرور ﻣﺎﻣﻮر در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﺑﻴﺮون ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬10-7
7.10 Inspection Made Outside of Hoistway
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ و درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬1-10-7
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻣﺸﺒﻚ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ را در‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻣﺠﺎز داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﺒﻘﺎت ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻘﺮرات ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻻزم‬
‫داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮاردارﻧﺪ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
7.10.1 Hoistway enclosures and doors
Where openwork type enclosures and doors are
permitted and used, check enclosure panels at
all floors and note whether they are securely
fastened in place. Also determine that wire
netting or mesh required by the applicable
regulations is in place and securely fastened.
23
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-7 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ درب ﻫﺎ و ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.14-11-7 ‫ و‬13-11-7 ،5-7
For inspection of hoistway doors, see 7.1 to
7.5, 7.11.13 and 7.11.14.
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬2-10-7
7.10.2 Hoistway access switches
Hoistway access switches are required under
certain conditions. Determine that the switch
key is kept in a location where it is available
only to authorized persons.
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ ﻻزم‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬،‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
.‫اﺷﺨﺎص ﻣﺠﺎز ﻗﺮار داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
7.10.3 Car parking and hoistway door
unlocking devices
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻗﻔﻞ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و‬3-10-7
‫ﭘﺎرك اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
7.10.3.1 Parking device
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺎرك ﻛﺮدن‬1-3-10-7
Check operation of parking (service key)
device and determine that all parts of the
device are free to operate and that the door
cannot be opened unless the car is at the
landing.
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺎرك ﻛﺮدن )ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدان ﺧﺪﻣﺖ( را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آزادﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و آن ﻛﻪ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد ﻣﮕﺮ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻗﻔﻞ‬2-3-10-7
7.10.3.2 Unlocking devices
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدان ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ‬
‫راﺣﺘﻲ آن را ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ ﻛﺮد ﻳﺎ از اﺑﺰارﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﻳﺮاق آﻻت و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺟﺎﻛﻠﻴﺪي روي درب ﻫﺎ را‬.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮرده‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﺟـﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ‬،‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﺮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮد و ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻣﻮارد اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﺷﺨﺎص داراي ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Key shall be of a special shape to prevent easy
duplication or use of common tools. Check any
keyhole plates or escutcheons on doors and
determine that they are intact, securely fastened
in place, and not deformed.
The key or unlocking device shall be kept on
the premises by a person responsible for the
maintenance of the elevators and only readily
accessible to qualified persons in case of
emergency.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬4-10-7
‫در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﺰا‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل از درون ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺠﺰاي ﺧﺎرج‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب و‬،‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه آن در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل از ﻧﻮع ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﻮده و‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرور دﺳﺘﻮر دﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﻫﺮ‬.‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﺪ و ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه آن‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ درﻳﭽﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزدﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬.6-11-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4-11-7 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
7.10.4 Rope and rope fastening inspectioncounterweight in separate hoistway
Where the counterweight runs within a
separate enclosure outside the hoistway, each
rope and its fastening should be inspected at
the door in such enclosure nearest to the top of
the hoistway. Determine that inspection doors
in the counterweight enclosure are self-closing
and locked. Instruct the operator to move the
car a short distance at a time and inspect the
ropes. For details of rope and rope-fastening
inspection, see 7.11.4 through 7.11.6. If
inspection doors are not provided in the
counterweight enclosure their installation
should be recommended.
24
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
(‫ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ )ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬5-10-7
7.10.5 Car platform guards (aprons)
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺻﺎف ﻛﻪ در‬،‫اراﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫زﻳﺮﻛﻒ ﺳﻜﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اي ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺗﺮاز ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ اراﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ اداﻣﻪ‬533 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬76 ‫ﺑﻌﻼوه‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﻤﺖ ورودي ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬،‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬.‫ﻋﺮﻳﺾﺗﺮﻳﻦ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي‬0/9 ‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬0/6 ‫ﻛﻪ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻲ از ﭘﺎﮔﺮدﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار داده و ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎظ‬
‫در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دارد و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﻧﺮا‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺣﻔﺎظ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان در‬،‫ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮارد‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺗﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار دارد از ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‬
Where a car leveling or truck zoning device is
provided, a smooth metal guard extending a
distance below the platform floor equal to the
depth of the leveling or truck zone plus 76 mm
but not less than 533 mm. shall be provided on
the entrance side of the car platform. This
apron must have a width equal to or greater
than the widest hiostway door opening. Place
the car 0.6 m or 0.9 m above one of the
landings with the hoistway door open and
inspect the guard to determine that it is in place
and securely fastened. In some cases, this
guard can be inspected from the pit with the car
at the bottom terminal landing.
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬11-7
7.11 Inspection Made from Top of Car
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-11-7
7.11.1 General-safety precautions
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
:‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
The following precautions should be observed
when making inspections from the top of the
car:
a) Where outlets are provided on the top of
the car, use a 50 volts hand lamp with a
suitable lamp guard and reflector. Extension
cords should not be hung on car or
counterweight ropes;
‫اﻟﻒ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺎرج ﺷﺪن در‬
b) Be sure to have a firm and secure
surface, free of oil and grease, on which to
stand. If the car top is not clean, notify the
owner to clean it before the inspection is
made. Blowing out with compressed air to
be avoided;
‫ب( ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻛﻪ روي آن ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬
50 ‫ ﻳﻚ ﻻﻣﭗ دﺳﺘﻲ‬،‫ﺳﻘﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫وﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ و ﻧﻮراﻓﻜﻦ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزﺷﻮ ﺑﺮ روي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي‬
‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل آوﻳﺰان ﻧﮕﺮدﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ اﮔﺮ روي‬.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮده و ﻋﺎري از روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ‬،‫ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر از دﻣﻴﺪن‬.‫اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ آن را ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻮاي ﻓﺸﺮده اﺣﺘﺮاز ﺷﻮد؛‬
c) Use special care where car tops are
curved or domed;
‫ج( در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚﻫﺎ ﺧﻤﻴﺪه ﻳﺎ ﮔﻨﺒﺪي ﺷﻜﻞ‬
d) Test the strength of the car top before
subjecting it to the entire body weight.
Avoid standing on the car top emergency
exit cover or equipment;
‫د( ﻗﺒﻞ از وارد ﻛﺮدن وزن ﺧﻮد ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط وﻳﮋه ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮﻳﺪ؛‬
‫ از اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن ﺑﺮ روي‬.‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم آن را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوج اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آن اﺟﺘﻨﺎب‬
‫ورزﻳﺪ؛‬
‫ﻫ( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬
e) Be sure to have a firm hold on the
‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻣﺤﻜﻤﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ روي‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺎزه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر‬
crosshead or other parts of the car structure
when the car is moving. Never hold onto the
25
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
.‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﺧﻮد ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ را ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬.‫دارﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ و ﻣﺘﻜﻲ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺟﺪي در ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﮔﺮدد؛‬1:2
ropes. The practice of holding ropes may
result in a serious injury on an elevator
equipped with 2:1 roping;
،‫و ( اﮔﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ دﻳﮕﺮي در ﻛﻨﺎر ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
f) If there is an adjacent elevator in the
hoistway, be careful to keep all parts of the
body within the limits of the car being
inspected. Keep the inside limits of the car
area when the car is moving, to avoid
contact with counterweights or projections
in the hoistway. Be alert to counterweights
of elevators which may be located in or
adjacent to the hoistway of the elevator
being inspected;
‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺪن را در ﻣﺤﺪوده‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮد را در ﻣﺤﺪوده داﺧﻞ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ‬،‫ﺣﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺑﺎ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪ ﭼــﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺼﻮن ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎر ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﺣﺎل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ؛‬
g) If the car is equipped with a top-of-car
operating device (car top stop switch),
check it for proper operation before using it
to operate the car during inspection;
‫ز ( اﮔﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ‬
h) If no top-of-car operating device is
‫ح( اﮔﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺑﺮروي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ وﺟﻮد‬
available, instruct the operator in the car to
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرور داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ دﺳﺘﻮر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
move the car at the slowest possible speed
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻛﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ و در ﺟﻬﺖ‬
only and in the specified direction. Request
‫ از ﻛﺎرور ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در آورد‬
the operator to repeat the instruction each
‫ﻫﺮﺑﺎر ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در آوردن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ دﺳﺘﻮرات ﺷﻤﺎ‬
time before moving the car. In the case of
‫ در ﻣﻮرد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻜﻲ و ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫را ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﺳﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮدن از آن ﺿﻤﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
signal and collective-operation elevators or
‫ﺟﻤﻌﻲ ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﻋﻜﺲ ﺷﺪن ﺟﻬﺖ آن در‬
any elevator whose reversal at the terminals
is
automatically
controlled,
warn
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرور اﺧﻄﺎر‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
the
operator that if he is instructed to reverse
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ او دﺳﺘﻮر داده ﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
the direction of the car between terminals,
‫ او ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر را‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻛﻨﺪ‬
he must do so by means of the reversal
‫ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درون‬
switch in the car. Some existing automatic-
‫ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
operation elevators are provided with up
،‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ‬
and
‫دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻓﺸﺎري‬
down
continuous-pressure
type
operating buttons in the car to operate the
‫ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪي روي‬،‫ﻣﻤﺘﺪ در داﺧﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
car when making inspections, and a switch
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻦ دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي‬
is provided on the controller to make these
to
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ را ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ آن ﻣﺪار دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي‬
simultaneously open the circuit of the hall
،‫ﻓﺸﺎري ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي در داﺧﻞ ﺳﺮﺳﺮا را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
operating push-buttons, and in the case of
،‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺰ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﻤﻌﻲ‬
collective-operation, the operating buttons
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
in the car. Where such inspection buttons
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ دﻛﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
inspection
buttons
operative
and
26
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
are provided, make them operative and
‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﺮده و ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرور درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ دﺳﺘﻮر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺮاي‬
instruct the operator in the car to use them
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ از آﻧﻬﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﺪ‬
to operate the car. Where no inspection
‫ﻫﻴﭻ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﻋﻢ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳــﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺮ‬
devices are provided, either in or on top of
‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑــﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎطﻫــﺎي‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
the car, see General Safety Precautions in
‫؛‬1-13-7 ‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬
7.13.1;
i) Where an emergency stop switch is
located on the car top, check its operation
and be prepared to use it in case of an
emergency;
‫ط( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺮ ﺳﺮ‬
j) Where the overhead car clearance is
limited, it is important to observe overhead
obstructions. This is particularly important
where a working platform is provided on
top of the car. Generally working platforms
are prohibited;
‫ي( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺤﺪود‬
k) As a general rule, it is advisable to start
the inspection from the top of the hoistway.
‫ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺖ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ك( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻋﺪه ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آن را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ اﺿﻄﺮاري از آن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻜﻮي ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎي ﻛﺎر‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ آﻏﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬2-11-7
7.11.2 Top car clearance
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻧﺠﺎم ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺷﺮح داده‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزادي در‬11-7 ‫ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن داﺷﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻒ آن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از وﺟﻮد اﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي اﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد‬.‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد در روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮ روي آن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﻳﺎ زﻳﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮده و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Before making any of the inspections or tests
outlined in 7.11 determine the available top car
clearance. Where possible, this should be
determined by placing the car with its floor
level with the top terminal landing. Care must
be exercised in measuring this clearance from
the car top as, in many existing elevators, the
top clearance may be insufficient to permit a
man to stand on the car top when the car floor
is level with the top terminal landing. where
the clearance appears to be insufficient, the car
should be stopped at or below the top landing
and the top car clearance should be determined
as follows:
:‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد را اﻧﺪازه ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
Measure:
a) The distance from the top of the car
crosshead to the nearest obstruction directly
above it.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺎ‬
b) The projection of any sheaves, or other
equipment mounted in or on the car
crosshead, above the top of the crosshead.
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ب( ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺎﻻي آن‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪه در ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب‬
.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺮ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
27
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
c) The distance from the top of any
equipment mounted on top of the car (not
the car crosshead) to the nearest obstruction
directly above it.
‫ج( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺑﺎﻻي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ )ﻧﻪ‬
d) The distance, if any, the car floor is
below the top terminal landing. This
distance, if any, is to be subtracted from the
distances measured in "a" and "c". The
question of whether or not the top car
clearance, as measured, is adequate or
conform to code requirements cannot be
determined until the counterweight runby
and counterweight buffer compression has
been measured.
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در‬،‫د( در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬.‫زﻳﺮﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧـﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫داﺷﺘﻦ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي آﻧﺮا از ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺳﺌﻮال ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬.‫در "اﻟﻒ" و "ج" ﻛﺴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫــﺎي دررو وزﻧــﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮدﮔﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫را ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻫ ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل از ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب آن( ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ‬
. ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺎﻻي آن‬
e) Where an oil buffer is used for the
counterweight and no provision is made to
prevent the jump of the car upon
counterweight engagement, add one-half of
the gravity stopping distance.
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﺶﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬
‫ﭘﺮﻳﺪن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل اﺷﻐﺎل ﻛﺮده‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﻚ دوم ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺸﻲ را اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
:‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution:
The projection of rope fastenings or guide
shoes above the car structure is not to be
considered an encroachment on the top car
clearance. However, excessive projection
should not be permitted if interference with
sheaves or other equipment would be
encountered on maximum overtravel.
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻳﺎ ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺎزه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺗﺨﻄﻲ ﻛﺮدن از ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ‬.‫آزاد اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﭘﻴﺪاﻛﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
7.11.3 Counterweight and counterweight
buffer
‫ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬3-11-7
:‫وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine counterweights as follows:
a) Determine that lock nuts and cotter pins
at the top and bottom of the rods and the
frame rods are in place and that filler
weights (subweights) are securely held in
place;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻗﻔﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي دوﻻﻳﻪ‬
b) Determine that the counterweight guide
shoes are securely fastened to the frame and
that the guiding members are not worn
excessively. Also determine if swivel-type
or roller-type guide shoes are free to move
as intended;
‫ب( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
c) If a car counterweight is provided, and it
runs in the same guides as the drum
counterweight, it should be located above
‫ و آن‬،‫ج( اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫در ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ و ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﻗﺎب در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد‬
‫ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ و وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه )وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﻋﻲ( ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎب ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و اﺟﺰاء راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻏﻠﻄﻜﻲ آزاد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛‬
،‫در ﻫﻤﺎن راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آن در ﺑﺎﻻي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻗﺮار‬
28
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
the drum counterweight. Examine the
clearance between the car counterweight
and drum counterweight below it. This
clearance should be not less than 200 mm.
Observe the car counterweight during
acceleration and retardation of the car and
note whether there is any undue slackening
of the hoisting ropes;
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ زﻳﺮ آن را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬200 ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺣﻴﻦ ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ و ﻛﻨﺪ ﺷﺪن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه‬
‫ﺷﻠﻲ زاﺋﺪي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
d) Where 2:1 roping is used, inspect the
counterweight sheave and bearings for
condition and adequacy of lubrication. Also
determine that the sheave bearings are
securely fastened to the counterweight
frame and whether sheave guards, where
required, are in place. Hammer test the
sheave rim and spokes;
،‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1:2 ‫د ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار و ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫و ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮدن روﻏﻨﻜﺎري آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ در ﻣﻮارد‬،‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎب وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و آﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد‬،‫ﻻزم‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار و ﭘﺮهﻫﺎي آن را ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ‬.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
e) Where 1:1 roping is used, inspect the
counterweight rope fastenings as outlined in
7.11.4;
،‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬1:1 ‫ﻫ ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬
f) Where the counterweight buffer is
attached to the counterweight, determine
that the buffer fastening bolts are tight.
Determine that the oil buffer is filled with
oil to the proper level;
‫و( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
g) Check fastenings for compensating
chains or ropes to determine that they are
securely fastened to the counterweight. It is
required that compensating chains be
fastened to the steel counterweight frames
directly or by a bracket. Ropes and their
fastenings should be examined as outlined
in 7.11.4 through 7.11.7. Determine that
compensating chains are so suspended that
they will not catch on beams or other
projections in the hoistway;
‫ز( ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ و زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬4-11-7
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه‬،‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﭘﺮ از روﻏﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ و‬.‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
7-11-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4-11-7 ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي آوﻳﺰان ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮآﻫﻦﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺮﺳﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ‬،‫ح( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
h) Where provided, inspect counterweight
safeties as outlined in 7.13.15.
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬15-13-7 ‫ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
7.11.4 Wire rope fastenings and sheaves
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي‬4-11-7
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ دادهﻫﺎي ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب و ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ دادهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب را‬
‫ ﻻزم داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
Check the crosshead data plate and rope data
tag required by IPS-G-GN-370. Examine the
condition of the wire rope fastenings at the car
29
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
and counterweight ends and also the fastening
of the governor and car safety rope at the car
releasing carrier. The examination should
include the following:
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫و اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﻃﻨﺎب‬
.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب در‬1-4-11-7
7.11.4.1 Determine that rope fastenings at both
the car and counterweight ends of the ropes
have been properly made up, for requirements
for babbitted fastenings for wire rope.
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب‬2-4-11-7
7.11.4.2 Where an auxiliary rope fastening
device is provided, examine and determine that
the auxiliary device is carrying the load
because of rope stretch or rope failure at the
regular rope fastening. Where an electric
switch is provided to open motor and control
circuits when the auxiliary rope fastening
device on each rope operates, determine that it
is properly adjusted.
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ‬،‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺿﻌﻒ ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮق ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺑﺎر را ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻮﺗﻮر)ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ( و ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب در ﻫﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ رﻛﺎﺑﻚ و ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬3-4-11-7
7.11.4.3 Where none babitted shackle rod and
rope socket are separate pieces, determine that
the fastening between the two parts is positive
and such as to prevent their separation.
"U" type clamps are prohibited for suspension
ropes.
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺟﺪا از ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ دوﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ از‬
.‫ﺟﺪاﺷﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ ﻣﻤﻨﻮع‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
Where clamps are used on governor rope
fastenings the following is recommended:
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
:‫رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻣﻨﮕﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛‬-
- The clamps be drop forged;
- Both members of the clamp be provided
with seats conforming to the construction
lay of the rope;
‫ ﻫﺮدو ﻋﻀﻮ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎهﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎ‬‫ﺧﻮاب ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛‬
- Not less than three clamps be used for
each rope;
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺳﻪ ﮔﻴﺮه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺸﻮد؛‬-
- The rope be passed around metal thimbles;
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ دور ﻃﻮﻗﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬-
- If "U" type clamps, they should be
installed with the "U" section on the nontension side of the rope;
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻃﺮف ﻏﻴﺮﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ و ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﮔﻴﺮه در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار‬.‫داﺷﺘﻪ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻛﻮر ) ﺳﺮ‬،‫در ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
1
‫اﺗﺼﺎل( ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ آن ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ داده‬
3
- Clamp bolts and nuts are in place and tight
but not over tightened. On "U" type clamps,
the dead end of the rope should be
deformed approximately 1/3 of its diameter.
This usually requires approximately 5.5 N30
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ – ﻣﺘﺮ‬5/5 ً‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و‬13 ‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي دارد‬16 ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮن – ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب‬6/8
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮدو ﻋﻀﻮ ﮔﻴﺮه داراي ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﻢ ﺗﺎﺑﻴﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب از ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﻴﺮون‬
.‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ و ﺳﺮرﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻴﺮون ﻧﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
m torque on the nuts for 13 mm rope and
6.8 N-m for 16 mm rope. Where both
members of the clamps have seats the
torque should conform to the manufacturers
recommendation.
Where spliced eyes are used, rope strands
should not be pulled out of position and strand
ends should not project from the rope.
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫـﺎي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖدار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬4-4-11-7
7.11.4.4 Where babbitted sockets are used,
check car and counterweight fastenings for
conformity to applicable requirements.
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰامﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در رﻧﮓ ﻓﻮﻻد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه در اﺛﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه وارد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪاي وﺟﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در ﻣﻮرد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬.‫دارد‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب درﺳﺖ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺮﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﺪ و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان در ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ اﺑﺰار‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﻴﻐﻪ ﭼﺎﻗﻮ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﺗﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وارد ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺷﺪه ﺧﻮاب ﺧﻮد‬
.‫ و آﻳﺎ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﺮون زدهاﻧﺪ‬،‫را از دﺳﺖ ﻧﺪاده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻮﻛﻬﺎي‬،‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﭼﺪﻧﻲ ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻃﻮﻗﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖدار ﺑﺪون اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
،‫ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻮاردي‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي رﻛﺎﺑﻚ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫـﺎي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖدار را ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد و اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷُﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰي ﻛﻪ از‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬،‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎ دﻳﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫دور ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ در ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻴﮕﺬرﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻗﺒﻞ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺷﻞ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬1:1 ‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬5-4-11-7
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻠﺰي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي رﻛﺎﺑﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺒﻪﻫﺎي اﺟﺰاء ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮچﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه در ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Also, note any change in color of steel wires
caused by overheating when the socket was
made up. Determine whether there are any
broken wires at the point where the rope enters
the socket. This is especially important in the
case of the car suspension ropes of drum
machines. Such breaks usually occur at rope
fastenings just below the top of the small end
of the socket and can, in many cases, be
detected by prying the individual wires in the
strand with a sharp instrument, such as the
blade of a knife. Also determine that the rope
has not lost its lay where it enters the socket,
and whether any strands bulge out.
In some of the older drum machine
installations, cast iron blocks mounted between
the car crosshead channels were used to
support the babbitted rope thimbles without the
use of shackle rods. In such cases, inspection
of the babbitted sockets can only be made by
landing the car and producing enough slack to
permit the sockets to become visible.
Suspension ropes which pass around a spool or
spools in the car cross head before attachment
to the socket fastenings should be slackened to
observe the condition of that part of the rope,
which bears on the spools.
7.11.4.5 Where 1:1 roping is used, determine
that any steel plates used to support the rope
shackle rods are attached to the underside or to
the webs of the car frame members in such a
manner that the fastening bolts or rivets are not
in direct tension. Where rope equalizing
31
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺳﺎز ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻜﺎر‬.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛـﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي رﻛﺎﺑﻚ در ﻧﻘﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫رﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ از درون ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬1:2 ‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬6-4-11-7
springs are used, determine that shackle rods
are not worn at the point where they pass
through the steel supporting plate.
7.11.4.6 Where 2:1 roping is used:
:‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﮔﺮهﻫﺎي ﺳﺮﻛﻮر )ﺳﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل( ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
a) Examine dead end rope hitches as
outlined in 7.11.4.1 through 7.11.4.4.
Determine that steel plates for supporting
rope shackle rods are placed on top of the
supporting beams or are located in such a
manner that the bolts supporting the
suspension plates are not in direct tension.
Determine that suspension members are
securely fastened in place and that no
bending of the supporting members has
occurred;
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬4-4-11-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-4-11-7 ‫ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻠﺰي‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي رﻛﺎﺑﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮ روي ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ روﺷﻲ ﻗﺮار داده‬
‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺻﻔﺤﺎت آوﻳﺰ در‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺰاء آوﻳﺰان‬.‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ در اﺟﺰاء‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
‫ب ( ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
b) Inspect car sheave and sheave bearings
for condition and for adequacy of the
lubrication. Determine that the sheave
bearings are securely fastened to the frame
members. Hammer test rim and spokes of
sheave (see 7.12.3).
Determine that sheave
required, are in place.
guards,
.‫را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮدن روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ و ﭘﺮهﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬.‫ﺑﻪ اﺟﺰاء ﻗﺎب ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺎردار را ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻻزم‬
.‫اﺳﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
where
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل درون ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬7-4-11-7
7.11.4.7 Where counterweights are located
within a separate enclosure, inspect the rope
fastenings at the same time the counterweight
ropes are inspected (see 7.10.4).
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺠﺰاﻳﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.(4-10-7 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰام‬،‫ در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﻤﻊﻛﻦ‬8-4-11-7
7.11.4.8 On winding drum machines, required
refastening of hoisting ropes are each 12
months for machines located over hoistway
and 24 months for machines located below or
at side of hoistway.
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﺮدن دوﺑﺎره ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﺎه اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي‬12 ‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﻣﺎه‬24 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺎر ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﺮ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮ روي ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻓﺸﺮده ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻳﻚ دور ﻃﻨﺎب ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
At least one turn of rope is required on the
drum when the car is resting on fully
compressed buffer.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬5-11-7
7.11.5 Wire rope inspection
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ اﻟﺰام ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﻨﺎب‬IPS-G-GN-370
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
Examine suspension ropes and note if they
conform
to
the
code
requirements.
IPS-G-GN-370 requires the wire rope data to
be shown on the car crosshead data plate. Wire
32
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
rope
requirements
IPS-G-GN-370.
are
specified
IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ در‬.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
in
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻼع از ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ دروﻧﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ دروﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺸﻜﻞ اﺳﺖ و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي را از ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ از ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن ﻧﺪﻫﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻛﻤﻲ را‬
‫ ﺗﻚ‬،‫ وﻟﻲ اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﺎع ﻛﻢ ﺧﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺧﻮرد و در ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻋﻴﺐﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﭘﺎرﮔﻲ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ و ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻮﭼﻚ اﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ آﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي در ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ از‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ و ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و‬،‫ درﺟﻪ‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و ﻳﻚ ﻣﻮاد‬
.‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً از ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Internal breakage of wire ropes is difficult to
detect and consequently, may be a greater
hazard than surface wear. The surface of the
rope may show little or no wear, but if the rope
is bent over a short radius, the individual wires
will snap and in extreme cases the rope may be
broken by hand. Such failures are more likely
to occur in governor and compensating ropes
where the ropes are lightly loaded and the ratio
of sheave diameter to rope diameter is small.
When replacing suspension, compensating, and
car or drum counterweight ropes, all ropes in a
set must be replaced.
The ropes in the set should all be from the
same manufacturer and of the same material,
grade, construction and diameter, and
preferably, cut from the same reel.
،‫اﮔﺮ ﻋﻤﺮ و ﺑﺎزدﻫﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻮل ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ در ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺶ‬.‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫آن ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ اي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻮل ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The lengths of all wire ropes in a set of
suspension ropes, and consequently the rope
tensions, should be substantially equal if
maximum rope life and efficiency are to be
obtained. If the tensions do not appear to be
substantially the same, equalization of the rope
lengths should be recommended.
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ در اﺛﺮ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري زﻳﺎد ﻛﺜﻴﻒ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ ﻳﺎ روﻏﻦ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﭘﺎك ﺷﻮد )ﺑﺮاي روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.(7-11-7 ‫ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﺢ روش ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ اﻧﻮاع ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮح دادن‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت از روش ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﻀﺎوت ﺧﻮﻳﺶ را در اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫و اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﻛﻪ از آﻧﺠﺎ ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺜﺎل‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ را ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي را ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان از ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮد و درآﻧﺠﺎ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت آﺑﻲ)ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ( ﻋﻤﻮدي‬
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪاي را‬،‫و اﻓﻘﻲ زﻳﺎدي وﺟﻮد دارد‬
If ropes are dirty of overlubricated, a proper
inspection may not be possible unless the dirt
or excess lubricant is removed (see 7.11.7 for
proper lubrication).
It should be noted that it is not possible to
describe the inspection procedure for every
single type of wire rope installation or to
outline every detail of the inspection
procedure. The inspector should use his best
judgment in making the inspection and in
selecting his location from which a proper
examination of the rope can best be made. For
example, the suspension ropes of an overhead
drum machine cannot be examined from the
top of the car and there are many vertical and
horizontal hydraulic installations where the
33
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
ropes will lead down a shaft remote from the
elevator itself:
:‫دور از ﺧﻮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ‬1
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎ‬،1:1 ‫در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ داراي ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮار دادن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و آﻏﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ را از ﺳﻤﺖ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬،‫از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻘﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي‬2
‫ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار‬،1:2 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ داراي ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ‬،‫دادن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﻘﻴﻪ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺗﻌﺎدل را از ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻦ ﺑﺴﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺿﻤﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮد؛‬
1) For suspension ropes on traction
machines with 1:1 roping, examination of
the ropes should preferably start with the
car located at the top of the hoistway and
made from the top of the car, examining the
ropes on the counterweight side;
2) For traction machine ropes with 2:1
roping, examination of the ropes should
preferably start with the car located at the
top of the hoistway and the dead-end side
and the traveling-end side of the
counterweight ropes, and dead-end side of
the car ropes. The remainder of the ropes
can be examined at the traction sheave by
moving the car up the hoistway;
‫( در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬3
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،1:1 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ‬
‫از ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت )ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ( ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ در زﻳﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﺑﺨﺶ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭼﺎﻫﻚ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎﻳﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ از‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار رد ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ از‬
‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﻣﻴﺮوﻧﺪ ر ا‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮدن‬،‫( در ﻫﻤﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ‬4
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﮔﭻ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
3) For overhead winding drum machines
with 1:1 roping, the hoisting ropes must be
examined from the overhead machinery
space. Where the driving machine is located
below, those portions of the ropes leading
from the driving machine drum or sheave
and from the counterweight to the overhead
sheaves can be examined from the car top
as the car descends, except for a small
portion, which must be examined from the
pit;
4) On all elevators, mark the ropes with
chalk to indicate the location.
‫روش زﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ ﻣﺜﻼً در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ﻋﺒﻮر ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در‬
.‫ﭘﺎﮔﺮدﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار دارد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
Of the unexamined section of ropes and
examine them later from the machine room or
overhead machinery space, or from the pit.
The following method based on field
experience is recommended as a guide for the
inspection and evaluation of wire ropes. Give
particular attention to where the wire rope
passes over sheaves, such as in relation of the
position of the wire rope over sheaves with the
car at terminal landings.
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ زﻣﺎن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬0/9 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬0/6 ‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ و ﻫﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب را در ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از اﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﺎ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﭼﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ آﺷﻜﺎرﺷﺪن‬
Move the car downward 0.6 m or 0.9 m at a
time and examine each rope at each of these
stops.
Note when broken wires begin to appear.
Thereafter check at frequent intervals to
34
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
determine the rate of increase in the number of
broken wires. Any rapid increase in the number
of broken wires is significant.
‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ در ﺑﺎزه ﻫﺎي زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺗﻜﺮاري ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان‬.‫ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ‬.‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ در ﺷﻤﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﺮﻳﻊ در ﺷﻤﺎر ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎج ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ در ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮاب ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻃﻮل ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻪ در آن رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﺣﻮل ﻣﺤﻮر ﻳﻚ دور ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻴﺰﻧﻨﺪ را ﺷﻤﺎرش ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺧﻮاب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
1
83 ‫ ﻛﻪ آن‬،‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬6 ً‫ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل آن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
2
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي‬103 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و‬13 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ در‬2 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي اﺳﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬16 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب‬
:(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
Count the number of broken crown wires in a
rope lay measured along the length of a rope
within which the spiral strands complete one
turn about the axis. A lay may be considered as
a section of rope approximately 6½ times the
diamter of the rope, that is, 83 mm for 13 mm
rope and 103 mm for 16 mm rope(see Fig.2 in
Appendix A):
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ در‬
a) Single or double wrapped traction
machines should have hoisting or
compensating ropes replaced:
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ داراي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻜﻲ ﻳﺎ دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ را در‬
:‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
- If the broken wires are equally
distributed among the strands, when the
number of broken wires per rope lay in
the worst section of rope exceeds the
values shown in column A of Table 1; or
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ در ﺧﻮاب ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب از‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬1‫ ﺟﺪول‬A ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺘﻮن‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ‬
- If the distribution of broken wires is
unequal, and broken wires predominate in
1 or 2 strands, when the number of broken
wires per rope lay in the worst section of
the rope exceeds the values shown in
column B of Table 1; or
‫ و‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﺮﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬2 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ در رﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ در ﺧﻮاب ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫در ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬B‫ﺳﺘﻮن‬
- If 4 or 5 wires, side by side, are broken
across the crown of any strand, when the
number of broken wires per rope lay in
the worst section of rope exceeds values
shown in column C of Table 1; or
‫ در ﺗﺎج ﻫﺮ رﺷﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻬﻠﻮ‬،‫ ﺳﻴﻢ‬5 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬4 ‫ اﮔﺮ‬‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫در ﺧﻮاب ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ‬1 ‫ ﺟﺪول‬C ‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺘﻮن‬
- If any unfavorable conditions, such as
corrosion (red dust or rouge), excessive
wear of individual wires in the strands,
unequal tension, poor sheave grooves,
etc., exist, and the number of broken
wires exceeds 50 percent of the values
indicated in Table 1 for any of the three
conditions described above.
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﺎﻣﻄﻠﻮب‬‫ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ‬،(‫)ﮔﺮد ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺮﺧﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬،‫ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻧﺎﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬،‫از ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺗﻌﺪاد‬،‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﺳﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺷﺮح‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬50 ‫داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ از‬
.‫ ﺗﺠﺎوزﻛﻨﺪ‬1 ‫در ﺟﺪول‬
35
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
TABLE 1
1 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
TYPES OF WIRE ROPE
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
A
B
C
6 ×19 Class ‫رده‬
24-30*
8-12*
12-20*
8 × 19 Class ‫رده‬
32-40*
10-16*
16-24*
ASME
Based on table 8.11.2.1.3 (1) of ASME
A17.1:2004
‫ از‬8.11.2.1.3 (1) ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
A17.1:2004
‫* ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ دﺳﺘﻜﻢ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ‬
‫ ﺣﺪود ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ را‬،‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺎﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
* The upper limits may be used when
inspections are made at least monthly by a
competent person.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻫﺮ‬26 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬16 ‫ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ‬6 ‫ داراي‬6×19 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب رده‬
26 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬16 ‫ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ‬8 ‫ داراي‬8×19 ‫ ﻃﻨﺎب رده‬.‫رﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢ در رﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
6 × 19 class rope has 6 strands with 16 to 26
wires per strand. 8 × 19 class rope has 8
strands with 16 to 26 wires per strand.
‫ب ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ‬
b) On drum machines, the ropes should be
replaced:
:‫در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﻴﻦ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ در ﺧﻮاب‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬18-12 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب از‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ؛ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻢ در ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ دورﺷﺘﻪ‬‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ در ﺧﻮاب‬،‫ﺑﺮﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬12-6 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب از‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
- If the broken wires are substantially
equally distributed among the strands,
when the number of broken wires per
rope lay in the worst section of rope
exceeds 12-18; or
- If wire breaks predominate in one or
two strands, when the number of wires
lay in the worst section of rope exceeds
6-12.
‫ج ( ﻫﺮﮔﺎه ﻗﻄﺮ واﻗﻌﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ در ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع‬
c) Ropes should be replaced whenever their
actual diameter is reduced below the value
shown in Table 2 on any type of machine.
2 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
36
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
TABLE 2
2 ‫ﺟﺪول‬
Nominal Diameter
in mm
13
14
14
17
19
25
12.2
13.2
14.8
15.8
17.8
23.4
‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
Actual reduced
Diameter in mm
‫ﻗﻄﺮ واﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
ASME
Based on table 8.11.2.1.3.(3) of ASME
A17.1:2004
‫ از‬8.11.2.1.3.(3) ‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
A17.1:2004
:‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution:
‫ ﺑﺎ وﺟﻮد ﻏﻴﺮﺗﻜﺮاري‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ در ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي دروﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎر‬،‫ﺑﻮدن‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ در ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي‬.‫آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺧﻮاب ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺷﻴﺎري آن اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻳﻚ‬
‫رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻣﻲ ﺷﻜﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ درآن ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
،‫ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي رﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از‬
‫ ﺳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼم دﻳﮕﺮ‬.‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﻳﺪن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ از ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺎر ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﺷﻴﺎر‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪي ﺑﺮﺳﺪ و ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺳﺮ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ را‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬.‫دﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻦ اﺑﺘﺪاﻳﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎج ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
‫و ﺷﻜﺴﺖ ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس دورﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﺠﺎور‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي از ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬.‫رخ داده اﺳﺖ اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ و ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻫﺮدو اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه‬،‫ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻻزم‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪاي را ﻛﻪ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﻧﺰدهاﻧﺪ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Breaks in the valleys of the ropes, while
infrequent, may be an indication of internal
breaks. The ropes should be replaced when
there is more than one broken wire in the
valleys of a rope lay.
A valley break is one in which the outside wire
of a strand breaks in the Immediate vicinity of
the point where it contacts a wire or wires of an
adjacent strand, generally at a point not visible
when the wire rope is examined externally. In
other words, one broken end of the wire is long
enough to reach from one valley to the next
one and the other end of the break generally
cannot be seen. This is not to be confused with
a broken outside wire when the original break
occurred at a worn crown and a secondary
fracture has occurred near the point where two
adjacent strands make contact. In this case, a
piece of wire has broken out and is missing,
and generally both ends of the broken wire
remaining are visible.
Note that where preformed rope is used,
greater care is required on inspection in order
to detect broken wires which do not protrude
from the surface of the rope.
‫د ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ و ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي‬
‫اﻟﻒ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬-5-11-7 ‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ در‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
d) Governor ropes should be inspected and
replaced as outlined for suspension and
compensating ropes of traction machines in
7.11.5-a.
37
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
Check governor rope for conformity to
IPS-G-GN-370 requirements. IPS-G-GN-370
requires the governor rope data to be shown on
a metal plate attached to the speed governor. If
a governor rope has been replaced since the
last inspection, determine that the new rope is
of the same material, diameter and construction
as that specified on the governor marking plate.
‫ اﻟﺰام ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬PS-G-GN-370 .‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺮ روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ از زﻣﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﺧﺮ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﺪﻳﺪ از ﻫﻤﺎن‬،‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ و ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري‬،‫ﻣﻮاد‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬6-11-7
7.11.6 Compensating chains inspection
‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﻮدن‬،‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﻣﻌﻴﻮب ﺑﻮدن زﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪ آوﻳﺰ‬
‫وﻟﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺻﺪاي ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺷﺎﻳﻨﺪ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺻﺪاﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻮد ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ آوﻳﺰ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻻزم اﺳﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ آن در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﻛﻪ درب ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎن ﻳﺎ دارﺑﺴﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﺮده و ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺎري ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﻃﻨﺎب و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار آوﻳﺰان‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬/‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ و‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ از‬
‫درون ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
Examine compensating chains and fastenings
for excessive wear, damage, or deterioration.
Sash cord wear is no indication of chain
damage but may result in undesirable noise in
the elevator operation. If such noise prevails,
suggest that the sash cord be replaced.
The car has to be placed at its lowest possible
position with landing door opened. A safe
access is made with a ladder or scaffolding
check and control the over speed governor
jaws or grips, car bottom steelwork and
enclosure, compensating rope and fastenings.
At this stage spring and/or buffers, suspension
sheaves of compensating rope and over speed
governor sheave in pit are of good access for
inspection.
‫ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬7-11-7
‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ آن‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب دوام ﻧﻴﺎورد و ﻻزم‬
‫ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دورهاي روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻛﻨﺶ ﺳﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻳﺎ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ رﺷﺘﻪ ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب را زﻳﺎد ﻛﺮده و‬
‫ واﭘﻴﭽﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﻣﻐﺰهﻫﺎي اﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ‬
،‫را ﺣﺬف و ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻓﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه رﻃﻮﺑﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ اﻧﺪازد‬
‫ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن اﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ درون ﺷﻴﺎر‬،‫آﮔﺎﻫﻲ از ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻟﻚ ﺿﻌﻴﻔﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد و‬
‫ اﮔﺮ در اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬.‫داﺷﺘﻦ اﺣﺴﺎس ﻛﻤﻲ روﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﻮدن‬
‫اﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﺸﻚ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت اﻧﺠﺎم‬
.‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻮدن و ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن رواﻧﺴﺎزﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺟﺪي‬،‫ در ﻣﻮرد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻟﻐﺰش ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
7.11.7 Wire rope lubrication
The lubrication of a wire rope applied during
its manufacture may not last the full life of the
rope and the rope may have to be relubricated
periodically. Proper lubrication of suspension
ropes will prolong rope life by reducing
abrasive action of wire on wire or strand on
strand and will retard deterioration of the fiber
cores, eliminate distortion of the rope, and
retard corrosion by providing a moisture
repellent coating. As a practical guide to the
need for lubrication, a finger wiped in a sheave
groove should show a faint smudge and have a
slightly oily feel. If this test leaves the finger
dry and clean, lubrication is advisable.
As excessive or improper lubricants may, in
the case of traction elevators, seriously reduce
the available traction and cause rope slippage,
38
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد رواﻧﺴﺎزﻫﺎ و ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﻪ‬
‫رواﻧﺴﺎزﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻟﻐﺰش ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺷﺪن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻮدن روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ را در‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از اﻃﺮاف ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺸﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬرد ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم‬
‫ وﺟﻮد‬.‫ﺷﺘﺎب ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ و ﻛﻨﺪ ﺷﺪن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﻲ ﺧﺰش در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻋﺎدي اﺳﺖ‬
the lubricants and the amount used should be
limited to those supplied or approved by
established
elevator
or
wire
rope
manufacturers. Slide of the ropes during
acceleration
or
retardation
may
be
an
indication that the lubrication is excessive. To
determine this, it will usually be necessary to
observe the ropes where they pass around the
driving machine sheave during acceleration
and retardation. Some rope creepage is normal.
‫ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻛﻲ را اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد وﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ دﺧﺎﻟﺖ‬
.‫داده ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﻧﺼﺐ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻮن رواﻧﺴﺎز ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺗﻮاﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻚﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺴﺘﻦ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺪاﺧﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده و از ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
In the case of drum machines, excessive
lubrication does not create a hazardous
condition but should not interfere with the
proper inspection of ropes.
Governor wire ropes must not be lubricated
after installation as the lubricant may interfere
with the ability of the governor jaws to stop the
governor rope and apply the safety or it may
reduce the traction between the governor rope
and the governor sheave and prevent proper
functioning of the speed governor.
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬8-11-7
7.11.8 Normal terminal stopping devices
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺤﺪود اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺧﻴﻠﻲ زﻳﺎد اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑــﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑــﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در آورﻳــﺪ‬،‫ﻋﺎدي‬
‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف "ي" اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
.(1-11-7 ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ در ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬
‫ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻧﻮع ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ‬
‫روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺳﻮارﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎداﻣﻚﻫﺎي داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎداﻣﻚﻫﺎي روي‬
.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬،‫ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮارد‬،‫در ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎل‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻀﺎي‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ آن راﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ راﻧﺶ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺑﺮﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ آن را‬،‫ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Extreme caution should be observed if the car
clearance is limited. Run the car to the top of
its travel at slow speed to examine the normal
terminal stopping device. (See paragraph "j" of
the General Safety Precautions, 7.11.1.)
On traction elevators and on most of the more
recent drum type installations, this device
usually consists of a switch or switches
mounted on top of the car actuated by cams in
the hoistway, or switch or switches installed in
hoistway actuated by cams on the car.
In some cases, however, normal terminal
stopping devices of traction elevators may be
located in the machine room or overhead
machinery space and be mechanically
connected to and driven by the car. Where the
normal terminal stopping device of traction
elevators is so located and the required brokendrive device is located on top of the car,
39
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
manually open it with the car at rest. The
opening of this switch should prevent the car
from starting. See 7.11.9 for inspection and test
of final terminal stopping devices.
‫ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ از ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬.‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.9-11-7 ‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
In the case of older drum machine installations,
the device is part of an automatic stop-motion
switch mounted on and operated directly by the
driving machine (see 7.12.11) on existing
hand-rope operated elevators, stop balls
mounted on the operating device to stop the car
at the terminals. Examine these stop balls for
proper location and fastening.
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر‬،‫در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ اﺳﺖ از ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن و ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآوردن‬
‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﮔﻮي ﻫﺎي راه ﺑﻨﺪ ﺳﻮار ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺎ آن ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑــﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي راه ﺑﻨﺪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن‬،(11-12-7
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮارﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه آﻧﻬﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎداﻣﻜﻬﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن در‬
‫ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ درﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺪ را‬.‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ در اﺛﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﻛﺮده‬
‫ ﻛﻔﺸﻜﻬﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬.‫ﻳﺎ از ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ رد ﺷﺪن‬،‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﺣﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺎ از ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫ آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ را از وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬،‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي را ﺑﺎ‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﻫﺮﻳﻚ‬.‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﻳﺴﺘﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ آن و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
Determine that stopping switches and cams are
in correct alignment and are securely fastened
in place. Also determine the condition of the
limit switch rollers, a reduction of the effective
roller diameter due to either wear or loss of the
tires may interfere with or prevent proper
operation of the switch. excessively worn car
guide shoes and worn limit rollers combined,
may cause cars to overrun their terminals.
If the equipment is in proper condition and
sufficient overhead clearance exists, make a
test of top normal terminal stopping devices
with empty car at rated speed. If overhead
clearance is limited, this test should be made
by operating the elevator from inside the car.
Repeat operation with bottom normal terminal
stopping devices. On each of these stops, the
car should stop at or near the terminal landing
and before the final terminal stopping device
operates.
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ‬9-11-7
7.11.9 Upper final terminal stopping device
Observe caution if the top car clearance is
limited. Run the car to the top of its travel at
inspection speed and examine the final
terminal stopping device.
.‫اﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫درآورﻳﺪ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The upper final terminal stopping device
should be located as close to the terminal
landing as possible without interfering with the
normal terminal stopping device but before the
car strikes the overhead.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺪون‬
‫ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي وﻟﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
40
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
7.11.10 Hoistway clearances
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ از روي ﺳﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ روي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻧﻮع‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ از ﻧﻮع ﺑﺮﻗﺮار‬.‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺷﻮﻧﺪه دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻳﺎ دﺳﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه دوﺑﺎره دﺳﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺸﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ در ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﻀﻮر داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ روي‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزرس دﺳﺘﻮر داده‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺌﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺷﺪهاي را‬.‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮد‬
‫ و ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫را در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ و اﮔﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اداﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ‬
.‫ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻛﻠﻴﺪ و ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺦ ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي آن‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺮ‬،‫ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫روي ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد‬
‫ﺑﺎزوي ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و ﺑﺎزﺷﺪن ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ درآﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع‬.‫رﺳﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺑﺨﺶ ﮔﺮداﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﭼﺎه‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد و ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮآن‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآوردن‬- ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ روي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬.‫را ﺿﺮوري ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫– ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در آوردن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.11-12-7
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي آزاد ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬10-11-7
Observe the clearances between car and
hoistway enclosures, between car and
counterweight or counterweight screen,
between the counterweight and hoistway
enclosure, and between adjacent cars.
– ‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮري ﺳﻴﻤﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ و ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺎي‬،‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮار را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
See table 3.14.3 (a) of ASME A 17.2:2001.
ASME A
Before testing final terminal stopping devices
from the top of the car, determine whether the
potential switch on the controller is of the
manually or electrically restored type. If of the
manually restored type, the operation of the
final terminal stopping device should not be
tested from the car unless someone is in the
machine room to reclose the controller switch
when instructed to do so by the inspector.
Run the car up the hoistway at inspection speed
until the upper final terminal stopping switch
may be reached by hand. Use an insulated
object to open this switch, and try to start the
car in each direction.
The car should not move and if it moves, the
inspection should not be continued until this
deffect is corrected.
Check the fastening and alignment of the
switch and cam. The switch roller should strike
on the bevel surface of the cam and not on the
top. If properly located and adjusted, the roller
should center laterally on the cam assuring free
motion of the roller arm and positive opening
of the switch contact without damaging the
switch. Drum type elevators requires
installation of the final terminal stopping
switches in the hoistway and in addition,
requires a switch operated by the machine
automatic stop-motion device to open the
control circuit to the reversing switch and
mainline motor switch on the controller. See
7.12.11 for inspection and testing of driving
machine stop-motion switch.
41
‫ از‬3-14-3 (a) ‫ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺪول‬
.17.2:2001
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
7.11.11 Car and counterweight guide rails,
rail fastenings car crossheads and car
guiding members
،‫ ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬11-11-7
Examine the guide rails, paying particular
attention to the condition of the surfaces and
the correct alignment of the joints. Repeated
operation of the car safety or improperly
adjusted or loose car guide shoes which permit
the safety jaws or block to run against the rail
surfaces frequently cause serious wear or
scoring of the rails and the safety jaws or
block.
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺳﻄﻮح و ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫درﺳﺖ درزﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﻜﺮاري وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺷﻞ ﻛﻔﺸﻜﻬﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲ دﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻜﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮك وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﺮاري ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﺮده‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺟﺪي ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاش دادن ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎ‬
.‫و ﻓﻜﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻠﻮك وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
Where sliding-type guide shoes are used,
determine that rails are free of lint and dirt, and
are adequately but not excessively lubricated.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ رده ﻫﺎ ﻋﺎري از اﻟﻴﺎف زاﺋﺪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ و ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري‬،‫ﭼﺮك ﺑﻮده‬
.‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺧﺸﻚ و ﺑﺪون روﻏﻨﻜﺎري‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻳﺎ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ در‬
:‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﮔﻢ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و اﺟﺰاء‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻧﺮده‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
Where roller guides are used, rails should be
clean and dry without lubricant.
Check the following fastenings to determine
whether they are sound and tight, and that there
are no missing bolts or guide clips:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ دﻳﻮار ﻛﻮﺑﻬﺎ؛‬
a) Rails to brackets;
‫ب ( دﻳﻮارﻛﻮﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﻨﺎ؛‬
b) Brackets to building construction;
‫ج ( ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ؛‬
c) Fishplate bolts;
‫د ( ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه اﺗﺼﺎل ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب؛‬
d) Crosshead connection bolts;
.‫ﻫـ( ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
e) Car guide shoes bolts.
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎ‬12-11-7
7.11.12 Alignment of rails
Operate the car at rated speed from one
terminal landing to the other, and determine
whether there is excessive or irregular motion
of the car which may indicate that the car or
counterweight guide rails are not properly
aligned. If such motion occures and it is not
due to loose or worn guide shoes, or rollers, a
recommendation should be made for correction
of the rail alignment.
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را از ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎ دﻳﮕﺮي در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ داراي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از‬
،‫آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺘﻲ‬.‫ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎد و اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﺻﻼح‬،‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﺒﻮد‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺮده ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬
7.11.13 Car and hoistway door and gate
operating, locking and contact devices and
interlocking retiring cams
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن و ﺗﻤﺎس درب‬،‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي‬13-11-7
‫و دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﻫﺎي ﭘﺲ روﻧﺪه ﻗﻔﻞ‬
‫و ﺑﺴﺖ‬
42
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎ( و ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي درب ﻳﺎ‬
،‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن و ﺗﻤﺎس آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻧﻈﻢ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه و‬،‫ﻛﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮاردارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
(‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎري )ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬،‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮدي را ﺗﺮك ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧــﻮع ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ اﺳﺘــﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ درب ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-G-GN-370
‫ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي دروازهﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎم ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و‬
‫ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻔﺖ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮار‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫دارﻧﺪ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﻫﺎي ﭘﺲ روﻧﺪه و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ را ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازﻫﺎي درب ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫درﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزوي ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي‬
‫ آﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬،‫درب ﻫﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازﻫﺎي درب ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺖ و‬
‫ را‬،‫ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬،‫ ﭘﺮهﻫﺎ و ﻏﻴﺮه‬،‫آﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازﻫﺎي درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮلﻫﺎي ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاز‬،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ درون ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬،‫ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫درب‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬،‫ﭘﺎﮔﺮد اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ درون ﺣﺪود ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺮازﺷﺪن اﺳﺖ و‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﺎز ﻗﺮار ﺑﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺗﺮاز اﺳﺖ‬
Examine all hoistway and car door or gate
operating motors or engines and cams, their
locking and contact devices, switches or other
operating mechanisms located on top of the car
or in the hoistway, to determine whether they
are in proper working order, securely fastened
in place, and properly lubricated.
Where hoistway openings of freight elevators
are equipped with full-automatic or semiautomatic doors or gates, determine whether
the door or gate closes completely as the car
leaves each landing.
This type of operation is not allowed for
equipment installed under the IPS-G-GN-370,
the hoistway doors or gates shall be equipped
with interlocks.
Examine operating mechanisms of fullautomatic hoistway gates and car latch-open
mechanisms of semi-automatic gates to
determine whether they are securely fastened
in position, lubricated and in proper operating
condition.
Examine any stationary or retiring cams for
operating interlocks, interlock contacts or door
operators, to determine whether they are in
correct alignment with the roller arm of the
interlock or door operating mechanism whether
their travel is sufficient to insure proper
operation of the interlocks or door operators,
and whether wear of chains, sprockets, etc., is
not excessive.
Hoistway door operators actuated by magnetic
controls should be tested to determine that the
car is within the landing zone, or within the
limits of the leveling zone where an automatic
leveling device is provided, before the control
causes the door operator to open the hoistway
door and that the car is at rest or substantially
level with the landing before the door is in the
fully open position.
43
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺮاي‬،‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﺮ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي درب ﺑﺮﻗﻲ از ﺳﻘﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد درب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا )درب ﻫﺎي‬
،‫ﺑﺎدي( اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ را ﺑﺮآورده ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر دﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻨﻜﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاز درب در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار ﺑﮕﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ درون ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاز درب را درﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﻳﺎ درون ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺮازﺷﺪن ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت روي ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻲ و ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ از ﻧﻮع ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ داده ﻫﺎي روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
.(2-7 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ درب ﻳﺎ درﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ درب‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاز و ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه را‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
In some of the newer installations, means may
be provided to test the power-door operating
device from the top of the car.
Air-operated (pneumatic) doors should meet
similar requirements provided that, where they
are manually controlled, the car should be
within the landing zone or within the leveling
zone before the door-operating device is in a
position to engage the door-operating cam.
Examine the name plates on hoistway door or
gate interlocks, or combination mechanical
locks and electric contacts, and car door or gate
electric contacts, and note the data thereon to
determine whether they are of a type approved
by the jurisdictional authority. (see 7.2)
Examine mechanical connections between the
door, door locking or door closing or operating
device and the interlock or the door or gate
electric contact.
See 7.1 through 7.6 for operating tests of
interlocks, combination locks and contacts, and
door or gate electric contacts.
‫ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻫﺎ و‬،‫ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﻧﮕﺎه‬، ‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﻛﺐ‬
.6-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-7 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
7.11.14 Hoistway and car door and gate
hangers
and
associated
equipment,
interconnections of multisection door panels
and hoistway door vision panels
‫ آوﻳﺰﻫﺎي درب و دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه‬14-11-7
‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻫﻤﺮاه آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي درب ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ و ﺗﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي در‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
Examine the condition of hoistway and car
door or gate hangers, tracks, and guides to
determine that they are securely fastened in
place
and
are
lubricated.
Examine
interconnections of the panels of multisection
horizontally sliding doors to determine that
they are in proper condition and are securely
fastened to the door panels. Such
interconnections, whether in the hanger chains,
ropes, or other parts, or in the door closer arms
and pins, should be examined to determine any
indication of wear, or possible failure which
might cause the panels to become disconnected
from each other and permit the car to operate
with one or more of the panels open.
‫ راﻫﮕﺎه ﻫﺎ و راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه‬،‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آوﻳﺰﻫﺎ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در‬
.‫ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﮕﻪﻫﺎي درب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﻮﻳﻲ اﻓﻘﻲ ﭼﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﮕﻪﻫﺎي درب ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ اﻋﻢ از‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﺑﺎزوﻫﺎ و‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ‬،‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‬،‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي درﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺺ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻨﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ از ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺟﺪا‬
‫ﺷﺪه و اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﻨﮕﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine hoistway and car door or gate
counterweights, if any, to determine that they
‫ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل درب ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
‫دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
44
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
are properly guided or boxed, so as to retain
the counterweight should the suspension means
break. Examine car and hoistway door or gate
suspension members together with their
connections, pulleys, and pulley supports.
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ داراي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎوداﻧﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
،‫اﮔﺮ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ آوﻳﺰ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺣﻔﻆ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺟﺰاء آوﻳﺰ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺎه‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ و ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ را‬،‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
7.11.15 Top of car operating devices and
working platforms
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي و ﺳﻜﻮي ﻛﺎر ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬15-11-7
Examine any devices provided on the top of
the car for inspection operation, required by the
IPS-G-GN-370 (see paragraph "g" of General
Safety precautions, Paragraph 7.11.1).
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي را ﻛﻪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰام‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف "ز" اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
.(1-11-7 ‫ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬-‫ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎ ﺳﺎز ﻃﻨﺎب‬16-11-7
7.11.16 Governor-rope releasing carrier
.‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬-‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت آن زﻧﮓ زده ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮك ﺑﻬﻢ‬
،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪهاﻧﺪ و آﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻓﻨﺮ در ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪه‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬-‫ﺷﺪن ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ رﻛﺎﺑﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫و اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻋﺎدي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي‬
.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﮔﻴﺮه ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ رﻛﺎﺑﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ﻗﺮار دارد و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻞ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ ﺧﻼﺻﻪ‬1-2-8 ‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دور ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
Examine governor-rope releasing carrier on top
of the car. Note whether parts are rusted or
caked with dirt and whether springs are broken.
The spring tension in the releasing carrier
should be sufficient to prevent the governorrope shackle from pulling out of the carrier
during the normal starting and stopping of the
elevator, but not sufficient to prevent the
shackle from pulling out of the carrier when
the governor jaws clamp the governor rope.
Determine by visual inspection that the
governor rope shackle is in the releasing carrier
and that all slack safety ropes of drum operated
safeties are properly wound on the drum as
outlined in 8.2.1.
‫ درﺻﺪ‬60 ‫ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺳﺎز ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The releasing carrier tension should be less
than 60 percent of the governor pull through
tension.
‫ ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎي )اﺟﺰاء ﺳﺎزهاي ﻋﻤﻮدي( ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬17-11-7
7.11.17 Car-frame stiles
‫ﺧﺮاب ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
.‫اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ اﺟﺰاء ﺑﻄﻮر وﻳﮋه ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ دﻗﻴﻘﻲ از ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ‬.‫ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي وﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﭽﻜﻲ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ وﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﭽﻜﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ در رﻧﮓ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ آﻧﺮا ﺧﺮاش داده ﺗﺎ ﻓﻠﺰ در‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﻧﺮا ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن دارد ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮك از ﻟﺒﻪ‬،‫آﺷﻜﺎر ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺑﺎل ﺑﺎﺋﻮ آﻏﺎز ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑــﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﻳﻚ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك‬.(14-13-7
Failure of the older car-frame stiles (upright
structural members) has occurred often enough
for these members to receive special attention.
A careful examination of the stiles at the
lowest bolt of the car-frame crosshead gusset
plate should be made. Note any evidence of
cracks on the stiles especially directly in line
with the bottom gusset bolts. If any blistering
of the paint is noted, scrape to expose the metal
and determine its condition. If a crack appears,
it is probable that it will be found to have
started from the outer edge of the stile flange
(see also 7.13.14). Any cracking indicates a
45
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
dangerous condition and the elevator should be
taken out of service until the necessary repairs
are made. Repairing cracked stiles by welding
is prohibited.
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻻزم اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎي ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‬
The condition of crossheads and stiles of wood
car frames should be carefully examined. Note
any evidence of cracks or dry rot and the
condition of the fastenings between the stiles
and crosshead and the suspension members. If
any evidence of such condition is found. the
elevator should be taken out of service
immediately until repairs can be made or a new
car frame installed.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎبﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻬﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ و ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺋﻮﻫﺎ و‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎبﻫﺎ و اﺟﺰاء آوﻳﺰان را ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎب ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد‬
Wood car frames are prohibited for new
installations, and where replacement is
required, they must be replaced by steel car
frames.
‫در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻗﺎب ﻫﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ در اﺗﺎﻗﻚﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻗﺎب ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺿﺪﺧﺰش‬18-11-7
7.11.18 Car-leveling and anticreep devices
Examine fastenings and clearances of carleveling devices, including cams and vanes
located in the hoistway. Note precautions to be
taken as outlined in paragraph "f" under
General Safety precautions. Paragraph 7.11.1,
with particular reference to leveling vane in the
hoistway.
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي آزاد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺮاز اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎداﻣﻜﻬﺎ و ﭘﺮهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد ﻃﺒﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
،‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف "ز" ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ رﺟﻮع وﻳﮋه ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در ﭼﺎه‬،1-11-7 ‫ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
7.11.19 Hoistway junction box and traveling
cables
‫ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬19-11-7
Hoistway junction boxes should be securely
fastened with covers in place. Examine the
cable supports. Traveling cables over 30 m
long with steel centers should be hung by the
steel wire from a properly designed fastening.
Traveling cables with hemp centers should be
looped around a supporting member and
corded, and may be additionally supported by
clamps.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ درﭘﻮﺷﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻓﻪ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ( را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ داراي ﻣﻐﺰه ﻫﺎي‬30 ‫)ﻛﺎﺑﻞ(ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺗﺮ از‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي از ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آوﻳﺰان ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫)ﻛﺎﺑﻞ(ﻫﺎي داراي ﻣﻐﺰه ﻛﻨﻔﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ زده و ﺑﺎ رﻳﺴﻤﺎن ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل آﺷﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻓﻪ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ(ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﻪ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ(ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺸﻦ دﻳﻮار‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه و ﭘﻮﺳﺖ رﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻴﺮآﻫﻦﻫﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺳﻴﻢ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻓﻮﻻدي درون‬
‫ ﭼﻮن ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪاي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬،(‫ﺑﺎﻓﻪ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﺎﻳﻖﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ رﺳﺎﻧﺎﻫﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
Examine the entire exposed length of the
traveling cables, observing whether any cable
is being chafed on rough wall surfaces, or
striking beams causing breakdown of the
insulation. Examine particularly for any
evidence of broken steel supporting wire inside
the cable, as such broken wires may damage
the insulation of the individual conductor.
Having reached the bottom terminal, the
46
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪balance of the traveling cables can be observed‬‬
‫‪from the pit (see 7.13.13).‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮازش ﺑﺎﻓﻪ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ(ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان از‬
‫ﭼــﺎﻟــﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫـﺪه ﻛﺮد )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑـــﻪ‬
‫‪.(13-13-7‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑــﻪ آﻳﻴﻦﻧــﺎﻣــﻪ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺑﺮق آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬
‫)‪.(NFPA No. 70‬‬
‫‪Also see the National Electrical Code ANSI‬‬
‫‪(NFPA No. 70).‬‬
‫‪ 20-11-7‬ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي و ﻛﺞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪7.11.20 Overhead and deflecting sheaves‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي و ﻛﺞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ را ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان از ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫داد‪ ،‬ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪.3-12-7‬‬
‫‪Inspect overhead and deflecting sheaves where‬‬
‫‪inspection cannot be made from the overhead.‬‬
‫‪See 7.12.3 for details of inspection.‬‬
‫‪ 21-11-7‬ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ و ﭘﺲ‬
‫‪7.11.21 Protection‬‬
‫‪recesses in hoistway‬‬
‫‪and‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﻫﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫‪projections‬‬
‫‪of‬‬
‫‪Hoistways having windows are not permitted.‬‬
‫‪Where windows are provided in the hoistways‬‬
‫‪of existing elevators verify that the windows‬‬
‫‪are guarded on both inside and outside as‬‬
‫‪applicable requirements. Unguarded windows‬‬
‫‪constitute a serious hazard and they should be‬‬
‫‪suitably guarded if not guarded the inspector‬‬
‫‪should recommend guarding.‬‬
‫در ﭼﺎهﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﭘﻨﺠﺮه ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ‪ .‬درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮهﻫﺎﻳﻲ در ﭼﺎه ﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ وارﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻨﺠﺮهﻫﺎ از ﻫﺮ دوﺳﻮي درون و ﺑﻴﺮون‬
‫ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺣﻔﺎظ دار ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﭘﻨﺠﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﻲ ﺣﻔﺎظ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺟﺪي اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ دار ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺣﻔﺎظ دار ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ دار ﻛﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ را ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وارﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي درون دﻳﻮارﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﭘﻬﻠﻮﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي و ﺑﺎراﻧﺪازي ﺑﻜﺎر ﻧﻤﻴﺮوﻧﺪ‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻋﺮض ﺳﻄﻮح روي آﻧﻬﺎ از ‪ 50‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺒﺪار ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛـــﻪ ﺣﻔﺎظﻫﺎي اﻟﺰام ﺷﺪه ﺑـــﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪ IPS-G-GN-370‬ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺲ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻴﻬﺎي درون ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭼﺎه‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ )ﻏﻴﺮ از وروديﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد( ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد داراي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﭼﺎه‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺮون زده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪Verify that projections in the hoistway walls on‬‬
‫‪the sides are not used for loading and‬‬
‫‪unloading have the top surfaces beveled if they‬‬
‫‪exceed 50 mm in width.‬‬
‫‪Determine that guards required by IPS-G-GN‬‬‫‪370 for recesses in the hoistway enclosure‬‬
‫‪opposite car openings (other than landing‬‬
‫‪entrances) are in place and firmly secured.‬‬
‫‪It is suggested that sill guards be recommended‬‬
‫‪where landing sills of existing elevators having‬‬
‫‪leveling devices project into the hoistway.‬‬
‫‪ 22-11-7‬ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫‪7.11.22 Floor numbers‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﭼﺎه ﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ داراي ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺑﻪﺻﻮرﺗﻲﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع اﻳﻦ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻫﺎ از ‪100‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﺮ روي دﻳﻮارﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎ درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﺟﺎﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ درون ﻳﻚ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪن درب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ را ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ دﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Elevator hoistways should have floor numbers,‬‬
‫‪not less than 100 mm in height, placed on the‬‬
‫‪walls and/or doors of the hoistway at intervals‬‬
‫‪where a person in a stalled elevator upon‬‬
‫‪opening the car door, can determine the floor‬‬
‫‪position.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬12-7
7.12 Inspection Made in Overhead
Machinery Space and in Machine Room
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي و در ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-12-7
7.12.1 General-Safety precautions
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫در ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي و ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬
:‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
The following precautions should be observed
when making inspections in overhead
machinery spaces and machine rooms:
a) Upon entering the machine room note the
location of all moving equipment;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ورود ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺎه ﻫﻤﻪ‬
b) Before stepping on any overhead grating
or platform visually examine the supports
and fastenings to determine that they are
sufficiently strong and rigid;
‫ب( ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻗﺪم ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ ﺑﺮ روي ﻫﺮ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮي‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ آن ﻛﻪ ﺗﮕﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﻮي و ﺷﺨﻴﻦ )ﺻﻠﺐ( ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ آﻧﻬﺎ را‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ج( ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﻫﺮ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﻛﻢ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻛﻪ در‬
c) Observe any low headroom which creates
a hazard in machine rooms, particularly in
secondary levels;
،‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در ﺳﻄﻮح ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻟﻐﺰش ﻳﺎ‬
d) Determine that there is nothing on the
grating, platform or flooring which will
cause slipping or tripping. Check for any
temporary covers over openings in grating
or flooring;
(‫د‬
‫ ﺳﻜﻮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻒ‬،‫ﺳﻜﻨﺪري ﺧﻮردن ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﺑﺮ روي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﻮﻗﺖ روي‬.‫ﺳﺎزي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫روزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻒ ﺳﺎزي را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻫ( ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺤﺮك )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
e) Before inspecting any moving parts (such
as sheaves, drums, brakes, governors,
relays, etc.) by feel or manipulation, make
certain that the power supply to the
equipment under inspection is opened so
that the machine is shut down. After the
disconnect switch has been opened, attempt
to operate elevator to make sure that the
correct switch has been opened. Further, it
is advisable to tag and lock the disconnect
switch out of service if it is not visible to
avoid the possibility of some person
restoring service without knowledge that an
inspection is in progress;
‫ رﻟﻪﻫﺎ و‬،‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ زدن ﻳﺎ ﺣﺲ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از‬.‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ از ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ درﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدهاﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬،‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن‬.‫را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار ﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي دوري ﺟﺴﺘﻦ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺑﺪون اﻃﻼع از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر‬،‫اﺳﺖ آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪازد‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﺧﺎرج از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺑﺮ روي آن ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫و( ﻗﺒﻞ از وارد ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي در‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬،‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫روش ﻫﺎي از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ زدن و‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي در‬.‫ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ زدن را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ و ﻗﻔﻞ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
f) Before entering the over head machinery
space in the hoistway, open the mainline
disconnect switch and follow the lock-out
and tag-out procedures. If a stop switch has
not been provided in overhead machinery
space, open, tag and lock the mainline
disconnect.
48
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺮوه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎ را‬
(‫ و ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪه )ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدان‬،‫ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ رﻟﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
،‫ اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻜﻲ‬.‫را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ و‬،‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر اﺷﺘﺮاﻛﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي دوري ﺟﺴﺘﻦ‬،‫ از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ‬.‫ﻏﻴﺮه وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮق دار ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻴﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاﻇﺒﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻮرد ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻞ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ آن ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
Opening the main line disconnect switch of
one elevator in a group of elevators may not
disconnect from the power supply all of the
circuits to the controller, relay panel, and
floor selector. This condition exists in the
case of signal operation, collectiveautomatic operation, and group-automatic
operation, etc. In view of this, care should
be exercised in the inspection of such
elevators to avoid contact with circuits
which remain alive. This condition may also
occur in the case of a single elevator where
more than one supply of electric power is
provided for the elevator.
7.12.2 Inspection of wire rope and rope
fastenings
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬2-12-7
Examine that section of rope between the top
‫آن ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﺑﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮي وزﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان آن را از ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ از دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي درون‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮد را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ آن ﺑﺨﺶ از‬.(7-11-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬4-11-7 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﻫﺎي ﮔﭽﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﭼﻨﺪ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻜﺸﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮد‬
، ‫ ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎي)ﮔﺮهﻫﺎي ﻛﻮر( ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ وﻳﮋه ﮔﺮه زدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ را ﻧﮕﻪ ﻣﻲ دارد ﺑﺮ روي اﺟﺰاء ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻮار‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬.(4-11-7 ‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه را‬،‫رﻛﺎﺑﻚ ﺟﺪا از ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻃﻨﺎب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬3-4-11-7 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻗﻔﻠﻲ و ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي دوﻻﻳﻪ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﺑﻪ دادهﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب‬.‫دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ رﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
of the car and the point on the counterweight
side which could not be examined from the top
of
the
car
or
from
openings
in
the
counterweight runway enclosure (see 7.11.4
through 7.11.7). That portion of the ropes
which must be examined can be determined by
referring to the chalk marks made on the rope
earlier in the inspection.
Where multiple roping is used, examine
overhead rope anchorages (dead-end hitches),
and where babbitted sockets have been used,
determine that they have been properly
babbitted. Determine that the hitch plate
supporting the wire rope fastenings is mounted
on the top of the supporting members (see
7.11.4). Where a shackle rod separate from the
rope socket is used, examine the fastening for
conformity to 7.11.4.3. Determine that all lock
nuts and cotter pins are in place. Verify the
data shown on the rope tag attached to one of
the wire rope fastenings.
7.12.3 Overhead secondary and deflecting
sheaves
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ و ﻛﺞ‬3-12-7
The
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ و ﻛﺞ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن و‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ ﭼﻜﺶ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺻﺪاي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ‬.(4-‫اﻟﻒ‬-4-4 ‫اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫از ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻼف زﻧﮕﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻓﻠﺰ ﺳﺎﻟﻢ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
overhead
secondary
and
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
deflecting
sheaves should be examined and tested with
light blows from a hammer (see 4.4a-4). If the
sound resulting from the blows is dull and flat,
49
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺧﻔﻪ ﻳــﺎ ﺑﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎﻳﻲ آﺷﻜﺎر ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬اﻳﻦ اﻣﻜﺎن وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻮان ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﻳﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ رﻧﮓ ﻧﻔﻮذ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه آﺷﻜﺎر ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬اﻳﻦ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮان اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺮك ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻈﻨﻮن ﺑﺎ روﻏﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﺪ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﻫﻤﻪ‬
‫روﻏﻦ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﻪ‪ ،‬و ﺳﭙﺲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن‬
‫آن ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎ ﮔﭻ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﺮد‪ .‬روﻏﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺟﺬب ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻟﻚ ﻗﻬﻮهاي رﻧﮕﻲ را ﺑﺮ روي ﮔﭻ‬
‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زدن دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺮ‬
‫روي ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﻈﻨﻮن ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت آرام ﺑﺎ ﭼﻜﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ دور‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺮدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪unlike the ring given by sound metal, the‬‬
‫‪sheave parts should be examined carefully for‬‬
‫‪cracks. If no cracks are visible, it is possible to‬‬
‫‪detect very minute or hair cracks by dye‬‬
‫‪penetrant, if not applicable by covering the‬‬
‫‪suspected section with machine oil, allowing it‬‬
‫‪to stand a few minutes, wiping off all surplus‬‬
‫‪oil with a rag or waste, and then coating the‬‬
‫‪part with chalk. The machine oil taken up by‬‬
‫‪the crack will cause a brown stain on the chalk.‬‬
‫‪This indication may be hastened by again‬‬
‫‪tapping the suspected part lightly with a‬‬
‫‪hammer or by having the car make a round‬‬
‫‪trip.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار را ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن در‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ ﻓﺮو ﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ از‬
‫ﻧﺎﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﺎرﺑﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪) .‬ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار راﻧﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪.(8-12-7‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ و‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ و‬
‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Examine the sheaves for worn grooves and‬‬
‫‪determine whether all ropes seat to the same‬‬
‫‪depth in the grooves. Look for evidence of any‬‬
‫‪misalignment of sheaves. Determine whether‬‬
‫‪bearing bolts are secure. (For machine driving‬‬
‫‪sheaves, see 7.12.8). Sheave shafts and‬‬
‫‪bearings should be inspected for wear and‬‬
‫‪other defects. Determine that the shafts and‬‬
‫‪bearings are adequately lubricated.‬‬
‫‪ 4-12-7‬ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫‪7.12.4 Overhead beams and fastenings‬‬
‫ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ در دﻳﻮارﻫﺎ ﺟﺎﺳﺎزي ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮهاي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎن ﺗﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Examine overhead beams to determine whether‬‬
‫‪they are securely fastened to supports or firmly‬‬
‫‪embedded in walls.‬‬
‫‪Note any settlement of supports. Examine all‬‬
‫‪exposed bolt fastenings of beams supporting‬‬
‫‪machinery or sheaves.‬‬
‫‪ 5-12-7‬ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫‪7.12.5 Overhead grating or platforms‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮي ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي داراي دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﻴﺶ از اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫‪ IPS-G-GN-370‬ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي دروﻧﻲ ﺷﺒﻜﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻣﻴﻠﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ورود‬
‫ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪاي ﺑــﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪ 19‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫــﺎي‬
‫درون ﺷﺒﺎكﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ورﻗﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺳﻮراخ دار‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﻣﺸﺒﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ورود ﮔﻠﻮﻟﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ‪25‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Determine whether any overhead grating or‬‬
‫‪platform has openings of a size in excess of‬‬
‫‪that permitted by IPS-G-GN-370.‬‬
‫‪Openings in bar type gratings must reject a ball‬‬
‫‪19 mm., in diameter. Openings in fabricated‬‬
‫‪openwork or perforated or expanded sheet‬‬
‫‪metal must reject a ball 25 mm in diameter.‬‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬6-12-7
7.12.6 Top counterweight clearance
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﺮار دارد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﻻزم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ از ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎﻻ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
With the car at the bottom terminal landings,
check the top counterweight clearance. This
check may have to be made from the top
landing.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻳﺎ ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ در‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﺎزه وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل اﮔﺮدر ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
The projection of rope fastenings or guide
shoes above the counterweight structure may
not always be an encroachment on the top
counterweight clearance. However, excessive
projection should not be permitted if
interference with sheaves or other equipment
would be encountered upon maximum
overtravel.
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬7-12-7
7.12.7 Speed governor
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق‬1-7-12-7
7.12.7.1 Inspection made with power off
‫ )ﻧﮕﺎه‬:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.(1-12-7 ‫ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف‬،‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Open the mainline switch and proceed as
follows: (See General Safety Precautions,
Paragraph 7.12.1).
a) Examine governor fastening bolts to
determine that the governor is securely
fastened in place and that the governor rope
is free of the governor jaws or other
obstructions;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﺟﺎي‬
b) Examine all linkages, gears, pins, collars,
bushings and latches which are used to
connect the weights and the rope gripping
devices for evidence of excessive wear and
lost motion, and note whether all bearings
and rubbing surfaces are free of paint or
other foreign substances;
‫ ﺑﻮﺷﻦﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻃﻮﻗﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ب( ﻫﻤﻪ اﻫﺮم ﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ از ﻓﻜﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را‬،‫ﻣﻮاﻧﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ آزاد اﺳﺖ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫و ﭼﻔﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ را ﺑﺮاي وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ اي از ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺮز رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ و‬
‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺎﻟﺸﻲ ﻋﺎري از رﻧﮓ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ج ( وزﻧﻪﻫﺎ و ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
c) Lift the weights or flyballs by hand and
note whether all moving parts, including the
governor rope jaws, operate freely and that
there is ample room for the rotation of
governor weight or flyballs in their extreme
extended position. Check all parts of the
governor for lubrication;
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي‬،‫و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
‫ ﺑﻪ آزادي ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﻓﻀﺎي ﻓﺮاﺧﻲ‬،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺮﺧﺶ وزﻧﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه در‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ‬.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﮔﺴﺘﺮده آﻧﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ﺑﺨﺶﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را از ﻧﻈﺮ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
d) Examine rope gripping surfaces for
evidence of excessive wear.
‫د ( ﺳﻄﻮح ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬
e) Where the governor is provided with a
speed-reducing switch and an overspeed
(stopping) switch, determine by operating
the governor mechanism by hand, where
‫ﻫ ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﺎﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ و ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن در( ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
51
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
practical, whether these switches operate;
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ دﺳﺘﻲ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛‬
f) Verify that the governor is provided with
a seal and see that it is intact. Test of the
governor-tripping speed is required every 5
years or more frequently if the seal has been
disturbed, or when there is evidence that the
governor setting has been altered, or the
governor rope has been replaced with a rope
of different size or construction;
‫و ( رﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ درزﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺮﻋﺖ از ﻛﺎر‬.‫و ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮرده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ‬،‫اﻧﺪازﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫درزﺑﻨﺪ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮرده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ اﻋﻼم ﮔﺮدد‬،‫در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺬﻛﻮر را در ﻣﻮرد ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
.‫ﻓﺮد ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
In such case, the owner should be notified
to have a test made of the governor and
safety by a person qualified to perform such
test;
g) Inspect the parts of the governor rope
which could not be inspected from the top
of car (see 7.11.5-d).
‫ز ( ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
h) Carefully reset the rope gripping device
or jaws and the governor switch;
‫ح( ﻓﻜﻬﺎ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را‬
i) Check the governor rope for proper
slackness and plumbness.
‫ط( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻞ ﺑﻮدن و ﺷﺎﻏﻮل ﺑﻮدن‬
‫از ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه‬
.(‫د‬-5-11-7 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫دوﺑﺎره ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ‬2-7-12-7
7.12.7.2 Inspection made with power on
Close the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Open the governor overspeed (stopping)
switch, where provided, and check to be sure
that the elevator cannot be operated.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ )اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن( در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫اﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Reset the governor switch, and have the car
operated at normal speed in each direction and
note:
2) Any eccentric or lateral motion of the
governor sheave;
‫( ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ داﺷﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻐﺰش ﺑﺮ روي ﺷﻴﺎر‬1
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮده‬
‫ﻳﺎ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎز داﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫( ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬2
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺎﻇﻢ؛‬
3) Whether the rope runs free of the jaws at
all times.
‫( آﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ در ﺗﻤﺎم زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎ آزاد از ﻓﻜﻬﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬3
.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
1) Any tendency of the governor rope to
slide on the sheave groove when the car is
started or stopped;
7.12.8 Traction driving sheave
7.12.8.1 Inspection made with power off
Open the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬8-12-7
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ‬1-8-12-7
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
52
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار و ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎردان را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛــﻪ‬
‫در ‪ 3-12-7‬ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ ﭼﻬﺎرﺷﺎخ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﮔﺎردان ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎ را از‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻫﺮز رﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫــﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫)اﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ( ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﺮﺳﻮده‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻖ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن در ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ ﻓﺮوﻣﻲ ﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ‪ .‬ذرهﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻃﻨﺎب ﮔﻮاه ﺑﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻴﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Hammer-test sheave and spider as outlined in‬‬
‫‪7.12.3. Inspect fastenings for tightness where‬‬
‫‪demountable sheaves are attached to the sheave‬‬
‫‪spider. Note any evidence of lost motion or‬‬
‫‪misalignment of the traction sheaves with other‬‬
‫‪sheaves.‬‬
‫‪Examine the traction sheaves for worn grooves‬‬
‫‪and determine that all ropes seat to the same‬‬
‫‪depth in the grooves. Particles of metal under‬‬
‫‪rope sheaves are evidence of groove or sheave‬‬
‫‪wear. Carefully examine the sheaves for cracks‬‬
‫‪or other deficiencies.‬‬
‫‪ 2-8-12-7‬اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ‬
‫‪7.12.8.2 Inspection with power on‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ )وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ )اﺻﻄﻜﺎك( ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬ﻛﺸﺶ را ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ در ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ و اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن آن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺮ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫در ﻛﺸﺶ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻟﻐﺰش ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ و‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد )ﻧﮕﺎه‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪.(7-11-7‬‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮي و ﺑﺎري )ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎ( ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﺎن ﻣﺠﺎز ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ‪ 125‬درﺻﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر اﻳﻤﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آورده ﺷﺪه‪ ،‬اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
‫و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 9-12-7‬ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روﺑﺎز‬
‫‪Close the mainline switch and proceed as‬‬
‫‪follows:‬‬
‫‪Excessive lubrication of the wire ropes or wear‬‬
‫‪of the sheave grooves may result in reduction‬‬
‫‪of traction. Test traction by operating the‬‬
‫‪empty car in the up direction and stop it by‬‬
‫‪opening the emergency stop switch. Any‬‬
‫‪material reduction of traction may be noted by‬‬
‫‪observing slippage between ropes and traction‬‬
‫‪sheaves (see 7.11.7).‬‬
‫‪Passenger elevators and freight elevators‬‬
‫‪authorized to carry employees are also required‬‬
‫‪to safely lower, stop, and hold the car with 125‬‬
‫‪percent of the rated load.‬‬
‫‪7.12.9 Guards for exposed equipment‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪،‬ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه ﻫﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﺮخ زﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎر دار روﺑﺎز ﻧﻮار ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‪،‬ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚ ده روﺑﺎز‪ ،‬وﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬زﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻮارﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺼﻮص راﻧﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬در ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ و ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﺛﺎﻧﻮﻳﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ دارا ﺑﻮدن ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي ﻻزم‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاز‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪With the mainline switch closed, check‬‬
‫‪exposed gears, sprockets, tape or rope sheaves‬‬
‫‪or drums of selectors, floor controllers or‬‬
‫‪signal machines, and the ropes, chains or tapes‬‬
‫‪for driving same, in machine rooms and‬‬
‫‪secondary machinery spaces to determine that‬‬
‫‪the required guards are in place.‬‬
‫‪Where revolving brakes, used for leveling, are‬‬
‫‪not provided with guards, such guards should‬‬
‫‪be recommended.‬‬
‫‪7.12.10 Winding drum machine‬‬
‫‪ 10-12-7‬ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪The use of winding drum machines are‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫‪53‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
prohibited except for very limited application.
Open the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﻤﻨﻮع ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine hoistway and counterweight rope
fastenings in the drum. Note that there would
be at least one turn of rope on the drum if the
car or counterweight were resting on its fully
compressed buffer. Visually examine and
hammer-test the drum for defects or cracks, as
outlined in 7.12.3.
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را در ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺮ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
،‫روي ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺖﻛﻢ ﻳﻚ دور ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح‬3-12-7 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬.‫داﺷﺖ‬
‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ و ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن و‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﭼﻜﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﻻزم ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺰ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ ﻃﻲ دوازده ﻣﺎه و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ ﻃﻲ ﺑﻴﺴﺖ و ﭼﻬﺎر ﻣﺎه‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ از ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ‬.‫دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﺧﻮد اداﻣﻪ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﻴﺮون آﻣﺪن اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب از‬
‫درون ﻃﺒﻠﻚ و ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Note, that the required tag indicates that the
ropes have been refastened within 12 months
for machines located over the hoistway, and
within 24 months for machines located at the
bottom or at the side of the hoistway, except
where provided with an auxiliary rope
fastening device. Where ropes extend beyond
their clamps or sockets, check to see that
means have been provided to prevent the rope
ends from coming out of the inside of the drum
and interfering with other parts of the machine.
،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ‬11-12-7
7.12.11 Driving machine terminal-stopping
switches, slack rope (cable) devices, and
normal terminal stopping switches
‫ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﻓﻪ)ﻛﺎﺑﻞ( ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ‬1-11-12-7
7.12.11.1 Drum machines
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬1-1-11-12-7
7.12.11.1.1 Terminal stopping devices
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي ﻳﺎ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺮدو ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آن ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و در‬،‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي‬
‫آن در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه‬.‫اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﻧﺴﻮﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﮔﺮم ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Where the normal or final terminal stopping
switches or both are located on and operated by
the driving machine, they should be inspected
and where possible, operated by hand to
determine that the switch and its contacts are in
proper operating condition. Determine that the
switch contacts, particularly any motor
mainline contacts provided are not burned or
warm excessively, and that all gears, chains or
wire ropes and pulleys provided for their
operation, operate as intended and are not worn
excessively
Close the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در آورﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
Run the empty car to each terminal landing
54
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
until stopped by the machine terminal stopping
switch, and note whether the switch stops the
car near the landing without opening the final
stop contacts in the switch. (see 7.11.8 for
details of test).
In the case of a handrope operation, check the
relationship between stop balls on the handoperating rope and the point at which the
machine final stop motion switch will open
(see also 7.11.8).
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
،‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪ )ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت‬
.(8-11-7 ‫آزﻣﻮن ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ )ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ( ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آن ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻋﺎدي در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻳﺎ روي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي ﺟﺎي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ روي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎر‬
‫رواداري اي ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻐﺰش ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ وﺟﻮد دارد ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ‬.‫اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﺤﺪود ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزﺷﺪن ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي در ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ وﺟﻮد‬.‫ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ از ﺑﺎر ﺗﺎ و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
،‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي راه‬،‫در ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ و ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻛﻪ در آن‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن و ﺑﺤﺮﻛﺖ درآوردن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎز‬
.(8-11-7 ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
After the car has been stopped by the normal
terminal stopping switch, determine that
further movement of the car will open the final
contacts in the machine terminal stopping
switch before the car or counterweight can
strike the overhead structure.
‫ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺧﻮردﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ را ﺑﺎز ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
Where only the final terminal stopping contacts
are provided in, and operated by, the machine
terminal stopping switch (stop motion switch)
and the normal stopping switches are mounted
in the hoistway or on the car, the final terminal
stopping contacts should not open when the car
is stopped at each terminal by the normal
terminal stopping devices located on the car or
in the hoistway.
Determine that at the bottom terminal landing
with no load in the car, allowance has been
made for the greater slide which could occur
when rated load is in the car. Where limited car
and counterweight overhead clearance exists, it
is particularly important that the final contacts
in the machine terminal stopping switch open
as close as possible to the opening of the
normal terminal stopping contacts in the
switch. However, the final stopping contacts
should not be opened when the car is stopped
by the normal terminal stopping contacts under
any load conditions, up to and including rated
load.
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﻨﺎب )ﺑﺎﻓﻪ( ﺷﻞ‬2-1-11-12-7
7.12.11.1.2 Slack-Rope (cable) devices
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻣﻮرد‬.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻻزم ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ از ﻧﻮع ﺳﺮﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪ‬
Slack-rope devices are required only for
winding-drum machines. Electric switches
used with slack-rope devices should be of the
enclosed, manually reset type and should be
tested by tripping the device by hand with the
machine running. This should stop the car.
55
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
On double-belt drum machines, operate the
slack-rope device by hand and determine that it
causes the driving belt to be shifted to the idler
pulley.
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ را ﺑﺎ‬،‫در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ دوﺗﺴﻤﻪاي‬
‫دﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ راﻧﺶ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺮز ﮔﺮد ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﺎ دﻫﺪ‬
Where the slack-rope device cannot be
operated by hand, require the owner to have it
tested at intervals of not longer than twelve
months by lowering the car onto a suitable
support or supports placed in the pit.
Determine that the tension in the hoisting ropes
decreases sufficiently to operate the device and
stop the machine.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ را ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ از ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آوردن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮ روي‬،‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭼﺎﻫﻚ ﻗﺮار داده‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد درﺑﺎزهﻫﺎي زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ از دوازده ﻣﺎه‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺸﺶ در‬.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ آﻧﺮا آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬
.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ و اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪه ﺗﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد و‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داﺷﺖ و ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎزرس ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪاﻣﻜﺎن‬،‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
Determine that there is no interference with the
free and complete movement of the slack-rope
device for the hoisting ropes and the detector
bars are set as close as possible to the drivingmachine drum in order to open the switch with
a minimum of slack rope.
(‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ )اﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ‬2-11-12-7
7.12.11.2 Traction machines
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي در‬،‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻧﻮار‬،‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫زﻧﺠﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺶ از‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪ‬9-11-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬8-11-7 ‫اﻳﻦ در‬
،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ در ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﺮار داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮآورده ﺷﻮد‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
In some cases, the normal terminal stopping
switches are located in the machine room and
operated by a rope, tape, or chain attached to
the car. These switches should be examined as
previously out lined in 7.11.8 and 7.11.9.
When the switches are located in the machine
room the requirements of IPS-G-GN-370 shall
be met.
‫ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ‬12-12-7
7.12.12 Gears and bearings
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ‬1-12-12-7
7.12.12.1 Inspection made with power on
Close the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Have the elevator operated in each direction,
making frequent stops. Observe if there is any
excessive play or backlash in the bearings or
gearing. Unusual noise or play is usually an
indication of gear or thrust trouble, or damage
to bearing liners, rollers, or balls. Where ropes
extend beyond their clamps or sockets, check
to see that means have been provided to
prevent the rope ends from coming out of the
inside of the drum and interfering with other
parts of the machine.
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ و آﻧﺮا ﭘﻲ در ﭘﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزي )ﻟﻘﻲ( ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ زدن ﺑﻴﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺻﺪا ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزي‬.‫از ﺣﺪ در ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫)ﻟﻘﻲ( ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه‬
،‫ ﺳﺎﭼﻤﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺤﻮري ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ از‬.‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد اداﻣﻪ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﻴﺮون آﻣﺪن اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب از درون ﻃﺒﻠﻚ و ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ و ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺮز رﻓﺘﻪ و‬
Examine all bearings and gears for excessive
56
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
lost motion or wear. Determine whether
bearings and gears are lubricated and that oil
rings, chains, or other methods of feeding,
operate freely. The level of oil in the reservoirs
should be checked and any leakage of oil
noted.
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻓﺮﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ و ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻳﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر آزاد ﻛﺎر‬،‫ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺮاز روﻏﻦ در ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﺪه‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫و ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ روﻏﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق‬2-12-12-7
7.12.12.2 Inspection made with power off
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Open the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
‫روﻏﻦ درون ﺟﻌﺒﻪ دﻧﺪه را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻋﺎري از‬
.‫ذرهﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ دﻳﮕﺮ اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺮاز روﻏﻦ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ روﻏﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ و ﺧﺮاش ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ را ﺧﺮاب ﻛﻨﺪ و‬
‫ رﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ آﻧﻬﺎ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ؛ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از ﻫﺮ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﺪا ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ و ﺷﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine the oil in the gear case to determine
whether it is free of metallic particles or other
foreign substances. Check the oil level and
note any leakage. Visually check the gears for
excessive wear and scoring. Examine for any
oil leaks that may damage the flexible part of
the coupling and for any excessive wear.
Verify that when the flexible partof the
coupling falls, it will not completely disengage
from each unit. Inspect flexible couplings for
wear and excess slack.
‫ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ )ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ‬13-12-7
7.12.13 Driving-machine motor (Traction
drive machine)
(‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ‬1-13-12-7
7.12.13.1 Inspection made with power on
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Close the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
‫ و ﭘﻲ در ﭘﻲ آن را‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
.‫ و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( و ﺗﺮﻣﺰ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‬.(14-12-7 ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﺎس را در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ زدن ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ‬،‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﻮردن و ﺻﺪا دادن ﺟﺎروﺑﻚﻫﺎ )ذﻏﺎلﻫﺎ( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬12-12-7 ‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﻮده و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺎروﺑﻚﻫﺎ )ذﻏﺎلﻫﺎ( را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮده و ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﺮﻗﻪ زدن ﻳﺎ ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮردن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Have the elevator operated in each direction,
making frequent stops, and observe the
operation of the motor and brake (see 7.12.14
for brake inspection). Commutators or slip
rings, where provided, should be observed for
excessive sparking or brush chatter. Inspect
bearings as outlined in 7.12.12.
Inspect all motor fastening bolts to determine
whether they are in place and tight. Inspect the
brushes; note any sparking or chattering.
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺑﺮق‬2-13-12-7
7.12.13.2 Inspection made with power off
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Open the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
57
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﮔﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي‬،(‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎروﺑﻚﻫﺎ)ذﻏﺎلﻫﺎ‬
:‫ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine brush holders, commutators or slip
rings, and determine:
- The condition of the brush holders and
brushes and whether any brush is stuck in
its holder or is worn to the extent that either
brush holder or the metal connector on the
brush could touch the commutator or slip
ring;
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎروﺑﻚ و ﺟﺎروﺑﻚﻫﺎ و اﻳﻦ‬‫ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺎروﺑﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺧﻮد ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪي ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺟﺎروﺑﻚ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻓﻠﺰي روي ﺟﺎروﺑﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﮔﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ را ﻟﻤﺲ ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
- The brush spring pressure if sparking or
chattering was noticed when the machine
was running;
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﻨﺮ ﺟﺎروﻳﻚﻫﺎ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن‬‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ زدن ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮد؛‬
- Whether commutator or slip rings are
burned, pitted, grooved, or scored, and are
clean and free from oil; and also whether
the commutators have high mica;
،‫ آﻳﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻟﻐﺰﺷﻲ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬‫ ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاشدار ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻋﺎري‬،‫ﺣﻔﺮه دار‬
‫از روﻏﻦ و ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ آﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﮔﺮ داراي‬
‫ﺳﻨﮓ ﻃﻠﻖ )ﻣﻴﻜﺎ( زﻳﺎدي اﺳﺖ؛‬
- Any accumulation of carbon, copper dust,
oil, or other substances in the slot of an
undercut commutator;
،(‫ روﻏﻦ )ﭼﺮﺑﻲ‬،‫ ﮔﺮد ﻣﺲ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ از ﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد دﻳﮕﺮ درون ﺷﻜﺎف ﻳﻚ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ در ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﮔﺮ‬
‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ؛‬
- Whether exposed armature and field
terminal connections are tight. Special
attention should be given to the shunt field
connections of DC motors;
‫ آﻳﺎ آرﻣﻴﭽﺮ در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮازي ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي )ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي( ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫وﻳﮋه ﺷﻮد؛‬
- That the leads are not broken or their
insulation is not cracked or broken;
‫ آن ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺮك دار‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
- That the motor windings are free of oil,
dust, or lint deposits.
‫ آن ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﻋﺎري از ﺗﺠﻤﻊ‬.‫ ﮔﺮد و ﺧﺎك ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫روﻏﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه‬14-12-7
7.12.14 Drive machine brake
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ‬1-14-12-7
7.12.14.1 Inspection made with power on
Close the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ )وﺻﻞ( و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Run the car and observe the operation of the
brake. The brake should not chatter and may
apply on or before the completion of the slow
down and leveling operation. Check to see that
the brake is automatically applied on or after
normal stops.
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در آورﻳﺪ و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﺮﻣﺰ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ و ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت آﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن و ﺗﺮاز ﺷﺪن ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﺴﺘﺎدنﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
(‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ و ﻛﺎﺳﻪ )اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ﺣﺪ ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻄﻮر‬.‫آزاد آن ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﻧﭽﺴﺒﻴﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي دوﻻﻳﻪ‬
‫ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي‬،‫در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ و ﺳﺮ آﻧﻬﺎ از ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ‬
The clearance between the brake shoe and the
brake drum when the car is running should not
be greater than necessary to permit free
running. Examine the brake pins to determine
whether they are properly lubricated and not
frozen, and that the cotter pins are in place and
58
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪open. Note any harsh and abrupt brake action.‬‬
‫‪Motors of motor-operated brakes should be‬‬
‫‪examined as outlined in 7.12.13.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻧﺎﻫﻨﺠﺎر و ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪﻫﺎي )ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﻫﺎي(‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬
‫‪ 13-12-7‬ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﻣﻮارد ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻ‪ ،‬در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت داراي ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ را آزاد ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮو ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ وارد‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫‪In addition to the above, on mechanical brake‬‬
‫‪installations, note that the operation of the‬‬
‫‪brake actuating device releases the brake only‬‬
‫‪when power is applied to the machine.‬‬
‫‪ 2-14-12-7‬اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫‪7.12.14.2 Inspection made with power off‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز )ﻗﻄﻊ( ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Open the mainline switch and proceed as‬‬
‫‪follows:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻟﻨﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻋﺎري از ﭼﺮﺑﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و آﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺧﺮاﺷﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﺮﻣﺰ و ﻛﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫آن را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮاز روﻏﻦ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭻ ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور در روﻏﻦ را‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔﺮﻣﻲ آن در‬
‫ﺣﺪي ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﻤﺲ آن ﻧﺎراﺣﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺳﻪ داغ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻧﺸﺎن از ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺳﺨﺖ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺪه دارد‪.‬‬
‫‪Examine the brake and drum to determine that‬‬
‫‪the brake linings are free of oil and whether‬‬
‫‪there is any scoring of the drum.‬‬
‫‪Check the oil level of oil immersed coil type‬‬
‫‪brakes. If the elevator has been running, the‬‬
‫‪brake drum may be warm but should not be‬‬
‫‪uncomfortable to the touch. A hot drum usually‬‬
‫‪indicates a dragging brake shoe.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي اﺳـﺖ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﻨﺮ اﻋﻤـﺎل‬
‫ﺷــﺪه روي ﻛﻔــﺸﻚﻫــﺎي ﺗﺮﻣــﺰ در ﻫﻨﮕــﺎم ﺗﺮﻣــﺰ ﮔــﺮﻓﺘﻦ و‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‪ ،‬اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺎ اﻳـﻦ ﻧـﻮع ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ‪ ،‬اﻳـﻦ‬
‫اﻣﻜﺎن وﺟﻮد دارد ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آزاد ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔـﺮدد ﺑـﻪ ﮔﻮﻧـﻪاي ﻛـﻪ ﺑﻬﻨﮕـﺎم ﺗﺮﻣـﺰ از ﮔﻴﺮﻛـﺮدن‬
‫ﻛﻔـــﺸﻜﻬﺎ ﺑـــﻪ ﻛﺎﺳـــﻪ ﺗﺮﻣـــﺰ ﺟﻠـــﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨـــﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻـــﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺮﻣﺰﻫﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﮔـﺮدد ﺗـﺎ ﺗﻌﻴـﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷــﻮد ﻛــﻪ ﺗﻨﻈــﻴﻢ اﻳــﻦ ﻧــﻮع ﺗﺮﻣــﺰ ﺑــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧــﻪاي اﺳــﺖ ﻛــﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻔﺸﻜﻬﺎي ﺗﺮﻣﺰ از ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎزداﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷـﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ اﻧـﺪازه ﻛـﺎﻓﻲ ﺑـﺮاي ﺳـﺎﻳﺶ ﻟﻨﺘﻬـﺎ در‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ وﺟﻮد دارد‪) ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫـﻴﭻ ﺑﺨـﺸﻲ از ﺗﺮﻣـﺰ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺖﻛﻢ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻟﻨﺖ آن ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷـﻴﻦ ﺗﻤـﺎس ﻧﺪاﺷـﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪The design of the actuating linkage of some‬‬
‫‪brakes is such that a single unit or link is used‬‬
‫‪both to govern the spring pressure applying the‬‬
‫‪brake shoes when the brake applies and the‬‬
‫‪amount of clearance between the brake shoes‬‬
‫‪and the brake drum when the brake is released.‬‬
‫‪With this type of design, it is possible to‬‬
‫‪improperly adjust the releasing feature so that‬‬
‫‪it will prevent the brake shoes from gripping‬‬
‫‪the brake drum when the brake applies. The‬‬
‫‪adjustment of this type of brake should be‬‬
‫‪examined to determine that the adjustment is‬‬
‫‪such that the brake shoes are not prevented‬‬
‫‪from properly applying and that there is‬‬
‫‪sufficient margin in the adjustment for the‬‬
‫‪brake lining wear (No part of the brake should‬‬
‫‪contact the machine for at least the thickness of‬‬
‫‪the lining).‬‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
7.12.15 Motor-generator sets used with
generator-field control
(‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ زاﻳﺎﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﻟﺪ(– ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬15-12-7
Motor-generator sets and exciters which are
part of the elevator control system should
operate smoothly without excessive noise or
vibration, and should be inspected as outlined
in 7.12.13.
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ زاﻳﺎﻧﻪ – ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ و ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎي راه اﻧﺪاز ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﻧﻮﺳﺎن ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪاي‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﻧﺮﻣﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛــﻪ در‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬13-12-7
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ زاﻳﺎﻧﻪ – ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ و واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫( ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬AC) ‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻨﺎوب‬
‫( ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬DC)
–‫ وﻟﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ از واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ‬،‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺤﺴﻮب‬،‫زاﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(‫ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻴﺪاﻧﻲ زاﻳﺎﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﻟﺪ‬
Motor-generator sets and rectifying units used
to convert AC to DC for the operation of one
or more elevators, but which are not one of the
units of the generator-field control system are
not considered to be part of the elevator
equipment.
7.12.16 Controller mechanisms, wiring and
fuses
‫ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ و‬،‫ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬16-12-7
The following inspection procedure applies to
all the control mechanisms, including starting
panels for motor-generator sets which are part
of the elevator control system signal panels,
elevator controller panels, dispatching panels,
selectors, etc.
‫روش ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻜﺎر‬
–‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ زاﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻲروﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻜﻲ )ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎل( ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
،‫ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬، ‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
.‫ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،(‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدان )ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق ﻗﻄﻊ‬1-16-12-7
7.12.16.1 Inspection made with power off
Open the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
:‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز )ﻗﻄﻊ( ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine all relays, switches, connectors,
control
circuit
rectifiers,
transformers,
capacitors, reactors, vacuum tubes, etc., and
note:
‫ ﻳﻜﺴﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻣﺪار‬،‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻫﻤﻪ رﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ واﻛﻨﺸﮕﺮﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺧﺎزنﻫﺎ‬،(‫ ﺗﺮادﻳﺴﻪﻫﺎ )ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮه را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد‬،‫ ﻻﻣﭙﻬﺎي ﺧﻼء‬،(‫)راﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
- Any excessively worn or burned contacts,
broken connectors, broken or cracked
resistance grids or resistance tubes;
‫ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي )ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖﻫﺎي( ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻪ و ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬‫ ﻻﻣﭗ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬، ‫ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺗﺮكدار ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ؛‬
- Proper fuse type and rating .No fuses
should be jumped or started;
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ ﻧﻮع و ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻓﻴﻮزﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻫﻴﭻ ﻓﻴﻮزي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻳﺎ زده )ﺑﺴﺘﻪ( ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
- Check for any jumper wires of temporary
wiring changes;
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮهﻛﻦ )ﺟﻬﻨﺪه( در ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات‬‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻮﻗﺘﻲ؛‬
‫آﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛‬
- Whether the equipment is clean;
-
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﺑﺮ‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﺠﻤﻌﻲ از ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬‫ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﻮﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي‬،‫روي ﺷﺒﻜﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺪار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل )ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي اﺳﺖ(؛‬
- Any accumulation of combustible
materials, especially on resistance grids or
wires, or on control circuit rectifiers (a
common cause of fire) ;
60
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
- Whether contacts of reverse-phase relay,
where provided, are open;
‫ در‬،‫ آﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي )ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖﻫﺎي( رﻟﻪ ﻓﺎز ﻣﻌﻜﻮس‬‫ ﺑﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛‬،‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
- Excessively worn hinge pins and shunt
wiring on relays or contactors;
‫ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻻ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﺷﺪه در رﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ؛‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﺑﻴﻦ رﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
- Check mechanical interlock between
relays.
-
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق وﺻﻞ‬2-16-12-7
7.12.16.2 Inspection made with power on
Close the mainline switch and proceed as
follows:
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺴﺘﻪ )وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮده( و ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ اﻗﺪام‬
:‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Observe the operation of the control equipment
when the elevator is run in each direction. Note
any arcing of contacts, excessive heating of
coils or resistances, and misalignment of
relays, contactors, and switches.
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻨﺘﺮل را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻗﻪ زدن‬.‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ‬،(‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﻫﺎ )ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎس دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬،‫ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﻮدن رﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖﻫﺎ‬
.‫)ﻛﻨﺘﺎﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ( و ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺬب ﺑﺮق دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬17-12-7
7.12.17 Absorption of regenerated power
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از دﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻳﻜﺴﻮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮق ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ‬،‫ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﻗﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮق دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه را ﺟﺬب ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬125 ‫ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎر اﺻﻼﺣﻲ از‬
.‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻرﻓﺘﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در آن ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫رﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري و ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﮕﺎه دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮق را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Where nonrotating rectifying units are used to
supply DC power to the electric driving
machine motor, means should have been
prepared to absorb regenerated power so that
the speed under overhauling load conditions
will not exceed 125 percent of the up direction
speed with rated load in the car.
Inspect operating relays and resistances of the
regenerative unit.
7.12.18
Lights,
fire
housekeeping, ventilation
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬،‫ آﺗﺶ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻨﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﭼﺮاغﻫﺎ‬18-12-7
extinguishers,
‫ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
Check the machine room for the following:
:‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺧﺎﻧﻪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
- Adequate lighting;
-
- Housekeeping from the presence of any
flammable liquids (flash point less than
43°C) or materials not necessary for the
operation and maintenance of the elevator;
‫ ﻣﻮﺗﻮر ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬‫ درﺟﻪ‬43 ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل )داراي ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺳﻠﺴﻴﻮس( ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ در آﻧﺠﺎ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
Mechanical
ventilation
and
air
conditioning are in operating condition and
natural machine room ventilation is open
and functioning;
‫ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻣﻄﺒﻮع در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري‬‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
- Fire extinguisher, proper class, mounting,
and maintenance record tag. They should be
properly mounted and maintained;
،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد آﺗﺶ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻛﻦ ﺑﺎ رده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬‫و ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺳﺎﺑﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
61
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد درب دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ از‬‫ﻧﻮع ﺧﻮدﺑﻨﺪ و ﺧﻮد ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻮده و ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
- Access door should be self-closing, selflocking and kept closed.
7.13 Inspection Made in Pit
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬13-7
7.13.1 General-safety precautions
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-13-7
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺤﺪودي ﻛﻪ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم ﺗﺮاز‬
‫ﺷﺪن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫ﻛﻒ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
The following precautions should be observed
when making inspections due to the limited
space available between the underside of the
car and the pit floor when the car is level with
the bottom terminal landing:
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از آﻏﺎز ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬1-1-13-7
7.13.1.1 Before starting the inspection
‫ﻳﻚ ﺗﺎﺑﻠﻮ اﻋﻼم ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺤﺎً ﺑﺮ روي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ دﻛﻤﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان‬.‫ﻓﺸﺎري ﻓﺮاﺧﻮان در ﻫﺮ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻼع داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
A danger-board had to be placed at each floor
preferably on call push button switch. Users
shall also be informed that the lift is under
maintenance and inspection:
a) Have a person familiar with the operation
of the elevator stationed in the car.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺷﺨﺼﻲ )ﻛﺎروري( را ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ آﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
b) Issue the following instructions to the
operator in the car:
‫ب ( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرور درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻋﻼم‬
.‫دارد در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﮕﺬارﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
1) The car should be moved only when
and as directed.
‫( اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﻣﻮﻗﻊ و ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬1
2) The operator in the car should repeat
the directions and receive an OK before
moving the car.
‫( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎرور درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ دﺳﺘﻮرﻫﺎ را‬2
3) To prevent accidental starting of the
car, the operator should immediately
follow each stop, perform one of the
followings:
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫( ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬3
.‫دﺳﺘﻮر داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﺮده و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺧﻮب‬
.‫( ﺷﻤﺎ را درﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬OK) ‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎرور ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﻫﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
:‫ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
- Open the emergency stop switch in
the car;
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ اﺿﻄﺮاري درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎز‬‫ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
- Where interlocks or contacts are
provided, open the hoistway or car
door, or gate as soon as the car stops
and keep it open until directed to move
the car;
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮد‬،‫)ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻜﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ( ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻳﺎ‬،‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﺪ و آﻧﺮا ﺑﺎز ﻧﮕﻬﺪارد ﺗﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮر ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺻﺎدر ﮔﺮدد؛‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ‬‫ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮدي اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺠﺎ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي راه ﺑﻨﺪ‬
- Secure the operating rope on
handrope operated elevators. Car rope
locks are effective in preventing
operation of the handrope operating
62
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ در ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬،‫روي ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
device only when the car is at a
landing where the rope lock is between
the stop balls on the hand rope.
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ‬،‫ج ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬
c) Test the operation of the following,
where provided, as outlined in this
Standard:
2) Car door or gate electric contacts (see
7.6) ;
‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬1
‫ و‬3-9-7‫در ﭼـﺎﻟـﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑــﻪ‬
‫(؛‬2-13-7
‫( ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2
‫(؛‬6-7 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
3) Hoistway door or gate interlocks or
electric contacts (see 7.1 through 7.4).
‫( ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎي درب ﻳﺎ دروازه ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻳﺎ‬3
.(4-7 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-7 ‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
1) Car emergency stop switch and pit stop
switch (see 7.9.3 and 7.13.2) ;
‫در ﻣﻮرد ورود ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب دﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ روي درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎي‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري و ﻧﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
-‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬.‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺤﺘﺎط ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺷﺨﺎﺻﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫دﺳﺘﻲ را از ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺣﺘﻲ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دروازهﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ‬1/650 ‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪي‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه‬
.‫ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
Be extremely cautious about entering
pits of handrope operated elevators
which have neither emergency stop
switches nor electrical protective
devices on hoistway or car doors or
gates. Such cars can be started by
persons operating the hand rope from
any landing even where hoistway
gates 1.650 m. high equipped with
mechanical door or gate-locking
devices are provided.
‫د ( درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
d) Where the direction of movement of the
car is automatically controlled as in signal
operation, collective operation, and groupautomatic operation, see that the direction
control is set so that the car, when started,
will move in the direction required as
outlined in "h" of General-Safety
Precautions for Inspections Made From the
Top of Car in 7.11.
‫ و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد اﺷﺘﺮاﻛﻲ‬،‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻻزﻣﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫در ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ )ح( اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده‬11-7 ‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ آن ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
e) Determine that the control, where means
are provided, is set so that it will not
respond to any corridor calls.
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻃﻮري ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻓﺮاﺧﻮاﻧﻲ از راﻫﺮو ﻫﺎ ﭘﺎﺳﺦ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از وارد ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬2-1-13-7
7.13.1.2 Before entering the pit
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻛﻨﺎر درب دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
a) Open the stop switch adjacent to the pit
access door where provided;
‫را اﮔﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
63
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
b) Open mainline disconnect switch if
firemen service requirements allow bypassing of the interlocks. Generally this
type of operation is prohibited;
‫ب ( اﮔﺮ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺪﻣﺎت آﺗﺶ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺎدﻳﺪه ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
c) Plan where to take refuge in case the car
inadvertently moves toward the pit;
‫ج ( ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
d) Determine the undercar clearance which
will be available should the car stop on the
bumpers or on the compressed buffers;
‫د ( در ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬
e) Where adequate undercar clearance is not
available, provide temporary undercar
blocking to insure the necessary clearance.
‫ﻫ ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ‬،‫ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎ را اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ؛‬.‫را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻬﻮي ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﺠﺎ ﭘﻨﺎه‬
‫ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ؛‬
‫ ﻓﻀﺎي آزادي ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬،‫ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﺪه ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ زﻳﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد ﻻزم در زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬،‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ورود ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬3-1-13-7
7.13.1.3 On entering the pit, the pit stop switch
should be opened and should only be closed if
it is desired that the person in the car move it
for the purpose of inspection. Where no pit
stop switch is installed, operation of elevators
can be prevented by blocking open the
compensating-rope-sheave switch or the
bottom final terminal limit switch when
provided.
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮده‬
‫و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻓﻘﻂ اﮔﺮ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ درون‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﺬﻛﻮر را‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ‬،‫ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن از ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪن اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ از ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬
.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از وارد ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬4-1-13-7
7.13.1.4 After entering the pit, determine
whether the counterweight runway of the
elevator being inspected or of any adjoining
elevator located in or adjacent to the pit of the
elevator being inspected is equipped with
counterweight guards.
‫ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮي ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﻤﺠﻮاري ﻛﻪ درون ﻳﺎ ﻛﻨﺎر ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫در ﺣﺎل ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﺑﺮاي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد ﺗــﺎ ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آوردن‬
.‫وزﻧـﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻋﺎري از ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﺪن درون ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ از ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻫﺮ ﭼﺎه‬
.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﻤﺠﻮار ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮد‬
If no counterweight guards are provided, every
precaution must be taken to keep clear of
descending counterweights.
Take every precaution to make sure that no
part of the body projects into portions of any
adjoining elevator hoistway area.
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻧﻤﻨﺎك آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﭼﺮاغ ﺳﻴﺎر‬5-1-13-7
7.13.1.5 Do not enter wet pits carrying an
electric extension light. Under such conditions
avoid contact with any parts of the terminal
limit or other switches. A number of fatal
accidents have occurred as a result of failure to
observe these precautions. It is recommended
that the owner be required to remove any water
in the pit prior to the inspection.
‫ در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ از ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﺑﺨﺶ از‬.‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ وارد ﻧﺸﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎري‬.‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮدداري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫از ﺣﻮادث ﻣﺮﮔﺒﺎر در اﺛﺮ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻜﺮدن اﻳﻦ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫وﻗﻮع ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آب ﭼﺎﻟﻪ را ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
64
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ 2-13-7‬ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫‪7.13.2 Pit, pit stop switch, and pit light‬‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﭼﺮاغ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻋﺎري از ﭘﺴﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬آب ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ اﻋﻼم ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ را اﺻﻼح ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻧﺮدﺑﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻋﻤﻖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪ 0/9‬ﻣﺘﺮ در زﻳﺮ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ درب‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ و‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮع‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻞ و‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و از ﻛﺎرور ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآورد‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﭼﺮاغ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Determine whether the pit is clear of refuse,‬‬
‫‪water or combustible material or is being used‬‬
‫‪for storage. Notify the owner to correct such‬‬
‫‪conditions. Also note whether a ladder has‬‬
‫‪been provided for pits exceeding 0.9 m. In‬‬
‫‪depth below the sill of the pit access door.‬‬
‫‪Where a pit stop switch is provided, check the‬‬
‫‪type, location, and operation with the car‬‬
‫‪moving in the up direction while in the pit.‬‬
‫‪Open switch and have the operator try to move‬‬
‫‪the car. The car should not move when this‬‬
‫‪switch is open. Check the operation of the pit‬‬
‫‪light.‬‬
‫‪ 3-13-7‬اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫‪7.13.3 Car and counterweight oil buffers‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﺎدل آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫‪ IPS-G-GN-370‬ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺎﻗﻜﻬﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل آﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ در‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎي زﻳﺮ را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Oil buffers, or their equivalent, are required by‬‬
‫‪IPS-G-GN-370 for elevator cars and their‬‬
‫‪counterweights, where the rated speed is more‬‬
‫‪than 1m/s.‬‬
‫‪Make the following examinations:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﻴﭻ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ را‬
‫‪a) Check the bolts holding the buffers and‬‬
‫;‪mounting to determine that they are tight‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ب ( ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫‪b) Check the buffer oil level by the means‬‬
‫‪provided to determine that it is within the‬‬
‫‪maximum and minimum allowable limits. If‬‬
‫‪the oil level is low or high, the owner‬‬
‫‪should be required to have the oil brought to‬‬
‫;‪proper level‬‬
‫ج ( ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻘﻲ ﻛﻨﺎري‬
‫;‪c) Test the plunger for excessive side play‬‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ و‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺑﺨﻮاﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
‫روﻏﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫د ( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻋﺎري از‬
‫‪d) Determine that the plunger is free of dirt‬‬
‫;‪or rust‬‬
‫ﻫ ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫‪e) Check the buffer marking plate for‬‬
‫‪compliance with IPS-G-GN-370.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮك و رﻧﮓ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ IPS-G-GN-370‬ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي دورهاي ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪ 3-8‬و ‪ .2-9‬اﮔﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻮﻋﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪See 8.3 and 9.2 for Periodic Tests of Oil‬‬
‫‪Buffers. If a new buffer has been installed, it‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
must be tested as outlined in 9.2.
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‬2-9 ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬
7.13.4 Car and counterweight spring buffers
‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬4-13-7
Check car and counterweight spring buffers to
determine that:
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ‬
:‫ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
a) They and their supports are securely
fastened in place;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
b) They are vertical and in alignment with
striker plates on the car or counterweight;
‫ب ( ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
c) Springs are properly seated in the cup or
other mounting provided;
‫ج ( ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻛﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
d) Springs have not been deformed,
obviously weakened, or damaged;
‫ آﺷﻜﺎرا ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﻧﺸﺪه‬،‫د ( ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﺮده‬
e) The buffer marking plate complies with
IPS-G-GN-370.
IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻫ ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫زن روي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻓﺮو ﻣﻲﻧﺸﻴﻨﻨﺪ؛‬
،‫ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻧﺪﻳﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارد‬
7.13.5 Car and counterweight solid bumpers
‫ ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬5-13-7
Check car and counterweight solid bumpers to
determine that:
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ‬
:‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
a) They and their supports are securely
fastened in place;
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در‬
b) No damage or deterioration exists;
‫ب ( در آﻧﻬﺎ ﻫﻴﭻ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﻧﺪارد؛‬
‫ج ( ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺿﺮﺑﻪزن‬
c) They are vertical and in alignment with
the striker plates of the car counterweight.
.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬6-13-7
7.13.6 Counterweight guards
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻧﺼﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
Check that guards are in place. Where guards were
not provided, they should be recommended in
accordance with IPS-G-GN-370.
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬7-13-7
7.13.7 Speed governor-rope-tension devices
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
:‫آﻳﺎ‬
Examine the governor-rope tension device and
determine whether:
a) There is sufficient remaining travel of the
sheave frame to maintain tension in the
governor rope;
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺸﺶ در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
b) The frame moves freely in its guides;
‫ب ( ﻗﺎب ﺑﻄﻮر آزاد در راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
c) The operation of the sheave while the car
is in motion, reveals no excessive wear of
the sheave, shaft, or bearings, and that all
parts are lubricated;
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬،‫ج ( در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎي آن را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻧﻤﻲدﻫﺪ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺎب ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار وﺟﻮد دارد؛‬
66
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫د ( ﺑﺮاي وﺟﻮد روانﺳﺎز ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻳــﺎ آﻟﻮده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪-‬‬
‫‪d) Check for excess lubricant or other‬‬
‫‪contaminants that may get on the governor‬‬
‫;‪rope‬‬
‫ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻫ ( در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﺪاﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫‪e) With the car operating, listen for noise‬‬
‫‪caused by rubbing or bearing in a failure‬‬
‫‪mode. Lifting of the tension weights with‬‬
‫‪the car at rest and the stop switch in the stop‬‬
‫‪position may also assist in detecting defects.‬‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ در اﺛﺮ ﻣﺎﻟﺶ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎر اﻳﺠﺎد‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﮔﻮش دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ در‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن در‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺐ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-13-7‬زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي‬
‫‪7.13.8 Compensating chains, ropes and‬‬
‫‪compensating-rope tension-sheaves‬‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‪:‬‬
‫‪Where compensating ropes or chains are used,‬‬
‫‪determine that:‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي اداﻣﻪ داﺷﺘﻦ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و‬
‫‪a) There is sufficient remaining travel of the‬‬
‫‪sheave frame to maintain tension in the‬‬
‫‪compensating ropes and to operate the‬‬
‫‪compensating sheave switch. Ropes should‬‬
‫‪have sufficient tension to remain within the‬‬
‫;‪sheave grooves‬‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺎب ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار وﺟﻮد دارد‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪن در درون‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ب( ﻗﺎب ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫‪b) The sheave frame moves freely in the‬‬
‫;‪guides while the car is in motion‬‬
‫ج( ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ از ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‪،‬‬
‫‪c) There is no evidence of excessive wear of‬‬
‫‪the sheave, shaft, or bearings and that all‬‬
‫;‪parts are lubricated‬‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ آزادي درون راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت رواﻧﻜﺎري‬
‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫د( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﺎب ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
‫‪d) The car stops when the switch or‬‬
‫‪switches operated by the compensating‬‬
‫‪sheave frame are opened. Open these‬‬
‫‪switches by hand while the car is in motion‬‬
‫;‪at lowest operating speed‬‬
‫ﻫ ( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آوﻳﺰان‬
‫‪e) The compensating ropes or chains are‬‬
‫‪properly hung securely fastened to the‬‬
‫;‪underside of car and counterweight‬‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‪،‬‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ را در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺎري در ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ؛‬
‫و( آن ﺑﺨﺶ از زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و‬
‫‪f) Inspect the portion of the compensating‬‬
‫‪chains or ropes and their fastenings that‬‬
‫‪could not be inspected from the car top.‬‬
‫‪Where chains are used, examine for wear at‬‬
‫‪mating links.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ از ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺒﻮده اﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از زﻧﺠﻴﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺳﺎﻳﺶ آن را در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ‪-3-11-7‬ز‪ 5-11-7 ،4-11-7 ،‬و ‪(6-11-7‬‬
‫)‪(See 7.11.3-g, 7.11.4, 7.11.5 and 7.11.6‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
7.13.9 Compensating-rope tension-sheave
locking device
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬9-13-7
Where a locking device is provided for holding
to compensating-rope tension-sheave locked
during the operation of the safety or buffer, this
device should be examined to determine that it
is in working condition.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ را ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮار دارد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
7.13.10 Rope, wheel and lever operating
devices
‫ ﭼﺮخ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪاز اﻫﺮﻣﻲ‬،‫ ﻃﻨﺎب‬10-13-7
Examine any portion of operating ropes and
their sheaves located under the car or in the pit
(see 7.9.3.4, 7.11.4, 7.11.5 and 10.3).
‫ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ واﻗﻊ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ و‬5-11-7 ،4-11-7 ،4-3-9-7 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.(3-10
7.13.11 Lower final terminal stopping switch
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ‬11-13-7
Check and hand test the lower final terminal
stopping switch in the same manner as outlined
for upper final terminal stopping switch in
7.11.9.
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن روﺷﻲ‬
9-11-7 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ در‬
.‫ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
7.13.12 Bottom car and counterweight
runby and clearance
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد و دررو زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬12-13-7
With the car level with the top terminal
landing, visually check the distance between
the bottom of the counterweight and the top of
the counterweight buffer in the pit, or where a
gravity-return counterweight buffer is used,
between the buffer plunger and the striker
block in the pit.
If there has been an obvious change such as a
new buffer, new buffer mounting, or new rope
fastenings, check the distance from the car
buffer striker plate to the top of the car buffer
(spring or oil).
،‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺗﺮاز ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ زﻳﺮﻳﻦ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﺑﺎﻻي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ وزﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬،‫ﺗﻌﺎدل در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬،‫ ﮔﺮاﻧﺸﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬-‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ و ﺑﻠﻮك ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زن در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ را‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ‬،‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﺣﺎﻻت‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺲ از ﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ آن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ دررو ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺪون ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﻓﻠﺰي ﺻﺎف ﺑﺮاي زﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي دوري ﺟﺴﺘﻦ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻪاي از‬
‫روﻏﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻜﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن از ﺟﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت زﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪي در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻮ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ آﺷﻜﺎري ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻮ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮ ﻃﻨﺎب اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ و روي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زن )ﻓﻨﺮي ﻳﺎ‬
.‫روﻏﻨﻲ( اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Check the car top (determined in 7.11.2) and
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬
In some cases, removable blocking is furnished
in connection with the counterweight buffer, to
provide adjustment following rope stretch in
order to secure proper counterweight runby
without shortening the ropes. If smooth metal
plates are used for blocking, recommend that
the blocking be secured in place so as to avoid
the possibility of a plate being picked up by
suction if it should become coated with oil.
68
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
counterweight clearance to determine if the
suspension ropes have stretched excessively.
Shortening or refastening the suspension ropes
will also affect these clearances.
‫( و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را‬2-11-7 ‫آزاد ﺳﺮاﺗﺎﻗﻚ )ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻛﺮدن و دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در اﻳﻦ ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ آزاد ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬارد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻓﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬13-13-7
7.13.13 Traveling cables
‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻓﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬19-11-7 ‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻓﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻒ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي آﺷﻜﺎر‬.‫و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺪه ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻓﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Examine the lower portion of the traveling
cables and their connections to the car as
outlined in 7.11.19. The cables should not
touch the pit floor or rub against any other
equipment. Examine visible portion of cable
for wear, twist, or damage.
‫ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ )ﻓﻼﺧﻦ( و ﺳﻜﻮ‬14-13-7
7.13.14 Car frame (sling) and platform
Examine the portion of the car frame
accessible from the pit and determine whether
all fastenings, including those between the car
frame and the platform are securely in place
and that the frame is not distorted.
‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻛﻪ از ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس اﺳﺖ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺳﻜﻮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ و ﻗﺎب ﭘﻴﭻ و ﺧﻢ ﺑﺮﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
Examine the car and counterweight buffer
strike plates to determine that they have not
been deformed or removed. Unless the plate is
parallel with the car platform or the
counterweight frame and is perpendicular to
the buffer, the buffer may be deflected upon
contact.
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﺪاده ﻳﺎ از ﺟﺎ در ﻧﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در اﺛﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﺞ ﺷﻮد ﻣﮕﺮ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﺑﺎ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎب وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
.‫ﻣﻮازي ﺑﻮده و ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫اﺟﺰاء ﻗﺎب و ﺳﻜﻮ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎري آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﻛﺶ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ در آﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﭘﺎره ﺷﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب آﻻت ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ‬
،‫ ﻛﺞ ﻳﺎ راﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ اﺟﺰاء‬.‫دﻳﺪﮔﻲﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ زﻧﮓ از ﺑﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاء ﻳﺎ اﻃﺮاف‬،‫ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ رﻧﮓ‬
‫ و ﺣﺒﺎب ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ ﺑﺮ روي اﺟﺰاء‬،‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮچﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮرده‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻳﻚ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﮕﻲ‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم‬،‫را آﺷﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎزد‬
‫ﮔﻴـﺮد )ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮرﺳــﻲ اﺗﺼــﺎﻻت ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.(17-11-7 ‫ﺑــﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺳﺮﭘﻨﺠﻪ اي ﺳﻜﻮ و ﭘﻴﺸﺒﻨﺪ ﻫﺎي روي ﺳﻤﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ورودي آن را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻜﻮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ )ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻜﻮ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬.(5-10-7
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
Examine the frame and platform members and
their fastenings. Many freight elevators, not
designed for power truck loading, have been
seriously overloaded resulting in the fracture of
sling members or other damage. Distorted or
straightened members, blistered paint, exuded
rust from between members or around bolts or
rivets, and oil bubbles on members, may all be
clues to a cracked or fractured member. Where
examination reveals the possibility of a
fracture, a complete check should be made
(see. 7.11.17 for checking crosshead
connections).
Check any platform toe guards and aprons on
entrance sides and determine whether they are
securely fastened to the platform (also see
7.10.5). Check platform balancing weights and
determine whether they are securely fastened.
69
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
7.13.15 Car and counterweight bottom guide
shoes and safety parts
‫ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي زﻳﺮﻳﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ‬15-13-7
Examine the car and counterweight guiding
members and their fastenings to determine that
they are properly secured, aligned and
adjusted, and that they are not worn
excessively.
‫اﺟﺰاء اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬،‫آﻧﻜﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
Determine that all moving parts of the safety
are lubricated, not corroded, free to operate,
and that under ordinary operating conditions,
the clearance between the guide rail and each
rail gripping face of the safety parts is correct.
The safety-drum rope and any deflecting rope
sheaves and their fastenings should be
inspected to determine that they are not worn
excessively nor corroded, that rope sheaves are
securely fastened, and are in operating
condition.
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺘﺤﺮك وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﺮده‬،‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫آزادﻧﺪ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﻧﻤﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺮده‬
.‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎر ﻋﺎدي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻫﺮ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﺞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫آن ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﺸﺪه و ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا‬
‫ﻧﻜﺮدهاﻧﺪ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ‬
Check the operation of safety switches when
located under the car.
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ در زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The buffer portion of Type C safeties should be
checked to determine that the oil level is within
allowable limits and the buffer compression
switch and the oil level device should be tested
for proper functioning (for types of safeties and
governors see Appendix B).
‫ را‬C ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ آن ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ در ﺣﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز ﻗﺮار دارد و‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻓﺸﺎري ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﺗﺮاز ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﺮاي ﻧﻮع وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺳﺖ‬
.(‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
8. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS NOT
LONGER THAN TWELVE MONTHS FOR
ELECTRIC ELEVATORS
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻧﻪ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ از دوازده‬-8
In addition to making the inspections and tests
outlined in 8.1 through 8.5 the inspector should
follow the procedures outlined in Sections 7.
‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس روش ﻫﺎي ﺷﺮح داده‬،5-8 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-8
.‫ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﺪ‬7 ‫ﺷﺪه در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬،‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس ﻓﻘﻂ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎ را ﻧﻈﺎرت ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺎه ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
The governor, safety, and buffer tests are to be
performed by a competent elevator mechanic.
The inspector should only witness such tests.
8.1 Inspection of the Governor Rope System
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬1-8
Make a general examination of the governor
rope system including the condition of the
governor, governor rope, governor rope tension
sheave assembly and the releasing carrier.
Check to determine that the proper type of
rope, identified on the governor marking plate,
has been installed.
‫ﻳﻚ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ را از ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ آﻧﻜﻪ ﻧﻮع‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻪ از روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
70
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬1-1-8
8.1.1 Inspection of the governor
‫اﻟﻒ( در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻗﺮار‬
a) With the mainline switch in the open
position, governors shall be inspected by a
manual extension of the governor weights
to make sure there is no restriction of
motion and determine that all parts,
including the rope gripping jaws, operate
freely. All bearings, pins, governor ropegrip jaws and all rubbing surfaces shall be
checked to make sure they are not worn
excessively, and are properly lubricated and
free of paint.
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻌﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬،‫دارد‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ از ﻫﻢ‬،‫وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮده اﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي ﮔﻴﺮه ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪه‬،‫ ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ‬.‫آزادي ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻣﺎﻟﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪهاﻧﺪ و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه و ﻋﺎري از رﻧﮓ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ب( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﻴﺪ و‬
b) Restore the mainline switch to the closed
position and test the governor switches to
determine that the proper relays respond.
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ رﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ واﻛﻨﺶ ﻧﺸﺎن‬
.‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬2-1-8
8.1.2 Tests of governor
‫ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ آزﻣﻮن‬،(‫ﻣﺎﻫﻪ‬12) ‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن دوره اي‬
a) For the periodic test (12 months), a test
of the governor tripping speed is not
required unless the seal on the governor has
been disturbed or the inspection indicates
that for other reasons, a retest is necessary
(see 9.13). If a retest is made, the governor
must be resealed after the test.
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﺑﺒﻨﺪي روي‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﺨﺘﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﻻﻳﻞ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن دوﺑﺎره ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ آزﻣﻮن دوﺑﺎره اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬.(13-9 ‫ﺑﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﻮن دوﺑﺎره آﺑﺒﻨﺪي ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ب( آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
b) Testing of the governor operation is to be
part of the safety test.
8.2 Inspection and Test of Safeties, Each
Twelve Months
‫ ﻫﺮ دوازده ﻣﺎه‬، ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬2-8
‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬
8.2.1 Inspection of safeties
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬1-2-8
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و‬
a) Examine the car and counterweight guide
shoes and their fastenings to determine that
they are properly secured, aligned, and
adjusted. Check the gibs or rollers for
excessive wear.
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺴﻤﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺮده‬،‫ب( ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎر ﻋﺎدي‬
b) Under normal operating conditions, the
clearance between the guide rail and each
rail gripping face of the safety parts is
approximately equal. The distance between
the rail gripping faces of the safety parts
shall not be less than the thickness of the
guide rail plus 3.5 mm with a 1.5 mm
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﻫﺮﻧﻤﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺮده ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺮده ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺮده‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬1/5 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬3/5 ‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻌﻼوه‬
71
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻬﻠﻮي ﻧﺮده و ﻧﻤﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪minimum between either side of the rail and‬‬
‫‪the gripping face.‬‬
‫ج( ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ در آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫‪c) For elevators employing wood guide‬‬
‫‪rails, the distance between the rail gripping‬‬
‫‪surface shall not be less than the thickness‬‬
‫‪of the rail plus 6 mm.‬‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺮده‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺮده ﺑﻌﻼوه ‪ 6‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫د ( در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪ B‬ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫‪d) On drum operated Type B safeties, the‬‬
‫‪safety rope and any deflecting sheaves and‬‬
‫‪their fastenings shall be inspected to‬‬
‫‪determine that they are not worn‬‬
‫‪excessively or corroded and that the rope‬‬
‫‪sheaves are securely fastened and are in‬‬
‫‪operating condition. Safety drum rope must‬‬
‫‪be of a corrosion resistant material and not‬‬
‫‪be of tiller rope construction.‬‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب و‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻧﻜﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻘﺎوم در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻮده و از ﻧﻮع ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻓﺖ داراي ﻣﻐﺰه اﻟﻴﺎف‬
‫ﻛﻨﻔﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آزﻣﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﺮ روي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻚﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده ﺗﻤﺎس ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ‬
‫وارد ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ از ﻳﻚ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺷﺮوع ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ارﻗﺎم زﻳﺮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول ‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Before any test is made on drum safeties, pull‬‬
‫‪out the safety drum rope until the safety jaws‬‬
‫‪contact the rail and start to exert pressure. The‬‬
‫‪movement of the safety drum rope, starting‬‬
‫‪from a fully retracted position, shall not exceed‬‬
‫‪the following values based on rated speed as‬‬
‫‪shown in table 3.‬‬
‫‪TABLE 3–MAXIMUM SAFETY ROPE PULLOUT‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -3‬ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪RATED SPEED‬‬
‫‪MOVEMENT OF SAFETY DRUM‬‬
‫‪ROPE‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪1.067 m‬‬
‫‪0.914 m‬‬
‫‪For car safeties1 m/s or less‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Over 1 m/s to 1.875 m/s‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ‪1‬ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 1‬ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺎ ‪ 1/875‬ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Over 1.875 m/s for counterweight safeties‬‬
‫‪0.762 m‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 1/875‬ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﺮاي وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪All speeds‬‬
‫‪1.067 m‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول ‪) 2-29-2‬اﻟﻒ( ‪ASME A 17.2:2001‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‪:‬‬
‫در ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Based on Table 2.29.2(a) of ASME A 17.2:2001‬‬
‫‪For Counterweight Safeties:‬‬
‫‪ 1/067‬ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫‪All speed 1.067 m‬‬
‫‪72‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻤﺎر دور ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻴﺮون‬
.‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺣﻔﻆ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ از ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ آن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و اﻳﺠﺎد‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﻮار و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ و ﺑﺪون ﺷﻠﻲ‬
.‫در ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﺪ‬
The number of turns of rope remaining on the
safety drum should be sufficient to allow for
additional pull out of the safety drum rope to
insure proper operation of the safety when the
governor is operated due to an overspeed
condition.
The safety should be reset on completion of the
above inspection. Keep sufficient tension on the
safety drum rope to prevent kinking and to insure
that the rope will be evenly and uniformly wound
in the safety drum with no slack.
e) On Type A safeties and Type B safeties that
are self-releasing, it is not necessary to actuate
the safety prior to a test. Inspect the mechanism
to see that it is clean and lubricated and that
there is no corrosion present.
‫ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮد رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬B ‫ و ﻧﻮع‬A ‫ﻫ ( در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
f) Before checking the adjustments of the trip
(finger) rods and rollers, all crosshead pivot
points and linkage should be examined for lost
motion, loose or missing set screws and
excessive friction. Any lost motion in the
actuation lever should be removed. Lost
motion and the inertia of the governor rope
system may cause safety applications under
normal starting conditions. Improvised tiedown devices should not be resorted to in an
effort to stop abnormal safety applications.
(‫و ( ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي )اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ از آزﻣﻮن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻓﻌﺎل‬،‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر آن را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮده و‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و در آن ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻘﺎط ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ‬،‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎ‬
،‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﻔﺼﻠﻲ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻫﺮز رﻓﺘﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻞ ﺑﻮدن ﻳﺎ اﻓﺘﺎدن ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﻣﺎﻟﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ ﻫﺮزروي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در اﻫﺮم‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮزروي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ و ﻟﺨﺘﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬.‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻋﺎدي ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻬﺎرﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺸﺎء ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮدن ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
،‫ز ( ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار دادن ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﻳﻚ ارﺗﻔﺎع راﺣﺖ‬
g) With the elevator car platform at a
convenient height, the safety can readily be
checked from the pit to determine that:
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ از درون ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬
:‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ؛‬
- All rollers are properly in place;
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي )اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎي( ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ‬‫ﻗﺮار دارﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎ را ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ؛‬
- Trip (finger) rods are in position to pick up
the rollers;
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي‬‫ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫)اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎي( ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮه‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎ ﺑــﻪ‬.‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎر‬،‫ﻃﺮف ﻧﺮده ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺗﻜﺮار ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺮدﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ از ﻧﺮده ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
- When the governor rope is pulled to impart
motion to the trip (finger) rods, the roller
must move upward into the ultimate wedged
positions
in
the
safety
block
-
without
restriction. The operation should be repeated
several times observing that the rollers fall
toward the rail. When the "finger" engages
the roller, if there is any tendency for the
73
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ‬
.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
roller to fall away from the rail, a jam
between the roller and safety block can result
in a safety failure;
-‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺣﻔﺎظ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي )اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎي( ﻗﻄﻊ‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫اﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲﻫﺎ درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
- Normally, the rollers should be at the lowest
point of travel resting against the guard. The
trip (finger) rods should be adjusted so that
the rollers engage simultaneously when
wedged between the roller pocket and the
guide rail.
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ح( در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
h) While inspecting the safety, determine that
the switch contacts open before the safety jaws
or rollers contact the guide rails. Then open the
switch manually and determine that the car will
not run when the switch is open.
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻧﻜﻪ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬2-2-8
8.2.2 Test of safety
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺪ‬
‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را در ﺑﺨﺶ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻗﺮار‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي روي‬.‫دﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ )ﻳﺎ آن ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻣﺪار اﻳﻤﻨﻲ( ﻛﻪ از‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ را ﺑﻴﺮون‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﭘﺮاﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫را ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ در ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﻛﺰﮔﺮا ﻛﻪ داراي ﻓﻚ‬.‫را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ وزﻧﻪ ﮔﺮدان را ﻗﺒﻞ از آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ رﻓﺘﻦ‬،‫ﻓﺮواﻓﺖ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه درﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻳﺎ از درون‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از آن‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ راﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎ)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ( را‬،‫ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ و ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺖ اداﻣﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﻪﻫﺎ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ‬.‫دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬.‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﻈﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﻳﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺑﻄﻮر‬
.‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻓﺮو ﻧﺸﺴﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ‬A ‫ب( در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
a) After the safety has been inspected, position
the car or counterweight in the lower portion of
the hoistway so it will be accessible after the
test. Jump out the switches on the governor and
safety (or that part of the safety circuit) that
would prevent a full setting of the safety. Start
the car or counterweight, which ever is being
tested, in the down direction at the slowest
operating speed and trip the governor by hand.
On centrifugal governors that do not have a
dropping jaw, engage the flyweight into the
actuating device before starting the car down.
Run the car down until the machine stalls or
drives through the hoisting ropes. Next, open
the main line disconnect switch, remove any
jumpers and proceed to the safety being tested.
Examine all parts of the safety equipment to
determine if anything is broken or out of order.
See that all ropes are properly seated on their
respective sheave or drum.
b) On type A safeties, note that the travel of all
safety rollers or dogs is approximately the
same, but not excessive. Allow for additional
travel, should the safety apply at overspeed. On
self-releasing Type B safeties, all four gibs
should be in contact with the guide rails. On
drum-operated Type B safeties, determine that
‫ وﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬،‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ زﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻳﻜﺴﺎن اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ آﻧﺮا ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺪاﻧﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺣﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﺧﻮدرﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬B ‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﭼﻬﺎر ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬B ‫ در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
74
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
all four rail gripping faces of the safety are in
contact with the guide rails.
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭼﻬﺎرﻧﺮده وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس دارﻧﺪ‬
c) On drum-operated safeties that require
continual unwinding of the drum to fully apply
the safety, be sure that more than three turns of
rope remain on the drum. This is necessary to
meet the requirement of three turns remaining
on the drum after a rated load, rated speed test.
Flexible guide clamp safeties that are drumoperated do not require any turns of rope to
remain on the drum after a test.
‫ج( در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻜﺎرﺑﺮدن‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺳﻪ دور ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮ روي‬،‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ اﻟﺰام ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪن ﺳﻪ‬.‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫دور ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ را در آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎر و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮآورده ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪن دوري از ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫د( ﺳﻜﻮ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺮاز ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
d) Check the platform for level. Elevators
should not be out of level more than 31.5 mm
per meter in any direction. Counterweight
safeties may be set in the pit or just above the
car. In either case, be careful of the final
location so that it will be accessible after the
test.
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﺎرج‬31/5 ‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان‬.‫از ﺗﺮازي ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻫﺮ‬.‫از درون ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻳﺎ درﺳﺖ از ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ آن ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ‬B ‫ و ﺧﻮدرﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﻮع‬A ‫ﻫ ( وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
e) Type A and self-releasing Type B safeties
are released by moving the car or
counterweight in the up direction. This should
be accomplished with one short move. After
one move, be sure that the governor has
released the governor rope. If it is not released,
move the governor sheave or pick the jaw to
gain this release.
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآوردن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ رﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر درﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه اﻧﺠﺎم‬.‫ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب رﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
f) The drum-operated Type B safety is released
with a safety wrench from inside the car or at
the counterweight. This is a two-man
operation. One man must be stationed on top of
the car, or in the pit, to hold the governor rope
so it does not overhaul while the second man
effects the release and reset of the governor.
The second man should then proceed to the car
or counterweight and release the safety while
the first man is holding back on the rope until
the minie ball moves down to the releasing
carrier. The first man can then insert the minie
ball into the releasing carrier as the second man
completes the rope take up.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ آﭼﺎر‬B ‫و( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ در وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ درون‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎر دو ﻧﻔﺮه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻃﻮري ﻧﮕﻪ دارد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ دوم ﺑﺎﻋﺚ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪن و ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دوﺑﺎره ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ ﻧﻔﺮ دوم‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ ﺑﻪ زور ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻧﺸﻮد‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﭘﻴﺶ رﻓﺘﻪ و در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ اول ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﻮي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫ﻃﺮف ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ آﻧﮕﺎه ﻧﻔﺮ اول در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻔﺮ دوم ﺳﻔﺖ‬.‫را رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﮔﻮي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ را‬،‫ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ درون ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻓﺮو ﻛﻨﺪ‬
g) Examine all of the safety parts to determine
that they have returned to the normal running
positions and be sure that there is no slack in
the safety rope.
‫ز( ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ آن ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﺷﻞ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ در ﻃﻨﺎب وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
75
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
h) Inspect the guide rails for scoring and loose
hardware. Dress any scored rail surface.
‫ح( ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪﮔﻲ و ﻳﺮاق آﻻت ﺷﻞ‬
i) It is not necessary to record the stopping
distance on this test.
.‫ط( ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن در اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
j) Determine that all jumpers have been
removed.
(‫ي( ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎ)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ از ﻧﺮده را ﻛﻪ ﺧﺮاﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﺮاش دﻫﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ داراي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي‬3-2-8
8.2.3 Inspection and test of wood guide rail
safeties
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺑﻮدن اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ درﮔﻴﺮي‬
a) The effectiveness of safeties of this type
depends on a substantial initial engagement of
the toothed safety jaw with the wood guide rail
in a manner to produce an increasing
engagement with the rail until the load is
brought to rest. Therefore, the condition of the
guide rails is a prime consideration in making
an examination of the equipment.
‫اﺑﺘﺪاﻳﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻓﻚ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪدار وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ روﺷﻲ دارد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎر از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
،‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ درﮔﻴﺮي ﻓﺰاﻳﻨﺪهاي را ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻣﻮردي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ب ( ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از اﺟﺰاي ﺳﺨﺖ درﺟﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
b) The guide rails must be of first quality hard
maple with the width sized to fill the car guide
shoe minus the normal running clearance.
Guide rails that are more than 3.2 mm
undersize in width or show evidence of
"combing" by the safety jaws should be
replaced.
‫داراي اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﺮﻛﺮدن ﻛﻔﺸﻚ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎي ﻟﻘﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از اﻧﺪازه ﻻزم ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬3/2 ‫ﻋﺮض آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺷﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ داراي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬1-3-2-8
8.2.3.1 Inspection of wood guide rail safeties
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻗﻼم زﻳﺮ ﻋﻼوه ﺑــﺮ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻃﻨــﺎب ﻧﺎﻇـﻢ و‬
:(1-2-8 ‫ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
An examination of the following items should be
made in addition to the governor rope system and
guide rails (see 8.2.1):
- From the top of the car, examine all safety
operating parts including levers and linkage to
be sure that all keys and set screws are in place
and tight. There should not be an excessive
amount of lost motion in the transmittal of
motion to the finger rods actuating the safety
jaws;
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ اﻫﺮمﻫﺎ و اﻫﺮمﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﻮده و‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺮز‬.‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫رﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪي در اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ؛‬
- From the pit, with the elevator car platform at
a convenient height, the safety jaws can be
readily examined and applied against the guide
rails by pulling the governor rope. The safety
jaws should be brought in contact with both
guide rails in such a manner that any
downward motion of the car would cause the
jaw teeth to dig into the rails;
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در‬،‫ از درون ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬‫ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان‬،‫ارﺗﻔﺎع راﺣﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮ‬
‫ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬.‫روي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑـــﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑــﺎ ﻫﺮدو ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫دﻧﺪاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻚ ﺑﻪ درون ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎ ﻓﺮو روﻧﺪ؛‬
76
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﻠﻮ آوردن ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- When a safety operating switch is provided,
the motion of bringing the safety jaws in
contact with the rails should be sufficient to
operate the switch.
‫ آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ داراي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬2-3-2-8
8.2.3.2 Test of wood guide rail safeties
‫ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر‬،‫ﺑﺎ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫رﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮده و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻛﺎر را اداﻣﻪ دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ آﻧﻜﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي‬.‫ﻣﻲاﻧﺪازد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻟﻐﺰﻳﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺷﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ زﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪي داﺧﻞ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ را ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫ ﺑﺪون ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬A ‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ آﻳﺪ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﻣﻲآﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ‬4-2-8
With governor operated safeties, set the governor
in the applied position and run the car in the down
direction from the controller to see that it will
operate the safety. Continue to operate until the
ropes slip on traction machines or slacken on
drum machines. For Type A safeties without
governors, set blocking in the pit securely and run
the car down slowly to see that the jaws come into
proper position when a slack rope is obtained.
8.2.4 Inspection and test of slack-rope devices
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
a) Open the mainline disconnect switch.
Inspect the slack rope device to determine that
there is no interference with free and complete
movement. Determine that the detector bars are
set as close as possible to the machine drum so
that they will open the switch with a minimum
of slack rope.
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺪاﺧﻠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد و ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد آن را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﺲﮔﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ را‬
.‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ب( در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
b) With the mainline disconnect switch in the
closed position, test the operation of the device
by tripping it by hand and attempt to move the
elevator car. It may be held open with a piece
of wood.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺼﻮرت دﺳﺘﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬،‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫آﻧﺮا آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭼﻮب ﺑﺎز‬.‫درآورﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺗﺎ‬،‫ج ( اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺳﺌﻮال ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
c) If there is any question on the operation of
the device, lower the car onto suitable blocking
in the pit and determine that the resulting slack
rope will actually trip the device and stop the
car.
‫زﻳﺮﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه در ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ را ﻗﻄﻊ‬
.‫ﻛﺮده و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ‬،‫د( در ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ دوﺗﺴﻤﻪاي‬
d) On double-belt drum machines, operate the
slack-rope device by hand and determine that it
causes the driving belt to shift to the idler
pulley.
‫را ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آن ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ راﻧﺶ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺮزﮔﺮد ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ در ﻫﺮ دوازده ﻣﺎه ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬3-8
8.3 Test of Buffers, Each Twelve Months
‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي‬1-3-8
8.3.1 Spring buffers
‫ﻫﻴﭻ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮ روي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي‬
.‫وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
There is no requirement to perform a test on
spring buffers.
77
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ‬2-3-8
8.3.2 Oil buffers
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻳﺮاق‬
a) Inspect oil buffers to determine that the
hardware holding the buffers in place is tight.
See that the oil level is within the minimum
and maximum allowable limits. If the oil is too
high or too low, correct to proper level. See
that the plunger does not have excessive side
play. Be sure the plunger is free of dirt and
rust.
‫آﻻت ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ در ﺣﺪود ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ و‬.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ زﻳﺎد ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ زﻳﺎد‬.‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻗﺮار دارد‬
‫ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ اﺳﺖ آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﺻﻼح ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ زﻳﺎدي ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻋﺎري از ﭼﺮك‬
.‫و زﻧﮓ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ب( ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺮدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬
b) Test the buffer by fully compressing the
plunger.The plunger should then be released
and must return to a fully extended position
within 90 seconds. Generally, a plunger can be
compressed by hand or by standing on it. If it
will not compress, a short piece of wood can be
placed between the car or counterweight and
the buffer, and then the car or counterweight is
run down at the inspection speed.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن را ﺳﭙﺲ آزاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪه ﺧﻮد ﺑﺮﮔﺮدد‬90 ‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻳﻚ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ را ﻣﻴﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺮده ﻧﺸﻮد‬.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن ﺑﺮ روي آن ﻓﺸﺮده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﭼﻮب ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﻲ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫ و ﺳﭙﺲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬،‫ﮔﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار داد‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در ﻣﻲ آﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎي ﻻزم‬.‫ج ( ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﻻزم را ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
c) Install the required test tags. Complete any
test report forms that are required.
.‫ﮔﺰارش آزﻣﻮن را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
8.4 Test of Emergency (Standby) Power
Operation
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮق )آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر( اﺿﻄﺮاري‬4-8
When an elevator is equipped with emergency
power operation, it should be tested at the initial
inspection and prior to acceptance for use by the
public.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري در ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﻗﺒﻞ از‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻋﻤﻮم آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‬
A test is required every 12 months. It shall only be
performed when the elevator(s) is (are) taken out
of normal service and placed at the floor at which
the emergency power switch is located.
‫ اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ ﻣﺎه ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬12 ‫در ﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ)ﻫﺎ( از ﺧﺪﻣﺖ رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺧﺎرج‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ )اﻧﺪ( و در ﻃﺒﻘﻪاي ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺠﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
.‫ﻗﺮار دارد اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ)ﻫﺎ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﮔﺮدد ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ‬
،‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري را ﺑﺘﻮان در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ "روﺷﻦ" ﻗﺮار داد‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ)ﻫﺎ( را ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ و آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
The main power supply for the elevator(s) must be
disconnected before the emergency power switch
can be placed in the "on" position. Operate the
elevator(s) and check for proper operation.
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬1-4-8
8.4.1 Operation of emergency power
‫اﮔﺮ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده‬1-1-4-8 ‫ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗــﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑــﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازد‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2-1-4-8
If the emergency power supply is arranged to
operate only one elevator, check as outlined in
8.4.1.1. If it is arranged to operate more than one
elevator simultaneously, check as outlined in
8.4.1.2.
78
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
8.4.1.1 Check the operation on the emergency
power supply as outlined. Pay particular attention
to the performance of the slowdown and stop from
full speed with an overhauling load (empty car up
and rated load down). It is particularly important
that the elevator, which will produce the greatest
amount of regenerated power and which can be
operated from the emergency power supply with
125 percent of rated load.
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري را ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ‬1-1-4-8
8.4.1.2 When more than one elevator operate
simultaneously on an emergency power supply,
power absorption means, if required (see 8.4.2), be
connected to the load side of the elevator power
supply line disconnecting means. Where such
power absorbing means is supplied for each
individual elevator, the operation of each elevator
should be checked with 125 percent of rated load.
When no individual power absorbing means is
supplied, each elevator should be checked with
125 prercent of rated load at full speed in the
down direction and, in addition, all elevators
which can be operated simultaneously from the
emergency power supply should be operated with
an empty car at full speed in the up direction and
synchronized so that the slowdown and stop of all
such elevators will occur as nearly simultaneously
as possible. Check that all such elevators stop at or
near the terminal landing and before the final
terminal stopping device operates.
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ‬2-1-4-8
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﺪن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ و‬.‫ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎر اﺻﻼﺣﻲ )ﺑﺎﻻ رﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
.‫ﺧﺎﻟﻲ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آﻣﺪن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه( ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﺎص ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺑﻄﻮر وﻳﮋهاي ﻣﻬﻢ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان‬
‫ﺑﺮق دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه را ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق‬
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ‬125 ‫رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺎ‬
‫ در‬،‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺬب ﻧﻴﺮو را‬،‫ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﺑﺎر وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬،(2-4-8 ‫ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺟﺬب ﻧﻴﺮوﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺠﺰا ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬125 ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺬب ﻧﻴﺮوي‬.‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺠﺰاﻳﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬125 ‫را ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻫﻤﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر‬،‫و ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن‬
‫ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ در‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي آﻧﻬﺎ را‬
‫ﻫﻢآﻫﻨﮓ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺪﺷﺪن ﺳﺮﻋﺖ و اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن ﻫﻤﻪ اﻳﻨﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ آن و ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺟﺬب ﺑﺮق ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه دوﺑﺎره‬2-4-8
8.4.2 Absorption of regenerated power
When a power source is used which, in itself, is
incapable of absorbing the energy generated by an
overhauling load, a separate means such as a
resistor bank for absorbing sufficient energy to
prevent the elevator from attaining governor
tripping speed or a speed in excess of 125 percent
of the rated speed, whichever is less, should be
provided on the load side of each elevator power
supply line disconnecting means.
،‫ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮدي ﺧﻮد‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺮوﻳﻲ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎدر ﺑﻪ ﺟﺬب اﻧﺮژي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎر اﺻﻼﺣﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺬب اﻧﺮژي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ از رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬125 ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ در ﺳﻤﺖ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎر وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
8.5 Test of the Closing Force of the Door
System
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ درب‬5-8
The force necessary to prevent the closing of the
hoistway doors, and power operated car doors,
from rest shall be not more than 13.6 kgs.
‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
13/6 ‫و درب ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﻜﻮن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻒ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب‬
.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه و درب ﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآورﻳﺪ‬
To test the door closing force, park the car at floor
level and start the doors in the closing direction.
Allow the doors to close between 1/3 and 2/3 of
79
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪their normal travel and stop them. Place a test‬‬
‫‪scale (one that will read in excess of 13.6 kgs) on‬‬
‫‪the leading edge of the hoistway door. Release the‬‬
‫‪door and read the force as indicated on the scale.‬‬
‫‪The force must not exceed 13.6 kgs.‬‬
‫اﺟﺎزه دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ درب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ 1‬و ‪ 2‬ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺧﻮدﺷﺎن‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﻚ ﻧﻴﺮوﺳﻨﺞ آزﻣﻮن را‬
‫)ﻧﻴﺮوﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﻴﺶ از ‪ 13/6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ( در‬
‫ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻴﻦ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬درب را آزاد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻧﻴﺮوﻳﻲ‬
‫را ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﻴﺮوﺳﻨﺞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮو ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫‪ 13/6‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ از اﻳﻦ روش اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬اﺟﺎزه ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫درب ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮوﺳﻨﺞ رﻗﻢ اﺷﺘﺒﺎﻫﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد‪.‬‬
‫‪When using this method, do not allow the door to‬‬
‫‪strike the scale with an impact. This would give‬‬
‫‪you a false reading.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻴﻬﺎ و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬
‫‪9. INSPECTIONS AND TESTS, EACH FIVE‬‬
‫‪YEARS FOR ELECTRIC ELEVATORS‬‬
‫‪-9‬‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫‪ 1-9‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪9.1 Inspection and Test of Governors and‬‬
‫‪Safeties‬‬
‫‪ 1-1-9‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪9.1.1 Inspection of governors‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ‪ 1-8‬ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Check as outlined in 8.1.‬‬
‫‪ 2-1-9‬ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫‪9.1.2 Inspection of safety parts‬‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ‪ 2-8‬ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Check as outlined in 8.2.‬‬
‫‪ 3-1-9‬آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪9.1.3 Test of governors‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻌﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬و ﻧﺎﻇﻢﻫﺎ را ﺑﮕﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬
‫‪ 1-1-9‬ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎر را ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮح زﻳﺮ‬
‫اداﻣﻪ دﻫﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪After the car and counterweight guide shoes,‬‬
‫‪safety parts, and governors have been inspected as‬‬
‫‪outlined in 9.1.1, proceed as follows:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از‬
‫‪a) The tripping speed of the governors should‬‬
‫‪be determined using the Table 4 "Governor‬‬
‫‪Adjustment Settings". For class B-type safeties,‬‬
‫‪check the force necessary to pull the governor‬‬
‫‪rope through the governor. In no case may the‬‬
‫‪pull-through force exceed one-fifth of the rated‬‬
‫‪ultimate strength of the governor rope. The‬‬
‫‪force required to pull the governor rope from‬‬
‫‪the releasing carrier is required to be no more‬‬
‫‪than 60% of the pull-through force.‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪" 4‬ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ" ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪ ،B‬ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ از ﻻي‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ)ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ( را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬
‫ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ از ﻳﻚ ﭘﻨﺠﻢ ﺗﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ از ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻪ از ‪ 60‬درﺻﺪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ روش اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺸﺮح زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‪ :‬ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن از روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﺳﺖ زﻳﺮا ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل از آﻧﺠﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(1‬اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ زاوﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ وﻃﻨﺎب آﻻت ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺧﺮاب ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ ،‬در‬
‫‪One method of performing this test is as‬‬
‫‪follows: The best place to check this is from‬‬
‫‪the top of the car since the governor rope and‬‬
‫‪release carrier are usually accessible from there‬‬
‫‪(see Fig 1). Make this connection fairly direct‬‬
‫‪with minimum angle between the governor‬‬
‫‪rope and the sling. Take special care that the‬‬
‫‪80‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﻣﻮارد اﺗﺼﺎل را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﻧﺠﺎم داد ﻛﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي )ﮔﻴﺮه‬.‫ﻧﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎ ﺑــﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺘﻲ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
29-3 ‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫــﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺪون ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬ASME A17.2:2001 ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ﺑﺎ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ آﭼﺎر ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
،‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮن ﻣﺘﺮ‬61 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬9/5 ‫ﮔﺸﺘﺎورﻫﺎي ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ و‬،‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮن ﻣﺘﺮ‬88 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬13 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و‬11 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻮن ﻣﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬176 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬16 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي و‬14 ‫ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺣﺪ ﻻزم ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﻨﺪ و ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮهاي ﺑﻪ ﻧﺎم ﮔﻴﺮه ﺷﻴﻜﺎﮔﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي ﺑﺮق ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫زﻳﺮا اﺣﺘﻤﺎل آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن آن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎ راﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻄﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻔﺎرش داد‬
‫ﮔﻮهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺤﻜﻢ‬،‫ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ از روش ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬.‫ﻓﻮقاﻟﻌﺎده ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﺸﺶ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﭘﺎﻳﺎن آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺧﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮدد‬
attachment does not damage the governor rope,
in most cases the attachment can be made to a
portion of the governor rope that does not reach
the governor when the car is at the upper
landing. When clamps (fist grip) are used for
this purpose, they should comply with nonbabbitted rope fastenings as outlined in item
3.29 of ASME A17.2:2001 and nuts tightened
with a torque wrench to the torque
recommended by the manufacturer. Typical
torques are 61 N.m for 9.5 mm rope, 88 N.m
for 11mm and 13mm rope, and 176 N.m for
14mm and 16mm rope; either over- or undertightening will likely damage the governor rope
and require its replacement. A so-called
“Chicago” grip that is used for pulling large
diameter electrical conductors is also
recommended for this connection since it
would be less likely to damage the governor
rope. These grips can be ordered with jaws that
are machined to the diameter of rope. Midline
rope clamps that grip with a wedge conforming
to the rope size may also be used. Regardless
of the method used, extra care must be taken to
provide a secure connection that will not
damage the governor rope. Note the spring
tension of the safety releasing carrier so that it
can be restored to its original setting after
completion of the test.
Remove the spring tension from the releasing
carrier so that it will not restrain the rope. Trip the
governor, and pop up the governor rope tension
sheave to allow approximately 0.305m movement
of the governor rope without lifting the tension
sheave. Operate the come-along pulling at least
152.4mm of the governor rope through the
governor. Note the reading on the dynamometer
and compare it to the rated ultimate strength of the
rope. If a release carrier is used, it must release at
no more than 60% of the governor pull-through
force. This can be checked with the same
equipment by connecting the dynamometer and
come-along between the governor rope at the
releasing carrier and the existing connection and
the governor rope.
After this test, perform the following three steps:
‫ﻛﺸﺶ ﻓﻨﺮ را از ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب را‬
‫ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﺤﺪود ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮي ﻃﻨﺎب‬0/305 ‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮاﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺪون ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺎزد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب‬152/4 ‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ دﺳﺘﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺸﻴﺪن دﺳﺘﻜﻢ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ارﻗﺎم روي ﺗﻮان ﺳﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ از ﻻي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و آن را ﺑﺎ ﺗﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫از ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻻي‬60 ‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﺎن‬.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ )ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ( رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻮان ﺳﻨﺞ و ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ دﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﻢ راه‬
‫رو در ﺑﻴﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه و اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻮﺟﻮد و‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‬
:‫ ﺳﻪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ زﻳﺮ را دﻧﺒﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬
1) carefully inspect the governor rope at the
point of connection to assure that it has not
been damaged;
‫( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ آن‬1
‫ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس آن ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
81
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫;‪2) restore the governor release carrier‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اول ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﻴﺪ؛‬
‫‪3) reset and inspect the governor.‬‬
‫‪ (3‬ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ دﺳﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه رو‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﺗﻮان ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Fig. 1- DYNAMOMETER CONNECTIONS FOR TESTING THE PULL-THROUGH OF GOVERNOR‬‬
‫‪JAWS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -1‬اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻮان ﺳﻨﺞ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ‪ ‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮ روي‬
‫‪a) On newer installations, the tripping speed‬‬
‫‪is stamped on the governor marking plate.‬‬
‫ب ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪b) Governors should be calibrated to the‬‬
‫‪typical setting as shown on the table 4, but‬‬
‫‪never less than 115 percent of the rated‬‬
‫‪speed, or above the maximum setting shown‬‬
‫‪on table 4.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﻬﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺪول ‪ 4‬ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫‪ 115‬درﺻﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺟﺪول ‪ 4‬واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪c) The sheave must be free to rotate with no‬‬
‫‪obstruction by the governor rope. To‬‬
‫‪accomplish this, park the elevator about 0.3‬‬
‫‪m below the top opening and open the‬‬
‫‪mainline disconnect switch.‬‬
‫ج ( ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ آزاد ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‪ ،‬آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را‬
‫‪ 0/3‬ﻣﺘﺮ زﻳﺮ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪82‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫د ( ﮔﻴﺮهاي را ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﺮود ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
،‫ در ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻳﺎ روي ﻛﻒ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﮕﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻮده و ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ از‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ‬.‫داﺧﻞ ﺳﻮراخ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻠﻐﺰد‬
70 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬50 ‫ ﺳﭙﺲ آﻧﺮا‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ داده ﺗﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﻣﺰ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ آزاد ﺷﻮد‬،‫در ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬.‫را ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺑﺪون ﺑﺮق ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن داد‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ اﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫ ( ﺑﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﭼﺮخ راﻧﺶ ﻻﺳﺘﻴﻜﻲ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﻣﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ‬،‫ﺑﺮﻗﻲ داراي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎن از ﻛﺎر ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺳﻨﺞ‬،‫و ( ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻮاﻧﺪن ﺳﺮﻋﺖ از ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺎدن‬
‫واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺷﺪهاي ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ را ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﭼﺮخ را داﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﺎر ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬.‫ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﺮخ را در ﺗﻪ ﺷﻴﺎر ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ و‬،‫ﻛﺎر ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﺪ‬.‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺧﻮاﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺰاﻳﻴﺪ‬3 ً‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
.‫ﺑﺎر ﺳﺮﻋﺖ را ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻴﺪ و ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ آﻧﺮا ﻳﺎدداﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
d) Install a clamp on the governor rope that
leads to the tension sheave. The clamp can
rest on the governor frame or on the floor.
In either case, be sure that the bracket is
secure and can not slip through the rope
hole. Be sure that the car is on inspection
speed, then move it up 50 to 70 mm to gain
slack in the rope. On most equipment the
car can be drifted up, power off, if the brake
is released manually. Be sure the hoistway
doors are closed.
e) With a rubber drive wheel held against
the governor sheave driven by a variable
speed drill motor, gradually build up the
governor speed until it trips.
f) To read the tripping speed, use a
calibrated tachometer reading in meter per
second. Hold the wheel inside the governor
sheave groove at the center line of the rope.
If this is not possible, hold the wheel at the
bottom of the groove and add
approximately 3 percent to the speed
reading. Take several readings and record
the average.
،‫ز ( اﮔﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ از ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺎدن درون رواداري ﻫﺎ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻫﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬.‫ﻓﻨﺮ واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻗﻔﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺘﻪ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ )درﻳﻠﻲ( ر‬.‫آبﺑﻨﺪ ﻧﻮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬2/7 ، ‫ا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آب ﺑﻨﺪ را ﺑﺎ اﺑﺰار آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪو ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫و ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن را دوﺑﺎره اﻧﺠﺎم‬-3-1-9
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ از‬.‫دﻫﻴﺪ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ از ﻛﺎر اﻓﺘﺎدن را ﻳﺎدداﺷﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎراﻓﺘﺎدن ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻫﻤﻴﻦ روش‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺳﭙﺲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺮاي آزاد ﻛﺮدن ﮔﻴﺮه ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﮔﻴﺮه را ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ و ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را‬.‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﺳﻴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬.‫ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎ را ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ ﻫﻨﻮز در ﺟﺎي‬
.‫ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار دارد‬
g) If the tripping speed is not within the
tolerances, the calibrating spring must be
adjusted. After any adjustment, be sure the
locknuts are tight and install a new seal. Use
the smallest possible drill, 2.7 mm or
smaller.
Install the seal with a sealing tool. Retest as
outlined in 9.1.3-f and record the tripping
speed. Check the tripping speed of the governor
switches using the same procedure. Replace the
rope on the governor sheave and then move the
elevator carefully in the down direction to free
the clamp. Remove the clamp and inspect the
governor rope for any damage or kinks.
Replace the covers. Check the releasing carrier
and make sure the minie ball is still in place.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ زﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ دﻟﻴﻞ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ واﺳﻨﺠﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
If an elevator, for any reason, is running below
the rated speed, the governor calibration must
be based on the rated speed.
83
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪TABLE 4 - GOVERNOR ADJUSTMENT SETTINGS‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -4‬ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Cwt. governor over speed‬‬
‫‪switch settings‬‬
‫‪Car governor over‬‬
‫‪speed switch settings,‬‬
‫‪up direction‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد از‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫زﻳﺎد از ﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫‪Rqmt. 2.18.4.1‬‬
‫)‪(Note 2‬‬
‫‪Rqmt. 2.18.4.2.4‬‬
‫)‪(Note2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪) 1-4-18-2‬ﻳﺎدآوري ‪( 2‬‬
‫‪Car governor over speed switch settings, down‬‬
‫‪direction‬‬
‫‪Cwt governor‬‬
‫)‪Tripping speed(Note 1‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺎط ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد از ﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‪ ،‬در‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري ‪(1‬‬
‫‪Rqmts.‬‬
‫‪2.18.4.2.1‬‬
‫‪and‬‬
‫‪2.18.4.2.2‬‬
‫)‪(Note 2‬‬
‫‪Rqmt.‬‬
‫‪2.18.4.2.5‬‬
‫)‪(Note 2‬‬
‫‪Rqmt.‬‬
‫‪2.18.4.2.3‬‬
‫)‪(Note 2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪) 4-2-4-18-2‬ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪5-2-4-18-2‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪3-2-4-18-2‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫‪Not required‬‬
‫‪Not required‬‬
‫‪Not required‬‬
‫ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫‪Counter weight governor‬‬
‫‪over speed switch required‬‬
‫‪for any speed‬‬
‫‪Not more than 100%‬‬
‫‪of car governor down‬‬
‫‪tripping setting‬‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد از ﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ وزﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از ‪100‬درﺻﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪Not more‬‬
‫‪than 100% of‬‬
‫‪car governor‬‬
‫‪down tripping‬‬
‫‪setting if a‬‬
‫‪speed‬‬
‫‪reducing‬‬
‫‪switch is‬‬
‫‪provided‬‬
‫‪Not more‬‬
‫‪than 90% of‬‬
‫‪car governor‬‬
‫‪down‬‬
‫‪tripping‬‬
‫‪setting for‬‬
‫‪elevators‬‬
‫‪with static‬‬
‫‪controls‬‬
‫اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫از ‪100‬درﺻﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫‪90‬درﺻﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻟﻬﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪1-2-4-18-2‬‬
‫و ‪2-2-4-18-2‬‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫‪Not more‬‬
‫‪than 90% of‬‬
‫‪car governor‬‬
‫‪down‬‬
‫‪tripping‬‬
‫‪setting‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫‪90‬درﺻﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪Not more‬‬
‫‪than 95% of‬‬
‫‪car governor‬‬
‫‪down‬‬
‫‪tripping‬‬
‫‪setting‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫‪95‬درﺻﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫‪84‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Rqmt.‬‬
‫‪2.18.2.2,‬‬
‫‪maximum‬‬
‫)‪m/s (Note2‬‬
‫‪Rqmt.‬‬
‫‪2.18.2.2,‬‬
‫‪minimum m/s‬‬
‫)‪(Note2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪2-2-18-2‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪2-2-18-2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ )ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫‪0.98‬‬
‫‪1.17‬‬
‫‪0.74‬‬
‫‪0.88‬‬
‫‪1.40‬‬
‫‪1.55‬‬
‫‪1.71‬‬
‫‪1.88‬‬
‫‪2.20‬‬
‫‪2.52‬‬
‫‪2.85‬‬
‫‪3.17‬‬
‫‪3.49‬‬
‫‪4.14‬‬
‫‪4.78‬‬
‫‪5.37‬‬
‫‪6.06‬‬
‫‪6.71‬‬
‫‪7.38‬‬
‫‪8.05‬‬
‫‪8.72‬‬
‫‪9.39‬‬
‫‪10.06‬‬
‫‪10.73‬‬
‫‪11.40‬‬
‫‪12.07‬‬
‫‪12.74‬‬
‫‪13.41‬‬
‫‪1.03‬‬
‫‪1.17‬‬
‫‪1.32‬‬
‫‪1.47‬‬
‫‪1.76‬‬
‫‪2.05‬‬
‫‪2.34‬‬
‫‪2.64‬‬
‫‪2.92‬‬
‫‪3.51‬‬
‫‪4.09‬‬
‫‪4.68‬‬
‫‪5.26‬‬
‫‪5.85‬‬
‫‪6.43‬‬
‫‪7.02‬‬
‫‪7.60‬‬
‫‪8.18‬‬
‫‪8.77‬‬
‫‪9.35‬‬
‫‪9.94‬‬
‫‪10.52‬‬
‫‪11.10‬‬
‫‪11.69‬‬
‫‪Car governor tripping speed‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫‪Rqmt.‬‬
‫‪2.18.2.1,‬‬
‫‪maximum‬‬
‫)‪m/s (Note2‬‬
‫‪Rqmt.‬‬
‫‪2.18.2.1,‬‬
‫‪minimum‬‬
‫)‪m/s (Note2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪1-2-18-2‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫اﻟﺰام‬
‫‪1-2-18-2‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫)ﻳﺎدآوري‪(2‬‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪0.89‬‬
‫‪1.07‬‬
‫‪0.73‬‬
‫‪0.88‬‬
‫‪0-0.63‬‬
‫‪0.75‬‬
‫‪1.27‬‬
‫‪1.42‬‬
‫‪1.56‬‬
‫‪1.71‬‬
‫‪2.00‬‬
‫‪2.30‬‬
‫‪2.59‬‬
‫‪2.89‬‬
‫‪3.18‬‬
‫‪3.76‬‬
‫‪4.34‬‬
‫‪4.93‬‬
‫‪5.51‬‬
‫‪6.10‬‬
‫‪6.71‬‬
‫‪7.32‬‬
‫‪7.92‬‬
‫‪8.53‬‬
‫‪9.14‬‬
‫‪9.75‬‬
‫‪10.36‬‬
‫‪10.97‬‬
‫‪11.58‬‬
‫‪12.19‬‬
‫‪1.03‬‬
‫‪1.17‬‬
‫‪1.32‬‬
‫‪1.46‬‬
‫‪1.75‬‬
‫‪2.05‬‬
‫‪2.34‬‬
‫‪2.63‬‬
‫‪2.92‬‬
‫‪3.50‬‬
‫‪4.04‬‬
‫‪4.67‬‬
‫‪5.26‬‬
‫‪5.84‬‬
‫‪6.43‬‬
‫‪7.01‬‬
‫‪7.59‬‬
‫‪8.18‬‬
‫‪8.76‬‬
‫‪9.35‬‬
‫‪9.96‬‬
‫‪10.52‬‬
‫‪11.10‬‬
‫‪11.68‬‬
‫‪Rated‬‬
‫‪Car Speed,‬‬
‫‪m/s‬‬
‫‪0.87‬‬
‫‪1.00‬‬
‫‪1.12‬‬
‫‪1.25‬‬
‫‪1.50‬‬
‫‪1.75‬‬
‫‪2.00‬‬
‫‪2.25‬‬
‫‪2.50‬‬
‫‪3.00‬‬
‫‪3.50‬‬
‫‪4.00‬‬
‫‪4.50‬‬
‫‪5.00‬‬
‫‪5.50‬‬
‫‪6.00‬‬
‫‪6.50‬‬
‫‪7.00‬‬
‫‪7.50‬‬
‫‪8.00‬‬
‫‪8.50‬‬
‫‪9.00‬‬
‫‪9.50‬‬
‫‪10.00‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
The counterweight governor tripping speed
must exceed the car governor tripping speed.
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
.‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Note 2:
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
، 1-4-18-2، 2-2-18-2، 1-2-18-2 ‫ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
، 3-2-4-18-2، 2-2-4-18-2، 1-2-4-18-2
‫ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﺎه‬
،5-2-4-18-2،4-2-4-18-2
.ASME:A27.1:2005
A17.2:2001 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬2-13-2 ‫ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس ﺟﺪول‬
For requirements 2.18.2.1, 2.18.2.2, 2.18.4.1,
2.18.4.2.1, 2.18.4.2.2, 2.18.4.2.3, 2.18.4.2.4,
2.18.4.2.5, see ASME A27.1:2005
Based on table 2.13.2 of ASME A17.2:2001
ASME
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬،‫ آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ )ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬4-1-9
9.1.4 Test of safeties (rated load, rated
speed)
(‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه را ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺘﻘﺎرن ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮ روي ﻫﺮ رﺑﻊ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺪون وﺟﻮد ﺑﺎر در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ )ﻳﺎ آن ﺑﺨﺶ از ﻣﺪار‬.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ( را ﻛﻪ از ﻗﺮار دادن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ را ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﺮاﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻮﻳﺎً ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺎي‬.(‫)ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ در ﺣﺎل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬.‫ﻫﻤﺠﻮار را از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎزاﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻜﻲ را ﻛﻪ ﻣﺠﺎور ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ و آن را در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺷُﻠﻲ در‬،‫ﺑﺎزاﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷُﻞ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل درآﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ دور اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺣﺎل ﻋﺒﻮر ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺮ روي‬،‫ﻣﺠﺒﻮرﻳﺪ از آﭼﺎر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻗﺮار داده و ﺳﺮﭘﻮش ﺳﻮراخ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه در ﻛﻒ‬
‫ آﭼﺎر را ﺗﺎ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ‬
‫در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ درون ﺳﻮراخ رﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻓﺮو ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،B ‫ب ( ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
a) Place the rated load on the elevator car
platform using test weights, centered on
each quarter symmetrically with relation to
the center line. Counterweight safeties
should be tested with no load in the car.
Jump out any governor switches (or that part
of the safety circuit) that will prevent a full
setting of the safety. It is highly
recommended that you shut down adjacent
cars. If you are testing a drum type safety,
you must shut down any car adjacent to the
releasing carrier, and keep it down until all
slack in the safety rope is under control. It
may hook on the passing car. If a safety
wrench is to be used, put it on the elevator
and remove the release hole cover on the car
floor. Do not insert the wrench into the
release hole until after the safety is set.
b) For Type B safeties, the safety
mechanism switch (plank switch) must not
be jumped out. For the duration of the test,
this switch must be temporarily adjusted to
open as close as possible to the position at
which the car safety mechanism is in the
fully applied position. The opening of this
switch has a positive effect on the slide of
the safety, and must be taken into
consideration.
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت‬.‫)ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻟﻮار( ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﭙﺮد‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮار دارد ﺑﺎز‬
‫ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﺜﺒﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ ﻟﻐﺰش وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ دارد‬
5 ‫ج ( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ زﻳﺮ‬،‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
c) When testing an elevator with a rated
speed of 5m/s or more, the following steps
must be considered:
85
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫( ﻗﺒﻞ از در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺮار دادن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬1
‫ اﻫﺮم ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را‬،‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﭼﻬﺎر دور ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬16
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ اﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻟَﺨﺘﻲ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را‬.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺣﺎل آﻣﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬،‫ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
.‫را ﺑﻪ روش ﻣﻌﻜﻮس اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫( ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ داراي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬2
‫ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻ" ﻗﻔﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮاي دوري ﺟﺴﺘﻦ از ﻛﺎر ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻗﻔﻞ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ را ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎل‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺮده ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮدارﻳﺪ و ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ آﻧﺮا‬
.‫در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
1) Before setting the car safety, tie down
the counterweight safety lift lever with
four wraps of No. 16 gage copper wire.
This will avoid an accidental setting of the
counterweight safety by inertia. Do not
block the counterweight safety, it must
remain workable. Reverse the procedure
for testing counterweight safeties.
2) Most compensation sheaves have a lock
down device. This device will probably
lock when a safety is set.
To avoid the work required to release the
device, it is recommended that the device
be made inoperative or be removed and
the compensation sheave be tied down
with a line to keep it in place.
‫( ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ راه ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ‬3
‫روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫( ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻴﺮون آﻣﺪه‬4
.‫و ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎ روﻏﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
3) Make sure that any adjustable stops on
the governor tension sheave are set very
close to the movable unit.
4) Make sure that the buffers are fully
extended and filled to a normal level with
oil.
‫د ( ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن‬
d) Add the dimension of the safety rope pull
out (see 8.2) to the estimated stopping
distance in order to determine the distance
the car will travel after the governor is
tripped. Spot the car or counterweight this
distance above the point where the stop is
desired. Put a reference mark on a
suspension rope; (chalk mark or tape). Move
the car or counterweight up a few floors, far
enough to reach your mark at full speed.
Start the car or counterweight down and trip
the governor by hand when you see the
mark. Let the elevator run until the machine
stops or drives through the ropes (on
winding-drum machines, stop at the first
indication of slack rope), then immediately
pull the auto, control, or mainline
disconnect switch, if a normal safety setting
occurs, pull at the cars, except the one being
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
.‫( را ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ زده ﺷﺪه اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2-8
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب‬.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬.(‫ )ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﭻ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮار‬،‫آوﻳﺰ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ آﻧﻘﺪر ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬،‫را ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف‬.‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ را دﻳﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را‬
‫ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﻴﺪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ را ﻃﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )در‬
‫ در اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از‬،‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦﻫﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬،(‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷُﻞ ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬،‫ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ را ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬،‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬،‫ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬، ‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚﻫﺎ را‬،‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﺎدي اﺗﻔﺎق ﺑﻴﺎﻓﺘﺪ‬
86
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
worked on and the one adjacent to the
release carrier, back in service. On an
elevator with a winding-drum machine, be
sure to take up any slack rope before the
safety is released.
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺎر روي آن اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد و اﺗﺎﻗﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺎر‬
‫ در ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬.‫ﺣﺎﻣﻞ رﻫﺎﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬،‫داراي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺷُﻠﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻔﺖ‬
.‫ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‬
e) Remove jumpers from the governor and
reset the governor, unless it is a drum
operated safety. If it is drum operated, one
man will go to the car top and hold the
safety rope as the governor is reset. Inspect
the governor for any damage, especially for
excessive wear in the jaws.
‫ﻫ ( ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎ)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ( را از ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آن ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ‬.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻔﺮ ﺑﺮ روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ رﻓﺘﻪ و در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ ﻃﻨﺎب اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻧﮕﻬﺪارد‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻓﻚﻫﺎ‬
‫و( ﺑﺮاي رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ‬
f) Proceed to the elevator to release the
safety. Before the safety is released, check
the platform for level. Platform should not
be out of level more than 30 mm per meter
in any direction.
‫ ﺳﻜﻮ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺮاز‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬.‫روﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻜﻮ در ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ‬.‫ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺧﺎرج از ﺗﺮازي ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬30 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ز( ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
g) Generally, it will not be possible to
inspect the safety due to the location of the
elevator; therefore, the safety must be
released. To do this on other than drumoperated Type B safeties, move the car or
counterweight, whichever is being tested, in
the up direction. On drum-operated safeties,
after checking the turns remaining on the
drum wind in the safety drum rope while a
second man is standing on top of the car
holding back on the rope. To complete the
winding, he must insert the minie ball into
the releasing carrier. Move the car, or
counterweight, and measure the safety slide
marks on the rails. The stopping distance is
the average length of the continuous marks
on all four rail faces after deducting the
length of the safety jaw or wedge.
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬،‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ آن وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻧﻮع‬.‫رﻫﺎ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻛﺪام ﻛﻪ‬،‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬، ‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬B
‫ در وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮدن دورﻫﺎي‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺮد دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺮﺳﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﻳﺴﺘﺎده و ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﻪ دور ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺑﭙﻴﭽﻴﺪ‬
‫ وي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮔﻮي ﻣﺨﺮوﻃﻲ را ﺑﻪ درون ﺣﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫دورﭘﻴﭽﻲ‬
‫ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫رﻫﺎﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻓﺮو ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫درآورده و ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻟﻐﺰش وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮدهﻫــﺎ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻋﺒﺎرت اﺳﺖ از ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ‬.‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﭼﻬﺎر ﻧﺮده ﭘﺲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺴﺮ ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻮل ﻓﻚ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
h) The stopping distance must be within in
range shown in Table 5.
‫ح ( ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داﻣﻨﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬
The stopping distance permitted is
determined by the tripping speed of the
governor. When performing a rated load,
rated speed test, the rated speed is the speed
at which the governor is tripped during this
test.
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻧﺠﺎم ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎر‬.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن ﻗﻄﻊ‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬5 ‫در ﺟﺪول‬
87
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪TABLE 5- MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM STOPPING DISTANCES FOR TYPE B CAR SAFETIES‬‬
‫‪WITH RATED LOAD, AND TYPE B COUNTERWEIGHT SAFETIES WITH NO LOAD IN THE CAR‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -5‬ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ و ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪ B‬ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻧﻮع ‪ B‬ﺑﺪون وﺟﻮد ﺑﺎر در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫‪STOPPING DISTANCES IN‬‬
‫‪CENTIMETER‬‬
‫‪RATED SPEED IN‬‬
‫‪METER PER SECOND‬‬
‫ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪MAXIMUM‬‬
‫‪MINIMUM‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫‪32.5‬‬
‫‪37.5‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪47.5‬‬
‫‪57.5‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪85‬‬
‫‪100‬‬
‫‪117.5‬‬
‫‪157.5‬‬
‫‪250‬‬
‫‪262.5‬‬
‫‪325‬‬
‫‪395‬‬
‫‪472.5‬‬
‫‪557.5‬‬
‫‪650‬‬
‫‪750‬‬
‫‪857.5‬‬
‫‪972.5‬‬
‫‪1092.5‬‬
‫‪1222.5‬‬
‫‪0.625‬‬
‫‪0.750‬‬
‫‪0.875‬‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪1.125‬‬
‫‪1.250‬‬
‫‪1.500‬‬
‫‪1.750‬‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪2.250‬‬
‫‪2.500‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫‪3.500‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪4.500‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪5.5‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫‪6.5‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪7.500‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪8.500‬‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪2.5‬‬
‫‪2.5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪7.5‬‬
‫‪7.5‬‬
‫‪12.5‬‬
‫‪17.5‬‬
‫‪22.5‬‬
‫‪27.5‬‬
‫‪32.5‬‬
‫‪47.5‬‬
‫‪65‬‬
‫‪82.5‬‬
‫‪105‬‬
‫‪130‬‬
‫‪155‬‬
‫‪185‬‬
‫‪217.5‬‬
‫‪252.5‬‬
‫‪290‬‬
‫‪330‬‬
‫‪372.5‬‬
‫‪417.5‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺟﺪول ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‪.‬‬
‫‪This table is for rated load and rated speed test‬‬
‫‪only.‬‬
‫ط( ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﻂ اﻓﺘﺎده را‬
‫‪i) Check the rails and dress any scored‬‬
‫‪surface. Also check for any loose rail or‬‬
‫‪bracket fastenings.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮاش دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺳﮕﺪﺳﺖ‪-‬‬
‫ﻫﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷُﻞ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ي ( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان از روي ﺳﺮ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‪ .‬ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‪،‬‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺗﺎ ارﺗﻔﺎع راﺣﺘﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻛﻒ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺷﻜﺴﺘﻪاﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎرج از ﻧﻈﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ اﻣﺘﺤﺎن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻋﺎدي ﺧﻮد ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ك ( ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪j) A counterweight safety can be inspected‬‬
‫‪from the car top. To inspect a car safety,‬‬
‫‪move the car to a convenient height above‬‬
‫‪the pit floor. Examine all parts of the‬‬
‫‪equipment to determine if any are broken or‬‬
‫‪out of order, Be sure that the safety has‬‬
‫‪returned to the normal running position.‬‬
‫‪k) After the safety tests are complete:‬‬
‫ﺷﺪﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫‪ (1‬ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎ)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ( را از ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫‪1) Remove any jumpers from the safety‬‬
‫;‪switches‬‬
‫‪ (2‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪2‬‬
‫‪the‬‬
‫‪88‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪from‬‬
‫‪line‬‬
‫‪any‬‬
‫‪Remove‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫;‪compensation sheave‬‬
‫ﺷﻮد؛‬
‫‪ (3‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫‪3) Replace the lock down device or any of‬‬
‫;‪its parts that were removed‬‬
‫‪(4‬ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﻣﺴﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي اﻫﺮم ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ؛‬
‫‪4) Remove any copper wire that was‬‬
‫‪wrapped on the counterweight safety lift‬‬
‫;‪lever‬‬
‫‪(5‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪5) Readjust the safety switch.‬‬
‫‪ 2-9‬آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر‬
‫‪9.2 Test of Buffers, Each Five Years‬‬
‫‪ 1-2-9‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي‬
‫‪9.2.1 Spring buffers‬‬
‫ﻫﻴﭻ اﻟﺰاﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮ روي ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‪.‬‬
‫‪There is no requirement to perform a test on‬‬
‫‪spring buffers.‬‬
‫‪ 2-2-9‬ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫‪9.2.2 Oil buffers‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در ‪-2-3-8‬اﻟﻒ و ‪-2-3-8‬ب ﺷﺮح‬
‫‪a) Check as outlined in 8.3.2-a and 8.3.2-b.‬‬
‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ب ( ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫‪b) The car oil buffer must be tested with the‬‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد و ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺎري در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‪ .‬آزﻣﻮن را ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زدن ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه آزﻣﻮن را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ )ﻛﻢ(‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬در ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ‪ ،‬آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬
‫زدن در ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪rated load in the car and the counterweight‬‬
‫‪buffer is to be tested with no load in the car.‬‬
‫‪Test by striking the buffer at the rated speed,‬‬
‫‪except where a reduced stroke buffer is‬‬
‫‪used. In the latter case, the test must be‬‬
‫‪made by striking the buffer at the speed for‬‬
‫‪which it was designed.‬‬
‫ج ( ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ زدن ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬
‫‪c) Before striking a buffer, it will be‬‬
‫‪necessary to jump out the terminal slow‬‬
‫‪down and direction switches. The final limit‬‬
‫‪switch must remain operative, but it may be‬‬
‫‪temporarily relocated to permit full‬‬
‫‪compression of thebuffer. If the switch has‬‬
‫‪been moved, it must be tested after it is‬‬
‫‪relocated.‬‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻛُﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه را ﺑﻴﺮون‬
‫ﭘﺮاﻧﻴﺪ )ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬وﻟﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان آن را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﺮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪن آن ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻠﻲ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫د ( ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫‪d) When making a test of a reduced stroke‬‬
‫‪buffer, the car speed must be temporarily‬‬
‫‪reduced to strike the buffer at the designed‬‬
‫‪speed. The speed is usually shown on the‬‬
‫‪buffer marking plate.‬‬
‫ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻮﻗﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي وارد ﻛﺮدن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده ﺷﻮد‪ .‬اﻳﻦ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﺮ‬
‫روي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫ ( در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫‪e) Where reduced stroke buffers are used, an‬‬
‫‪emergency terminal stopping device must be‬‬
‫‪provided. If the normal terminal slow down‬‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬اﮔﺮ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻛُﻨﺪ‬
‫‪89‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
switches fail to slow the car down, this
switch will operate independently to limit
the speed at which the car strikes the buffer.
These devices should be tested to determine
if they function as required.
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻛُﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﺮدن‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در آن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻛﺎر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ آﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
f) After the car or counterweight has been
removed from the buffer, note if there has
been any excessive leakage of oil.
Determine that the buffer returns to the fully
extended position in 90 seconds.
‫و ( ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل از ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ‬
g) Remove any jumpers that were installed.
‫ز ( ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎي)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه را‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ روﻏﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ‬90 ‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ در‬.‫وﺟﻮد دارد‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﮔﺴﺘﺮش ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ)ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪه( ﺑﺮﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ح ( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )ﺣﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ( را در‬
h) Return the final limit to its original
position if it was moved and test as out lined
in 9.3.
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻛﺮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﺻﻠﻲ آن‬
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬3-9 ‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﻴﺪ و ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮﻣﻬﺎي‬.‫ط ( ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﻻزم را ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
i) Install the required test tags. Complete
any test report forms that are required.
‫ﮔﺰارش آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻪ ﻻزم داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ را ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي و ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬3-9
9.3 Test of Normal and Final Termianl
Stopping Devices
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬1-3-9
9.3.1 Normal terminal stopping devices
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي را ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬
:‫روشﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Check the operation of the normal terminal
stopping device by one of the following
methods:
a) For elevators with car switch control,
hold the handle in the full down direction
until the car comes to a complete stop. The
car should reduce speed comfortably and
stop reasonably close to floor level. Repeat
the procedure in the up direction.
‫ دﺳﺘﻪ را‬،‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
b) For automatic elevators, the normal
function of the control system that would
bring the car into a landing and stop it must
be made inoperative. On some cars, this is
accomplished by delaying the selector and
on others by blocking certain relays.
‫ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﺎدي‬،‫ب ( ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻋﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را‬.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ درآﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ داده و آن را ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ روش را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻴﺰ‬.‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻒ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻜﺮار ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل را ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد آورده و آن‬
،‫ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻫﺎ‬.‫را ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر را ﺑﺎ ﺑــﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻨﺪه و در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻌﻀﻲ رﻟﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮي ﻫﺮ دو ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ‬
Run the elevator into both terminals. If the
device is working normally, no appreciable
90
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪difference in operation from normal will be‬‬
‫‪noticed other than that the car may stop slightly‬‬
‫‪past floor level.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻋﺎدي ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي از‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻋﺎدي ﺑﻪ ﻏﻴﺮ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ از‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ از ﺗﺮازﻛﻒ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﺪ‬
‫وﺟﻮد ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 2-3-9‬وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫‪9.3.2 Final terminal stopping devices‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ )ﺣﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ(‬
‫‪a) The operation of the final terminal‬‬
‫‪stopping device (final limit) and its relation‬‬
‫‪to the cam can be tested by jumping out the‬‬
‫‪normal stopping device and running the‬‬
‫‪elevator past the terminal floor at slow‬‬
‫‪speed. The car should stop as close to the‬‬
‫‪floor as practicable but the device should‬‬
‫‪not function when the elevator car is‬‬
‫‪stopped by the normal terminal stopping‬‬
‫‪device. Where spring buffers are provided,‬‬
‫‪the device shall function before the buffer is‬‬
‫‪engaged.‬‬
‫و ارﺗﺒﺎط آن ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎداﻣﻚ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫)ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن( وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻋﺎدي و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دادن‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ آﻫﺴﺘﻪ و ﻋﺒﻮر آن از ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺮد‪ .‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻲ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد وﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‪ .‬در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺪﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن اداﻣﻪ‬
‫دﻫﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ در ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬‫‪1‬‬
‫دررو وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه ﻳﻚ و ﻧﻴﻢ ) ‪ (1‬ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ وﻟﻲ در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫‪ 0/6‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ در ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮ روي ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪-‬‬‫ﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﺪه ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪The device shall continue to function:‬‬
‫‪- At the top terminal until the car has‬‬
‫‪traveled above the landing a distance equal‬‬
‫‪to the counterweight runby plus one and‬‬
‫‪one-half (1½) times the buffer stroke, but‬‬
‫‪in no case less than 0.6 m.‬‬
‫‪- At the bottom terminal until the car rests‬‬
‫‪on its fully compressed buffer.‬‬
‫ب ( ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ‬
‫‪b) The operation of the device shall prevent‬‬
‫‪the movement of the car by the normal‬‬
‫‪operating means in both directions of travel.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪاز ﻋﺎدي در ﻫﺮ دو ﺳﻮي‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ج ( ﻻزم ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد ﺗﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ را‬
‫‪c) It will be necessary to jump out the final‬‬
‫‪terminal stopping device to move the car‬‬
‫‪back to floor level. Remove the jumpers and‬‬
‫‪test the final terminal stopping device at the‬‬
‫‪other terminal.‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﭘﺮاﻧﻴﺪ )ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ( ﺗﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎ)ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ( را ﺑﺎزﻛﺮده و‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ را در ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫د ( ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻫﺮ‬
‫‪d) After the final terminal stopping devices‬‬
‫‪at both terminals have been tested, remove‬‬
‫‪all of the jumpers.‬‬
‫دو ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﮔﺮدﻳﺪﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﻨﺪهﻫﺎ )ﺳﻴﻢ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺮه ﻛﻦ( را ﺑﺎزﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 4-9‬آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎز ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻫﺎ و دروازهﻫﺎ‬
‫‪9.4 Test of Power Opening of Doors or Gates‬‬
‫آزﻣﻮن از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺎزﺷﺪن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ دربﻫﺎ و دروازهﻫﺎ‪ ،‬آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﺷﺪن و ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺮاز ﺷﺪن و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻪ‬
‫‪Advance power opening test, leveling zone and‬‬
‫‪leveling speed test and inner landing zone tests‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
shall be accomplished in accordance with
clause 1.10.2 of ASME A 17.2:2001.
ASME ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1.10.2‫دروﻧﻲ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
10. ROUTINE INSPECTION NO LONGER
THAN ONE MONTH FOR HYDRAULIC
ELEVATORS
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻧﻪ‬
Read the personal safety instructions in the
general notice and check applicable
requirements as outlined in Section 7.
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ را در اﻋﻼم ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
7 ‫ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻴﺪ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﺮح داده اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
10.1 Inspection Made from Inside of the Car
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬1-10
Check applicable requirements as outlined in
7.9.
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬9-7 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬A 17.2:2001
-10
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺧﺎرج ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬2-10
10.2 Inspection Made Outside of Hoistway
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬11-7 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Check applicable requirements as outlined in
7.11.
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ از ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬3-10
10.3 Inspection Made from Top of Car
Check applicable requirements as outlined in
7.11 except counterweights, counterweight
buffers (7.11.3), compensating chains (7.11.6)
and wire rope lubrication (7.11.7) will not
usually apply.
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬11-7 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
-‫ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻣﻮرد وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ زﻧﺠﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬،(3-11-7) ‫ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫( ﻛﻪ‬7-11-7) ‫( و روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬6-11-7)
.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻧﻤﻲ رود‬
10.4 Inspection Made in Machinery Spaces
or Machine Room
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت ﻳﺎ‬4-10
Have the elevator operated in the up direction,
making several starts and observe the operation
of motor, pump and drive, check for excessive
noise, misalignment, and loose mounting. See
the general safety precautions in 7.12.1, check
applicable requirements as outlined in 7.12.16,
7.12.17 and 7.12.18. If a governor is provided,
check as outlined in 7.12.7.
‫ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺑﺎر آن را آﻏﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬،‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ) ﭘﻤﭗ( و ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه را‬،(‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر‬
،‫ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﺮده و آﻧﻬﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺻﺪاي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻴﺎط ﻫـﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه در‬.‫و ﺷُﻠﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛـﻪ در‬،‫ را رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺮده‬1-12-7
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬18-12-7 ‫ و‬17-12-7 ،16-12-7
‫ آﻧﺮا ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬7-12-7 ‫در‬
‫ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
(‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ) ﭘﻤﭗﻫﺎ‬1-4-10
10.4.1 Pumps
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ ) ﭘﻤﭗﻫﺎ( را از ﻧﻈﺮ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ و ﺻﺪاي ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫در اﻃﺮاف ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺮه زاﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Pumps should be checked for leakage around
the shaft, and for unusual noise which could be
caused by cavitation due to a partially plugged
suction line or strainer.
‫ ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬2-4-10
10.4.2 Drives
،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺗﺴﻤﻪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ‬
‫ و ﺑﺮاﺑﺮي ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاء ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺸﺶ اوﻟﻴﻪ‬
Belt drives should be checked for wear, initial
tension, and reasonable equality of tension
among members of a set. Chain drives should
92
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
be checked for wear, both on the chain and
sprockets. Direct-drive couplings, where
accessible, should be checked for excessive
play.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪهﻫﺎي زﻧﺠﻴﺮ را از‬.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ زﻧﺠﻴﺮ و ﭼﺮخﻫﺎي زﻧﺠﻴﺮ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺮداﻧﻨﺪه ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎزي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬،‫دﺳﺘﺮس ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ و رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي‬3-4-10
10.4.3 Relief and check valves
Determine whether relief and check valves are
provided and properly located.
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ و رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ در ﺟﺎي ﺧﻮد ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
Examine relief valves, where provided, and
note their condition and whether there is
leakage.
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي را ﻫﺮﻛﺠﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و‬
.‫ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ از ﻧﻈﺮ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Determine whether the check valve of an
electro-hydraulic elevator operates to stop and
hold an ascending elevator car when the pump
stops.
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬-‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ )ﭘﻤﭗ( ﻣﻲاﻳﺴﺘﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن و‬
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﻻروﻧﺪه ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Determine whether the seals of the adjusting
means of relief valves having exposed pressure
adjustments are intact.
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻫﺎي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ داراي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢﻫﺎي روﺑﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻧﺨﻮرده‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
10.4.4 Flexible hydraulic hose and fitting
assemblies
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
Examine under working pressure, flexible
hydraulic hose and fitting assemblies and
flexible couplings installed between the check
valve or control valve and the cylinder.
Evidence of leakage, slippage of hose fittings,
and damage to outer hose covering sufficient to
expose reinforcement or distortion or bulging
of hose body are cause for replacement of the
hose and fitting assembly or the sealing
element of a flexible coupling. Check hose and
fitting assemblies for proper identification and
replacement date. Verify that periodic tests
have been performed.
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ آﺑﻲ)ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﻳﻜﻄﺮﻓﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر را ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر‬
‫ و‬،‫ ﻟﻐﺰش اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬،‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ از ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻟَﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻻﻳﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﻛﺞ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮآﻣﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ دﻻﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ‬
‫و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰء آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آن را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﻤﺎد‬.‫ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ رﺳﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي دورهاي اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
4-4-10
‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬5-4-10
10.4.5 Storage and discharge tanks
.‫ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ و ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬، ‫ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬- ‫ ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫آﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دادن ﻣﺪﺧﻞ آﺑﮕﻴﺮي و‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮدن از ﺣﻔﺮه زاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Examine the discharge tank for corrosion and
leaks. Note whether the tank is covered to
prevent entrance of foreign material and is
suitably vented to the atmosphere. For electrohydraulic elevators, determine whether there is
sufficient liquid remaining in the tank when the
car is at the highest point of its travel to cover
the intake and to prevent cavitation.
93
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﭼﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬6-4-10
10.4.6 Drip pans
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﭼﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن روﻏﻦ‬
.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
Drip pans should be checked for excessive oil
collection.
‫ ﺧﻄﻮط ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬7-4-10
10.4.7 Pipe lines
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺧﻂ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ و‬،‫ ﻟﺮزش ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
The pipe line between the cylinder and control
valve or valves should be checked for leaks,
excessive vibration, adequate support, and
pressure rating.
‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬8-4-10
10.4.8 Pressure tanks
،‫ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﺨﺎزن را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬،‫ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﻮرده ﺷﺪه ﺷﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺑﺎﻻ وﺟﻮد‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻓﻠﺰ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰام ﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬3-12
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻣﺨﺰن ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺸﺎرﺳﻨﺞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Examine for corrosion, leaks, cracks, badly
corroded surfaces, or any indication of cracking
or failure of the metal. If any of the above
conditions exist, recommend that a test be
performed as required by 12.3.
Determine whether the tank is equipped with a
pressure gage.
Inspect the connections to the pressure gage
and liquid level gage and note any leakage.
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬،‫اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ و اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻴﺸﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎز ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎرﺳﻨﺞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪاي و ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺳﻨﺞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ را‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Note variation in the level of the liquid in the
gage glass when the elevator is running to
determine that the level is between the
permissible minimum and maximum levels. If
there is no variation, check for stoppage in the
gage.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ و ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ درون ﺷﻴﺸﻪ ﻓﺸﺎرﺳﻨﺞ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ درون‬،‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ آﻧﺮا ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
If a gage glass is provided, note the condition
of the glass, any excessive leakage, and
whether the shut-off valves are open.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬9-4-10
10.4.9 Control valves
If the elevator ride is rough or erratic,
recommend that the condition be corrected.
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ و ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻮدن ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
،‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﻮاري درآﺳﺎنﺑﺮ ﺗﻜﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ آن اﺻﻼح ﮔﺮدد‬
10.4.10 Sheaves of roped hydraulic elevators
‫آﺑﻲ‬
The valves, fittings and any interconnecting
piping should be checked for pressure rating,
leakage, and adequate support.
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي‬
10-4-10
‫)ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ( ﻃﻨﺎب دار‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻣﺘﺤﺮك و ﺛﺎﺑﺖ را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻳﻚ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.(3-12-7 ‫آزﻣﻮن ﭼﻜﺶ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺮز رﻓﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ در ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫ و آﻳﺎ‬،‫ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ درﺳﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
Examine the stationary and traveling sheaves
and perform a hammer test (see 7.12.3). Note
any excessive lost motion in sheave bearings,
whether sheaves run true, and whether they are
lubricated.
94
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Note whether guide rails and guide shoes of
traveling sheaves are lubricated and whether
they are worn or loose.
‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ ﻧﺮدهﻫـﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﻛﻔﺸﻚﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ و آﻳﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻳﺎ ﺷُﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
10.4.11 Cylinders
elevators
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
of
roped
hydraulic
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫـﺎي‬
11-4-10
‫ﻃﻨﺎبدار‬
Examine the cylinder support for excessive
movement or vibration when the elevator is in
operation. Examine cylinders and cylinder
heads for corrosion or small cracks. Cracks are
most likely to develop at bolt holes in flanges.
Examine piston packing for leakage.
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺮزش ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫﺎ و‬.‫در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫﺎ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺮكﻫﺎي رﻳﺰ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن را از ﻧﻈﺮ‬.‫ﻣﻬﺮه ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﺸﺘﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬5-10
10.5 Inspection Made in Pit
‫ ﺷﺮح‬13-7 ‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬
:‫ ﺑﻪ روشﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
In addition to making the applicable
inspections as outlined in 7.13, refer to the
following procedures.
‫ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫﺎ‬1-5-10
10.5.1 Cylinders
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫﺎي زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي داراي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬.‫اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ را ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺮﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي آن از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻋﻴﻮب ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ آب ﺑﻨﺪي از‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛــﻪ‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺸﺘﻲ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗـﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲﻫﺎﻳﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ را ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪ‬
Below ground cylinders of direct-plunger
elevators cannot be visually inspected. The
cylinder head and its fastenings should be
examined for defects or corrosion. The packing
should be examined for excessive leakage.
Determine that means are provided to collect
any leakage. If provision is made to return
leakage to the reservoir, the operation of this
device should be checked.
‫ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮنﻫﺎي ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬2-5-10
10.5.2 Plungers
‫ ﺣﻔﺮهدار‬،‫ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﻳﺎ ﺧﺮاش ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻤﻲ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن در ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر وﺟﻮد‬
‫دارد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن اﺳﺖ‬
Examine the plunger for corrosion, pitting or
scratches. Determine if there is any evidence of
excessive play of the plunger in the cylinder
indicating excessive wear of the plunger
guides.
‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬3-5-10
10.5.3 Plunger fastening
،‫در ﻣﻮرد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ داراي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻜﻮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬/‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن را ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و‬
،‫ ﺧﺮاش ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن را از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺣﻔﺮهدار ﺷﺪن‬.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻓﻠﺰ آن آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬
In the case of a direct-plunger elevator,
examine the fastenings of the plunger to the car
frame and/or platform. Examine the plunger for
any pitting, scoring, excessive wear, or
corrosion of metal.
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري‬4-5-10
10.5.4 Operating valves
،‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
‫در ﻫﺮ ﻛﺠﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ در‬
Examine operating valves and the automatic
terminal shut-off valves, where provided, to
95
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
determine whether they are in proper operating
condition and whether there is excessive
leakage. Determine whether the weights on
terminal shut-off valves are securely fastened
to the operating arm with through-bolts.
Examine ropes and rope guards for automatic
terminal shut-off valves. Determine whether
the car drifts when the operating device is in
the off position (see 7.13.4-d).
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و آﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺣﺪي در آﻧﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي روي ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﺮه‬
‫ﺳﺮﺗﺎﺳﺮي ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزوي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ و ﺣﻔﺎظﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﺨﺼﻮص ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ آﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر را آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﺎﻣﻮش ﻗﺮار‬
‫دارد اﺗـﺎﻗﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﭘﻴـﺪا ﻣﻴﻜﻨـﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.(‫د‬-4-13-7 ‫ﺑــﻪ‬
10.5.5 Mechanically controlled hydraulic
elevators
‫ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬5-5-10
The mechanical control of hydraulic elevator
equipment generally consists of a three-way
valve. A central or neutral position prevents
fluid from entering or leaving the operating
cylinder. The up position admits fluid from a
pressure tank, accumulator, or other source of
supply to the cylinder while the down position
permits the discharge of fluid from the
operating cylinder to an open tank. Wire ropes
attached to the lever on the three-way valve are
lengthened or shortened by a system of sheaves
over which the ropes are revved. Operating a
control lever in the car shortens one rope which
pulls the lever on the three-way valve to the up
position and at the same time lengthens the
rope on the down side to permit movement of
the lever. Movement of the control lever in the
opposite direction reverses the valve and hence
the car motion.
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﻃﺮف ﻣﺮﻛﺰي ﻳﺎ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ از ورود ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺧﺮوج ﺳﻴﺎل از ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
،‫ اﻧﺒﺎره‬،‫ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻي آن اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل از ﻣﺨﺰن ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﺟﺎري ﮔﺮدد در‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آن اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل از ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺨﺰن ﺑﺎز ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻫﺮم روي ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪاي از ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎرداري ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ روي آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري از‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻫﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻳﻚ اﻫﺮم ﻛﻨﺘﺮل درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﻳﻜﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻛﺮده ﺗﺎ اﻫﺮم روي ﺷﻴﺮ ﺳﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ﺑﻜﺸﺪ و ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎ آن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ را ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮ‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﺪ اﻫﺮم ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﻫﺮم ﻛﻨﺘﺮل در ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﺷﻴﺮ را و ﭘﺲ از آن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺧﻮاﻫﺪﻛﺮد‬
‫ﺣﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه زﻳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻي‬،‫ در ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻋﺮض ﭼﺎﻟﻪ در‬.‫اﻫﺮم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و در‬،‫( درﺟﻪاي ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬرد‬30) ً‫ﻳﻚ زاوﻳﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار اﻳﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬،‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه و اﻫﺮم ﻛﻨﺘﺮل را از ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ آراﻳﺶ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻬﻲ‬،‫ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫)ﺧﺎﻣﻮش( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه و آﻧﺮا ﻃﻮري ﻣﻲ ﻛﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ رو ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﻴﺮ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
The down limit consists of a sheave mounted
under the car which, on overtravel, engages the
rope attached to the up side of the lever. The
rope runs across the pit at a vertical angle of
approximately (30) degrees, and on further
travel of the car, the sheave pulls on this rope
moving the control lever from down to off. At
the top of the shaft, a similar arrangement
engages the down rope, pulling it so that the up
motion is shut off and the valve left in the
neutral position.
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬6-5-10
10.5.6 Additional inspection
‫اﮔﺮ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪهاي در ﺑﺎﻻي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
Bypass openings, uncovered by the piston or
plunger if the elevator travels a certain
96
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
specified distance above the top terminal
landing, are sometimes provided to permit the
fluid in the cylinder to be discharged in order to
prevent the car from striking the overhead
structure. Where provided, the bypass openings
should be checked to determine that they are
open and clear.
‫ دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬري ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ رود‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﻨﺪ ﺳﻴﺎل از‬
‫درون ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد و از ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزه‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد دﻫﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎز و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ اﺟﺎزه دادن ﺑﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪنﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫را ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ و ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬،‫ﺑﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺳﺎزه ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﺑﻪ راه ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد ﻧﻜﻨﺪ‬
The normal terminal stopping devices should
be checked by permitting them to stop the car
at each terminal landing. After such stops, the
clearance between the car and the overhead
structure should be adequate, and the plunger
or piston should not strike the stops.
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ‬7-5-10
10.5.7 Piping
‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه‬7-4-10 ‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻫﺎ را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Check the piping as outlined in 10.4.7.
‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬8-5-10
10.5.8 Drifting of car
Drifting of a hydraulic elevator may be an
indication of a potentially hazardous situation
and should be carefully investigated to
determine the cause of the drifting. This
information is necessary so that a decision can
be made as to whether it is safe to allow the
elevator to continue in service. See 11.3 for the
annual static load test procedures.
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪاي از وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮه ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ ﻋﻠﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺎن ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﭼﻮن ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان در ﻣﻮرد اﻳﻤﻦ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ ﺟﻬﺖ اداﻣﻪ ﻛﺎر آن ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻮدن آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
.3-11 ‫روﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑــﺎر ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺳﺎﻻﻧﻪ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
11. INSPECTION AND TESTS EVERY
TWELVE MONTHS FOR HYDRAULIC
ELEVATORS
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي دوازده ﻣﺎﻫﻪ ﺑﺮاي‬-11
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
The inspections and tests in 11.1 through 11.5
should be made every 12 months.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه در‬
.‫ ﻫﺮ دوازده ﻣﺎه اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬5-11 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬1-11
They will usually be done in addition to the
inspection outlined in 10 through 10.5.
‫اﻳﻦ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً اﻓﺰون ﺑﺮ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﺮح‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬5-10 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬10 ‫داده ﺷﺪه در‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ‬1-11
11.1 Terminal Stopping Devices
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮﻗﻲ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـﻪ‬.3-9
‫ﻏﻴﺮ از راهﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮﻧﻲ ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ در ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز‬1 ‫ﺟﺰ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه از‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ‬6-5-10 ‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن را ﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎل‬،‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
See 9.3 for inspection and test of normal
terminal stopping devices for electrically
controlled hydraulic elevators. Note that no
final terminal stopping device other than the
plunger stops is required for electrically
controlled plunger elevators except where the
rated speed exceeds 1 m/s.
Also, see 10.5.6. Where final terminal stopping
devices are provided, test by actuating the
97
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
device with the car operating at leveling speed.
‫ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺮازﺷﺪن‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻗﺮار دادن ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي‬2-11
11.2 Relief Valve Setting
‫ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اول‬:‫ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دو اﻟﺰام را ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ رﻫﺎ‬125 ‫در ﻓﺸﺎري ﻛﻪ از‬
(‫ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎدر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ )ﭘﻤﭗ‬،‫ﻛﻨﺪ؛ دوم‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻓﺸﺎري ﻛﻪ در آن ﺷﻴﺮ‬20 ‫را در ﻓﺸﺎري ﻛﻪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬150 ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد را از ﻛﻨﺎر رد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎر اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﺮ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي‬
‫روي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ راهﺑﻨﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺻﻠﻲ را‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺠﻲ در ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬،‫ ﺳﭙﺲ‬.‫ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر‬.‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ داده و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻨﺎرﮔﺬر را ﺑﺨﻮاﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻳﺎ زﻳﺮ آن ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬125 ‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﻨﺎر‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬،‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﻫﺮدو ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ را ﭘﺎﺳﺨﮕﻮ ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر وﻟﻲ ﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬125 ‫ﮔﺬر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از‬
‫ و ﻓﺸﺎري ﻛﻪ در آن ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺮوع‬،‫ درﺻﺪ آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬150
‫ آزﻣﻮن‬،‫ﺑﻪ رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﻜﻮك ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺠﺎم داد‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ آورده و ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺻﻠﻲ را‬
‫ ﺳﻌﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را در ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬.‫ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ داده و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ اﻳﻦ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر اﻓﺖ ﻛﻨﺪ‬125 ‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآورده ﺷﻮد‬
The relief valve must fulfill two requirements:
first, it must relieve at a pressure not greater
than 125 percent of working pressure; second,
it must be capable of bypassing the full
capacity of the pump at a pressure not greater
than 20 percent above that at which the valve
opens. This is 150 percent of working pressure.
To test the relief valve, either run the car at
slow speed on to the stop ring or close the main
shutoff valve. Then, with a pressure gage in the
system so that it will read the bypass pressure
attempt to run the car in the up direction and
read the bypass pressure. If the full bypass
pressure is at or below 125 percent of the
working pressure both conditions have been
met. If, however, the full bypass pressure is
above 125 percent of the working pressure but
not greater than 150 percent, and there is doubt
as to the pressure it began to relieve, a further
test should be run.
Bring the elevator to the bottom landing and
close the main shutoff valve. Attempt to run the
car up at high speed and gradually open the
shutoff valve until the pressure drops to 125
percent of working pressure. Under these
conditions the elevator should be running at
much less than the rated speed.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
The working pressure is the pressure measured
at the cylinder with the car at rated load, rated
speed and near the top of the hoistway.
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻓﺸﺎري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر و‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
.‫ در ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
11.3 Static Load Test
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎر ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬3-11
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪرﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ در‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺑﻲ ﺑﺎري در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ روش‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده و آن را در‬.‫زﻳﺮ آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﻄﻊ‬.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ راﺣﺖ اﺳﺖ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬.‫ دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﺎز ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬15 ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬.‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺘﻮان آن را ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﻲ روﻏﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دﻣﺎي روﻏﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻛﺮد ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه ﻧﺸﺖ در ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬،‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻳﺎ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ و ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ دارد‬
Cylinders which can not be inspected visually
should be tested in the following manner with
no load on the car. Locate and mark the
location of the car at any convenient position.
Open the disconnect switch for 15 minutes.
Note the position of the car platform with
respect to the reference mark. A change in car
position which cannot be accounted for by
visible oil leakage or temperature change of the
oil indicates a leak of the cylinder or in the
underground piping and a need for further
inspection, tests, or repairs.
98
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬4-11
11.4 Governor and Safety Test
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ و‬1-8 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ را آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2-8
Where governors and safeties are provided on
hydraulic elevators, they should be tested as
outlined in 8.1 and 8.2.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬5-11
11.5 Buffer Test
Where oil buffers are provided on hydraulic
elevators, they should be tested as outlined in
8.3.
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
3-8 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آﻧﻬﺎ راآزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
12. THREE YEARS INSPECTION AND
TEST
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬-12
Following inspections and tests shall be made
at least every third year by a qualified person.
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮن ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻪ ﺳﺎل‬
.‫ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ داراي ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
12.1 Flexible Hydraulic Hose and Fitting
Assemblies and Flexible Couplings
‫ ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬1-12
Examine flexible hose and fittings assemblies,
‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫــﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺟﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮح‬4-4-10 ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓﻫﺎي‬.‫داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪﻫﺎي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎ ﺳﻪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺷﺶ ﺳﺎل‬.‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر آزﻣﻮن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي‬.‫ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ را ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت و ﺟﻔﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
and flexible couplings, as outlined in 10.4.4.
Flexible hydraulic hose and fitting assemblies
should be subjected to a test at three times the
working pressure. After six years, they must be
replaced, see the replacement date marked on
the hose.
12.2 Inspection of Unexposed Portions of
Pistons
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪاي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬2-12
Unexposed portions of piston rods of ropedhydraulic elevators should be exposed,
thoroughly cleaned, and inspected. Where such
parts are pitted or worn to a diameter less than
the root diameter of the threads, order their
replacement.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﭘﻴﺪاي ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب دار را در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻳﺪ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮده و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫داده‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻄﻮري ﺣﻔﺮه دار ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻮر دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ رﻳﺸﻪ رزوه ﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬3-12
12.3 Pressure Tanks
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد درون ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ را ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﺗﺤﺖ آزﻣﻮن‬
.‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﭘﻮشﻫﺎي ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫ﭘﺲ از ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ دروﻧﻲ‬
‫آدم روﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﺳﺖ روﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫و ﻳﻚ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ اﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻨﺞ‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﺨﺰن ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺨﺰن را در ﻣﻌﺮض ﻓﺸﺎر اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ درﺻﺪ‬50 ‫دﻫﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺪرﻳﺞ ﻓﺸﺎر را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ‬
Pressure tanks of hydraulic elevators should be
thoroughly cleaned and inspected internally and
subjected to a hydrostatic test.
After internal inspection, all manhole or handhole covers should be replaced and securely
fastened and a master gage attached to the test
gage connection provided on the tank.
The tank should be subjected to a hydrostatic
pressure by gradually raising the pressure until
99
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
it reaches a value of 50 percent in excess of
working pressure, but not greater. The test
pressure should be applied for at least one
minute and all parts of the tank including
seams, rivets, and fittings should be observed
while under pressure. Any leaks or evidence of
impending failure should be noted. Pressure
tank inspections made by licensed boiler
inspectors are not required to be witnessed by
the elevator inspector. He should only
determine whether the required inspection has
been made and that a certificate has been issued
by the boiler inspector.
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻣﻘﺪار ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮﺳﺪ وﻟﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن را ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻧﮕﺮدد‬
،‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﺨﺰن از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ درزﻫﺎ‬
‫ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت را در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬،‫ﭘﺮچﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ‬.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎي اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ‬.‫ﻧﻘﺺ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ اﻟﻮﻗﻮع ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫روي ﻣﺨﺎزن ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرسﻫــﺎي ﻟﻴﺴﺎﻧﺲدار دﻳﮓ‬
‫ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه و ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎزرس آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻻزم اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺑﺎزرس دﻳﮓ‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺻﺎدر ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
13. FIVE YEARS INSPECTION AND TEST
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎﻟﻪ‬-13
The tests in 13.1 and 13.2 should be conducted
every five years.
‫ و‬1-13 ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه در‬
.‫ را ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ‬2-13
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬1-13
13.1 Governor and Safety Test
‫درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬1-9 ‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ در‬
Where governors and safeties are provided on
hydraulic elevators, they should be tested as
outlined in 9.1.
‫ آزﻣﻮن ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬2-13
13.2 Oil Buffer Test
Where oil buffers are provided on hydraulic
elevators, they should be tested as outlined in
9.2.
‫درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬
-‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آﻧﻬﺎرا ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬2-9 ‫اي ﻛﻪ در‬
14. INSPECTION AND TESTS AFTER AN
IMPORTANT
MODIFICATION
OR
AFTER AN ACCIDENT
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ‬-14
In particular, the followings are considered as
important modifications:
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر وﻳﮋه ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﻬﺴﺎزيﻫﺎي ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ‬
:‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ‬
:‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
Change:
- Of the rated speed;
- Of the rated load;
- Of the mass of the car;
- Of the travel;
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه؛‬
-
‫ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه؛‬
-
‫ﺟﺮم اﺗﺎﻗﻚ؛‬
-
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ؛‬
-
‫ ﻧﻮع و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ )ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دﻳﮕﺮي از ﻫﻤﺎن ﻧﻮع ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ‬
.(‫ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﻣﻬﻢ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
- Of the type of locking devices (the
replacement of a locking device by a device
of the same type is not considered as an
important modification).
100
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
:‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬
Change or replacement:
- Of the control system;
- Of guides or the type of guides;
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل؛‬
-
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻮع راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎ؛‬
-
‫ ﻧﻮع درب )ﻳﺎ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد ﻳﺎ‬‫درب ﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ(؛‬
- Of the type of door (or the addition of one
or more landing or car doors);
- Of the machine or the traction sheave;
- Of the overspeed governor;
- Of the buffers;
- Of the safety gear.
- In addition for hydraulic elevator
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﺸﺸﻲ؛‬
-
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ؛‬
-
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ؛‬
-
.‫ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
-
‫ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن ﺑﺮاي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
:‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
Change:
- Of the jack;
- Of the pressure relief valve.
‫ﺟﻚ‬
-
‫ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
-
‫اﮔﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎﻳﻲ را ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲﻫﺎ و آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ ﺣﺎدﺛﻪ ﺗﺠﻮﻳﺰ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮﻧﻬﺎ در ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺮاي اﺟﺰاء‬
.‫اﺻﻠﻲ آن ﻻزم ﺑﻮده اﺳﺖ‬
If the manufacturer prescribe inspections and
tests after an important modification or after an
accident, inspections and tests shall be as
manufacturer’s recommendations. Tests will, at
the most, be those required for the original
components before the elevator was brought
into service.
101
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‪APPENDICES‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ج( ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ ‪ 8×19‬ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻞ رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬
‫] ﻳﺎدآوري )‪[ (3‬‬
‫و( ﺑﺎﻓﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﺰﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﻔﻲ‬
‫] ﻳﺎدآوري )‪[ (6‬‬
‫ب( ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ ‪ 6×19‬ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ ‪ 6×19‬ﻧﻮع وارﻳﻨﮕﺘﻦ‬
‫رﺷﺘﻪ اي ] ﻳﺎدآوري )‪[ (2‬‬
‫رﺷﺘﻪ اي ] ﻳﺎدآوري )‪[ (1‬‬
‫ﻫ( ﻃﻨﺎب ﻓﻮق اﻟﻌﺎده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ و‬
‫د( ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ ﻓﻮق اﻟﻌﺎده ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ‪ 8×25‬ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬
‫‪ 8×21‬ﻧﻮع ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه رﺷﺘﻪ اي‬
‫] ﻳﺎدآوري )‪[ (5‬‬
‫] ﻳﺎدآوري )‪[ (4‬‬
‫‪Fig 2- TYPICAL WIRE ROPE CONSTRUCTIONS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -2‬ﺑﺎﻓﺖﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫‪102‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
(‫ ﻛﺮوﻛﻲﻫﺎي )اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ )و‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
General Note: Sketches (a) through (f)
‫ ﻣﻐﺰه ﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﺰه اﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﻛﺮوﻛﻲ ﻫﺎي )اﻟﻒ( ﺗﺎ‬
.‫) ﻫ ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Show ropes with fiber core. Steel cores may be
used in the ropes in sketches (a) through (e)
:‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‬
Notes:
(1) Outer layer of strand is comprised of
alternating large and small wires.
‫( ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ درﻣﻴﺎن از‬1)
(2) Each strand includes six filler wires that
are considered as not load bearing.
‫( ﻫﺮ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬2)
(3) 8 × 19 construction is more flexible than
6 × 19 and may be used over smaller
sheaves.
‫ اﺳﺖ و‬6×19 ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎفﺗﺮ از‬8×19 ‫( ﺑﺎﻓﺖ‬3)
.‫ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎي ﺑﺰرگ و ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻏﻴﺮ ﺑﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺘﻮان آن را ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
(4) 8 × 21 construction is more flexible than
6 × 19 [sketches (a) and (b)], also more
flexible than 8 × 19 [sketch (c)]. The 8× 21
is especially designed for basement singlewarp and double-warp traction machines,
also basement drum machines, and underslung-car installations.
‫ اﺳﺖ‬6×19 ‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎفﺗﺮ از‬8×21 ‫( ﺑﺎﻓﺖ‬4)
(5) Each strand includes six filler wires that
are considered as not load bearing.
‫( ﻫﺮ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺶ ﺳﻴﻢ ﭘﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ‬5)
(6) Used for hand-operating ropes. No
permitted for suspension rope or governor
rope, except for replacement on old
elevators with governors designed for it.
This type of rope is also prohibited to
connect the safety to the governor rope
(Requirement 2.17.12).
‫( ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ‬6)
6×19 ‫]ﻛﺮوﻛﻲﻫﺎي )اﻟﻒ( و )ب([ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه ﺑﺮاي‬8×21 .‫]ﻛﺮوﻛﻲ )ج([ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺗﻜﻲ و دوﺗﺎﻳﻲ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ زﻳﺮزﻣﻴﻨﻲ و ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت داراي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
.‫ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب آﻻت زﻳﺮ آن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻏﻴﺮﺑﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﻢﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع‬.‫ﻣﺨﺼﻮص آﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي وﺻﻞ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
.(2.17.12‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﻤﻨﻮع اﺳﺖ )اﻟﺰام‬
103
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
APPENDIX B
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
DESCRIPTIONS AND SCHEMATIC
LAYOUTS OF VARIOUS TYPES OF
SAFETIES AND GOVERNORS
‫ﺷﺮح ﻫﺎ و ﻛﺮوﻛﻲ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬1-‫ب‬
B.1 Introduction
‫ ﺷﺮح ﻫﺎ‬1-1-‫ب‬
B.1.1 Descriptions
The descriptions of these safeties cover only
the more commonly used types. Obviously, it is
impossible to include all of the varieties and
modifications of such devices that have been
designed or manufactured. An attempt has been
made to include the types that are now being
manufactured or were manufactured in
considerable quantities in the past.
‫ﺷﺮحﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﺘﺪاولﺗﺮﻳﻦ اﻧﻮاع اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
‫ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ ﺑﺪﻳﻬﻲ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﺷﺪه را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﻫﺎ و اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﺎﻳﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬.‫و ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ را ﺑﺘﻮان ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﺮد‬
‫اﻧﻮاﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﻳﺎ در ﮔﺬﺷﺘﻪ در ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ را ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ‬
The schematic layouts are not mechanical
drawings nor are they intended to be pictures of
the actual devices, but rather very much
simplified diagrams of vital operating parts.
‫ﻛﺮوﻛﻲﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﻧﻪ ﻋﻜﺴﻬﺎﻳﻲ از‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺳﺎده ﺷﺪه از‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ واﻗﻌﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻻزم و ﻣﻬﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬2-1-‫ب‬
B.1.2 Force-Travel diagrams
The force-travel diagram shown with each
description is intended to show the general
relationship between the retarding force applied
to the guide rails and the travel of the car or
counterweight after the governor operates.
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از ﻧﺸﺎن دادن ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑـــﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺷﺮح‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ دادن ارﺗﺒﺎط ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮي ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫در ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﭘﺲ از‬
.‫ﺑﻜﺎر اﻓﺘﺎدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺳﺖ‬
These diagrams are not drawn to scale nor are the
final force in any particular case to be considered
as comparable with that in other diagrams. Some
attempt has been made to indicate the relative
travel of the car or counterweight subsequent to
the governor operation before the retarding force
is applied to the guide rails.
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫــﺎ ﻧﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻘﻴﺎس ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ و ﻧﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي‬
‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﺎﺻﻲ را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲدﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ آن در‬
‫ ﻛﻮﺷﺶﻫﺎﻳﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬.‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﻣﺘﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮي ﺑﺮ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
.‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﻮد‬
These force-travel diagrams are presented, along
with the schematic layouts, descriptions, and notes,
to assist in visualizing the various types of safeties
and their methods of functioning.
،‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻛﺮوﻛﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ‬-‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺷﺮحﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮر اﻧﻮاع ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
.‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و روشﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
B.2 Description and Schematic Layout of
Safeties
‫ ﺷﺮح و ﻛﺮوﻛﻲ ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬2-‫ب‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ آﻧﻲ‬:A ‫ﻧﻮع‬
Type A: Instantaneous Safety
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
Roller Operated and Eccentric Operated
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ آﻧﻲ )ﻧﻮع اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺠﺮد وادار ﺷﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺶ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي ﺑﻄﻮر‬.‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮي ﻗﻮي را اﻋﻤﺎل ﻛﻨﺪ‬
:‫ﻋﻤﻮم ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ اﺳﺖ‬
Instantaneous safety (Type A) is a safety
designed to apply a high retarding force as soon
as it is brought into action. It generally consists
of:
104
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
(a) A roller normally located in a pocket but
operating between a sloping surface and the
guide rail; or
‫)اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
(b) An eccentric member pivoted on the car
or counterweight structure and brought into
contact with the guide rail surfaces. Once
the eccentric or roller is in contact with the
guide rail, this device is self-actuated by the
operating force being derived from the mass
and motion of the car or counterweight. The
governor rope acts only to bring the roller or
eccentric into contact with the guide rail. It
is frequently designed to be applied by the
inertia of the governor rigging.
‫)ب( ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ دار در ﺳﺎزه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫وﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪار و ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ؛‬
‫ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل اﺳﺖ و ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺰء ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬.‫داده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ‬،‫در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازﻧﺪه ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺟﺮم و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬.‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎس دادن ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺰء ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﺨﺘﻲ )ﻣﺎﻧﺪ( ﻃﻨﺎب آﻻت ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﻧﻮع ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻲ( ﺑﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ و‬
‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ زﻣﺎن ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ داراي ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آن در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻘﺺ ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﻳﺎ ﺷﻞ‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪن ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي آوﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺪون ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
The safety is generally applied by a centrifugal
(bail type) governor with or without provision
for pull-through but it is sometimes operated by
a fly ball governor. Its application is by means
of springs without a speed governor in the
event of failure or slackening of the suspension
ropes.
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
Method of Release
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺎدل رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
This type of safety is normally released by
lifting the car or counterweight.
1‫ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻓﺮم‬
TRIP ROD
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
ROLLER POCKET
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ‬
APPLIED POSITION
RELEASED POSITION
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
105
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻓﺮم ‪2‬‬
‫‪TRIP ROD ‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪Nore: double eccentrics are ‬‬
‫‪provided for heavy duty ‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪ :‬ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ دو ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﺧﺎرج ازﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬
‫‪ RELEASED POSITION‬‬
‫‪ APPLIED POSITION‬‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 3-INSTANTANEOUS SAFETY, ROLLER AND ECCENTRIC OPERATED‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -3‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ آﻧﻲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و ﺟﺰء ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Fig. 4- FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM INSTANTANEOUS SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -4‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ آﻧﻲ‬
‫‪106‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
RELEASE WRENCH ‫آﭼﺎر رﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
RELEASED POSITION
Guide Rail ‫ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
APPLIED POSITION
‫ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬ ‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
Wedge
‫ﮔﻮه‬
Clamp
‫ﮔﻴﺮه‬ Fig. 5- WEDGE CLAMP, DRUM-OPERATED SAFETY
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬-5 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي‬:B ‫ﻧﻮع‬
Type B: Wedge Clamp Safety
‫( وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در‬W.C.) ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي‬
،‫آن ﻳﻚ ﮔﻮه ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو ﺟﺰء ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪدار راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آن ﺳﻄﻮح ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ را‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻮه ﻓﺸﺎر را ﺑﺮ‬.‫ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺰء داراي ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ‬.‫روي ﻓﻚﻫﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺴﺎﻧﻲ در ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻚ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ وﻟﻲ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
Wedge-Clamp Safety (W.C.) is one in which a
wedge is driven between two pivoted members,
the opposite ends of which form or carry the
guide rail gripping surfaces. Travel of the
wedge increases the pressure on the jaws. No
elastic member is provided in the jaw assembly
but one may be provided in the actuating
mechanism.
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
Drum Operated
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﮔﺮداﻧﺪن ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ راﺳﺖ ﮔﺮد و ﭼﭗ ﮔﺮدي ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬،‫درون ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮ روي آن ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
This is a device in which the wedges are
normally operated by a rotation of right-hand
and left-hand screws working within a drum on
which a wire rope, attached to the governor
rope, is wound.
107
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از آن ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Fig. 6- FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM WEDGE CLAMP DRUM OPERATED SAFETY WITH PULLTHROUGH GOVERNOR
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ و ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻻﻛﺶ‬-6 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎي ﮔﻮﺷﺘﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ را ﻫﻞ دﻫﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻣﻮﺛﺮ از ﻛﺸﺶ در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺸﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬
These screws may either push or pull the
wedges. The operating force is derived from
the tension in the governor rope.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار‬،‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻟﺸﻲ )اﺻﻄﻜﺎﻛﻲ( ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎردار و ﻏﻼف رزوهدار راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ‬
In some of the older safeties, a traction sheave
with a limiting friction drive between the
sheave and the threaded sleeve was used
instead of a drum.
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
Characteristics
Because of the inertia effects on the governor
and governor rigging and the elasticity of the
governor rope, the tension on the safety drum
rope varies not only from installation to
installation but also varies in the same
installation with position of the elevator in the
hoistway and with the speed at which the
governor jaws apply.
‫ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ اﺛﺮات ﻟﺨﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﻃﻨﺎب آﻻت آن و‬
‫ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺸﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ از ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻠﻜﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ در ﻳﻚ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ و ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﺎر‬
.‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Uneven guide rail thickness or bad guide rail
joints produce relatively large variations in the
retardation of the car.
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺎﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺟﻮر ﻧﺮده‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً زﻳﺎدي را در ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ وﺟﻮد‬
.‫ﻣﻲآورد‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻜﻬﺎي‬
‫ﭘﺸﺖ ﻓﻨﺮدار ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ را ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﺶ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
This safety is generally applied by a governor
with spring-backed rope-gripping jaws to
permit pull-through of the governor rope when
a predetermined tension is reached, after which
108
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪the travel of the wedge ceases, the device being‬‬
‫‪designed to maintain a substantially uniform‬‬
‫‪pressure on the guide rail (see Fig. 6). For slow‬‬
‫‪speeds in older installations, either centrifugal‬‬
‫‪or fly ball governors without pull-through were‬‬
‫‪installed (see Fig. 5).‬‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﻣﻴﺮﺳﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺎزد ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﭘﺲ از آن‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻮه ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮﻗﺮار‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻄﻮر اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ .(6‬ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ‬
‫از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﺪون ﻻﻛﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪.(5‬‬
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫‪Method of Release‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ داراي ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮه ﻧﻮع ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ‬
‫آﭼﺎر از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬آﭼﺎر ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً داراي ﭼﺮخ‬
‫دﻧﺪه ﺟﻨﺎﺣﻲ ﭘﺦدار ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫اﻧﺪازهﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﮔﺮداﻧﺪن آﭼﺎر ﺑﺮاي رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب را دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر دﻗﺖ ﻛﺮد ﺗﺎ ﻛﺸﺶ روي‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬در ﻏﻴﺮ اﻳﻨﺼﻮرت ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ روي ﻃﺒﻠﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻛﺮده و ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻣﻌﻴﻮب‬
‫ﺷﺪن آن ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪The drum type wedge-clamp safety is released‬‬
‫‪by means of a wrench from within the car. The‬‬
‫‪wrench generally carries a bevel gear pinion or‬‬
‫‪worm which engages suitable teeth on the‬‬
‫‪safety drum. Turning the wrench to release the‬‬
‫‪safety rewinds the rope on the safety drum.‬‬
‫‪While the rope is being rewound on the safety‬‬
‫‪drum great care must be used to maintain‬‬
‫‪tension on the drum rope, or the rope may jam‬‬
‫‪on the safety drum causing subsequent failure.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪ :B‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮهاي ﺑﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫‪Type B: Flexible Guide-Clamp Safety‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮهاي ﺑﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف )‪(F.G.C.‬‬
‫‪Flexible Guide Clamp Safety (F.G.C.) is one in‬‬
‫‪which the final force is derived from a spring in‬‬
‫‪the jaw assembly which is compressed (or‬‬
‫‪further compressed) as the device is applied.‬‬
‫‪Because of the presence of the spring member,‬‬
‫‪variations in guide rail thickness or a bad guide‬‬
‫‪rail joint produce comparatively small‬‬
‫‪variations in pressure on the rail.‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ در‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻚ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد ﻓﺸﺮده )ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﺸﺮده( ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ وﺟﻮد ﺟﺰء ﻓﻨﺮي‪ ،‬ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺎ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎﺟﻮر ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺴﺒﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ را‬
‫در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪Fig. 7- FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM FLEXIBLE GUIDE CLAMP SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -7‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮهاي ﺑﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫‪109‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮه‬
Wedge-Operated
‫ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﮔﻮه ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮه و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪار ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده‬.‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﻨﺮي ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ اﺟﺎزه‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻲ دﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ را ﺟﻤﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ راه ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از آن ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺻﻮﻻً ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬،‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺑﻠﻐﺰﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﺟﺮم‬،‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮد ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
The mechanism consists of a pair of tapered
wedges with sets of rollers between each wedge
and a spring-backed, inclined surface. When
pulled into contact with the guide rail by a
governor-rope-operated trip rod, the rollers
permit these wedges to deflect the spring until
the wedges reach a stop, after which they slide
on the guide rail with substantially constant
pressure. Once the wedges are in contact with
the rail, the device is self-actuating, the
operating force being derived from the mass
and motion of the car.
،‫ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﺗﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر را ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﺮ روي ﻏﻠﺘﻚﻫﺎ وارد ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎزوﻫـﺎي‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ‬
.8 ‫ ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪدار ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
In some applications, a U-shaped spring is
used, to furnish the pressure directly to the
rollers. In other applications, a coiled spring
and pivoted arms are furnished. See Fig. 8.
Characteristics
‫ﺑﻌﻠﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر روي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﺳﺎﺳﺎً از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ﻓﻨﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻛﺸﺶ‬.‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﻛﺸﺶ در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﺑﺎ رواداري‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Because the pressure on the guide rails is
determined by the deflection of a spring or
springs, the retardation is essentially
independent of the speed at which the governor
operates and of the tension in the governor
rope. Spring tension must be sufficient to
handle reasonable overloads allowing for
wearing of the parts.
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻻﻛﺶ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The safety is operated by a pull-through governor.
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
Method of Release
This type of safety is normally released by
lifting the car or counterweight:
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺎدل رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
Contact-Roller Operated
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻲ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮه ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺷﻴﺒﺪار ﺑﺎ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻓﻨﺮي و ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﻮد ﺑﻪ‬،‫زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻏﻠﺘﻚ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺧﻮد ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد و ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﺟﺮم و ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﻤﺎس‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از آن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬،‫ﻏﻠﺘﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
(‫از ﻻي ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد )ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
.(9 ‫)ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﮔﻮهاي اﺳﺖ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺪون ﮔﻮه دﻧﺒﺎلرو‬.‫ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ دارد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ داراي ﺑﺎر ﺳﺒﻚ ﻣﻴﺰانﻫﺎي‬
The mechanism consists either of a roller or a
roller-operated wedge which operates between
a spring-backed, tapered surface and the guide
rail. Once the roller is in contact with the guide
rail, the device is self-actuating, the operating
force being derived from the mass and the
motion of the car. The governor rope acts only
to bring the roller into contact with the guide
rail, after which the governor rope continues to
pull through the governor jaws. See Fig. 9.
Characteristics
Characteristics are similar to the wedgeoperated type, above. Without the follower
wedge, this safety tends to produce high
110
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ زﻳﺎدي را اﻳﺠﺎدﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪retardation rates with a lightly loaded car.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Governor‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻻﻛﺶ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪The safety is operated by a pull-through‬‬
‫‪governor.‬‬
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺑﺮاي رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﻚ آﭼﺎر اﻫﺮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫وارد ﻛﺮدن ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﺷﻴﺎر ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﻓﺸﺮدن ﻓﻨﺮ و‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دوﺑﺎره آن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Method of Release‬‬
‫‪To release a car safety, a lever wrench inserted‬‬
‫‪into a slot in the car floor is used to compress‬‬
‫‪and then reset the spring.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮ ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪Released Position ‬‬
‫ﻧﺮده ‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪ :‬ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻧﻌﻠﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺎرﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪ ‬‬
‫‪Applied Position‬‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 8- FLEXIBLE GUIDE-CLAMP SAFETY, WEDGE-OPERATED‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -8‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮهاي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮه و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫‪111‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ‪ ‬‬
‫‪Released Position‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪Applied Position‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪ :‬ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ ﺳـﺮﻋﺖ ﺑـﺎﻻ ﻳـﻚ‬
‫ﮔﻮه دﻧﺒـﺎلرو ﻛـﻪ ﺑـﻪ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻏﻠﺘـﻚ ﺑـﻪ درون‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﺸﺮدن ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑـﺎ آﭼـﺎري ﻛـﻪ درون ﺷـﻴﺎر ﻛـﻒ‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻓﺮو ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬‬
‫‪Fig. 9 -FLEXIBLE GUIDE-CLAMP SAFETY, CONTACT-ROLLER OPERATED‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -9‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮهاي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﻏﻠﺘﻚ و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف‬
‫ﻧﻮع ‪ :C‬ﻧﻮع ‪ A‬ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪ C‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎري ﻳﻚ ﻳــﺎ ﭼﻨـﺪ‬
‫ﺿـﺮﺑـﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاء ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ ﻗﺎب‬
‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و اﻟﻮار ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪ A‬ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﻴﺮوﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ‪-‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ اﺳﺖ‪ .‬اﻟﻮار اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻃﻨﺎب آﻻت اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Type C: Type A with Oil Buffers‬‬
‫‪The Type C safety develops retarding forces during‬‬
‫‪the compression stroke of one or more oil buffers‬‬
‫‪interposed between the lower members of the car‬‬
‫‪frame and a governor-operated Type A auxiliary‬‬
‫‪safety plank applied on the guide rails. The‬‬
‫‪stopping distance is equal to the effective stroke of‬‬
‫‪the buffers. The safety plank and the car sling are‬‬
‫‪independently guided.‬‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ذاﺗﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪ A‬ﻛﻪ در ﺟﺎي‬
‫دﻳﮕﺮ در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ب( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﻟﻮار اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه اﺳﺖ و ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮي ﻛﺎر ﺟﻬﺖ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﻴﻨﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ آورد‪ .‬اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ داراي ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ آرام‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ اﻓﺘﺎده و‬
‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ) ﻧﻮع ‪ A‬اﻟﻮار اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ( ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬
‫‪Characteristics‬‬
‫‪Due to the inherent design of the Type A safety‬‬
‫‪described elsewhere in Appendix B of this std.‬‬
‫‪the stopping distance of the auxiliary safety‬‬
‫‪plank is very short, providing an operating‬‬
‫‪platform for the oil buffer or buffers with a‬‬
‫‪minimum of car travel. The car is retarded and‬‬
‫‪brought to a stop by an oil-buffer or buffers‬‬
‫‪having a stroke calculated for the application to‬‬
‫‪provide smooth retardation.‬‬
‫‪Governor‬‬
‫‪The safety (Type A auxiliary safety plank) can‬‬
‫‪112‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﻧﻮع ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻲ(ﻳﺎ داراي‬
‫ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫‪Method of Release‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ رﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪This type of safety is normally released by‬‬
‫‪lifting the car.‬‬
‫‪be applied by either a centrifugal (bail type) or‬‬
‫‪a fly ball governor. Provision for governor rope‬‬
‫‪pull-through is not required.‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫‪Wood Guide-Rail Safety‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻟﺒﻪداري اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ آﻧﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﺮدن ﺑــﺎ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ‪،‬ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ زﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺧﻴﺎره دار ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﺑﺮش‬
‫ﭼﻮب ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻟﺒﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫از آﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻮب در ﻫﺮ دو ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺪرت‬
‫ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ اﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻛﻨﺶ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ داراي‬
‫ﺧﻄﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺳﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﺑﺮﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫در اﺛﺮ اﻳﺴﺘﺎدنﻫﺎي ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ آﻧﺮا آﻧﻘﺪر‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Wood guide-rail safety consists of two or more‬‬
‫‪edged steel dogs which are pulled into contact‬‬
‫‪with the guide rails by the trip rods attached to‬‬
‫‪the governor rope similar to an instantaneous‬‬
‫‪safety. These dogs may be fluted to increase the‬‬
‫‪area of wood cut by the edge.‬‬
‫‪Characteristics‬‬
‫‪As the wood seldom is uniform in both guide rails,‬‬
‫‪the action of this safety may be erratic. Guide rail‬‬
‫‪wear and cutting of guide rails resulting from‬‬
‫‪previous stops may reduce the surface to the point‬‬
‫‪where the safety will not hold.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ -‬اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﻛﻢ‬
‫ب ‪ -‬اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫‪Fig. 10-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM TYPE C SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -10‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪C‬‬
‫‪113‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Fig. 11-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM WOOD GUIDE-RAIL SAFETY
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬-11 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
It is generally necessary to replace the section
of guide rails on which the safety has set.
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻻزم اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ را ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Selected wood or other suitable non-metallic
material is permissible for guide rails only
where steel may create a spark hazard in
chemical or explosives plants.
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭼﻮب ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻠﺰي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻗﻪ زﻧﻲ در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﺠﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮه‬
.‫ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻲ از‬
.‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﮔﻴﺎه ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ ﻳﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
The safety is applied by a centrifugal governor
with manila rope or wire rope.
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
Method of Release
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺎ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻌﺎدل رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
This type of safety is normally released by
lifting the car or counterweight.
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
Counterweight Safeties
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛــﻪ ﻗﺒﻼً در اﻳﻦ‬C ‫ و‬B ،A ‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪ در ﺣﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي وزﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺑﻜﺎر‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ روش ﻓﻌﺎل‬،‫ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت ﻛﺎري آﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪن ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن اﻧﻮاع ﻋﻤﻞ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﺑﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دوﺑﺎره وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد آن‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ وﻳﮋه ﻛﺮد‬
Within the application limits permitted, Types
A, B and C safeties as previously described in
this Appendix B are applied to counterweights
for compliance with IPS-G-GN-370. Operating
characteristics, including the actuating method
are identical to the characteristics of car
safeties. During inspection and test, particular
attention must be directed to the method of
release of drum-operated types, anticipating
accessibility of resetting means after the safety
application.
114
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Car frame‬‬
‫‪ ‬ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫‪Type A auxiliary safety ‬‬
‫‪ plank ‬‬
‫اﻟﻮار وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻤﻜﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪A‬‬
‫‪A buffer ‬‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‪ ‬‬
‫‪safety plank guide ‬‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﻟﻮار اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ‪ ‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪ A‬ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫دو ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫‪Fig. 12- TYPE C SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -12‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع ‪C‬‬
‫‪115‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﺳﻮم ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫راه ﺑﻨﺪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Fig. 13-WOOD GUIDE-RAIL SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -13‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﭼﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ب‪ 3-‬وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد‬
‫‪B.3 Existing Safeties‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬
‫‪Rope Operated Block and Fall Safety‬‬
‫آزاد‬
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺟﻌﺒﻪ داراي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ از روي‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬرد‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﻬﺮهﺑﺮداري‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ در ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﻳﻦ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻫﻢ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺸﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ را ﻓﻌﺎل‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻛﺸﺶ درون ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‪ .‬آراﻳﺶ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه اي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻣﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﻴﺎز دارد ﺗﺎ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫‪In this type of safety, the safety drum and‬‬
‫‪shafts are replaced by a pair of multiple-sheave‬‬
‫‪blocks over which the safety rope is revved. In‬‬
‫‪operation, the tension in the governor rope‬‬
‫‪draws these blocks together, pulling the wedges‬‬
‫‪to which they are attached into action. The‬‬
‫‪operating force is derived from the tension in‬‬
‫‪the governor rope. The multiple sheave‬‬
‫‪arrangement requires a disproportionately long‬‬
‫‪governor rope movement to engage the safety‬‬
‫‪jaws with the guide rails.‬‬
‫‪Characteristics‬‬
‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎت اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ داراي ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪Characteristics are the same as for the drum‬‬‫‪type wedge clamp.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﺪون ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ‪ IPS-G-GN-370‬ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪Governor‬‬
‫‪The safety is operated by a governor usually‬‬
‫‪without provision for pull-through. (Not‬‬
‫‪permitted by IPS-G-GN-370).‬‬
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن ﻳﻚ اﻫﺮم در ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي در ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ از ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ از ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و زﺑﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎي درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺮ روي ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Method of Release‬‬
‫‪Released by operating a lever between parallel‬‬
‫‪bars in a member attached to one set of blocks‬‬
‫‪and engaging lugs or bosses on a member‬‬
‫‪attached to the other set.‬‬
‫‪116‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪ ن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪Fig. 14-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM DRUM AND BLOCK-AND-FALL SAFETY, WITHOUT PULL‬‬‫‪THROUGH‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -14‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ و ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آزاد‪ ،‬ﺑﺪون ﻻﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻬﺎرﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﻗﺎب اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮوﻛﺮدن اﻫـﺮم ﺑـﻪ درون ﺷـﻴﺎرﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 15-WEDGE CLAMP, BLOCK-AND-FALL SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -15‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي آزاد داراي ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮه‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Fig. 16-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM WEDGE CLAMP SPRING OPERATED SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -16‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮه اي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫‪117‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
،‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي )ﭘﺮات‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه( ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻓﺸﺮده ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﮔﻮه را ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ و ﺗﺄﺧﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي را از ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
،‫ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻓﻨﺮ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻨﺮ‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮاي آزاد ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻨﺮ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑــﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺣــﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﺗﻨﺶ اﻟﻴــﺎف اﺳﺘــﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻧﺪارد‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﻴﺮوﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ وارد ﮔﺮدد ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن در‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎر ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎر اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ را‬
‫ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬،‫ اﻓﺰون ﺑﺮ آن‬.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻃﻲ ﻣﺪت ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻧﻴﺮوي اﺻﻠﻲ را اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ اﻫﺮم ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪار ﻛﻤﻲ ﺳﺎﺋﻴﺪﮔﻲ در ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ اﻫﺮم ﺑﻨﺪيﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻓﻨﺮ از آﻧﭽﻪ ﻛﻪ در اﺻﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي آن ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در ﻓﻨﺮ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
.‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﻏﻴﺮﻛﺎرآﻣﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Spring Operated Safety
Some forms of wedge-clamp devices (Pratt,
etc.) are provided with a compressed spring
which operates the wedge and gives a
substantially constant retardation from the
instant of application. The operating force is
derived from the spring, the governor rope
functioning only to release the spring. The
compressed spring in this type of safety does
not conform to the fiber stress limit
requirements of IPS-G-GN-370.
Characteristics
The total force that may be exerted is
determined by the spring. Safeties designed to
stop a given load may fail to hold a reasonable
overload. Further, springs which are almost
fully compressed for a period of years may
develop only a portion of their original force.
The mechanical leverage system is generally
such that a slight amount of wear on the jaws or
linkages may result in a much greater spring
travel than that for which they were originally
designed with a consequent decrease in
available spring pressure and may render the
safety inoperative.
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
The safety is frequently operated by a governor
on the car driven by a manila rope fixed at the
top of the shaft and running over a pair of
sheaves under the car. Later installations use
overhead governors to release the "trigger".
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ روي اﺗﺎﻗﻜﻲ ﻛﺎر ﻛﺮده‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻟﻴﺎف ﮔﻴﺎه ﻣﺎﻧﻴﻼ راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و‬
‫در ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮ روي ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه در زﻳﺮ‬
‫ در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﺧﻴﺮ از ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎي‬.‫اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي ﺑﺮاي رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن "ﻣﺎﺷﻪ" اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Method of Release
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ رزوهدار ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ را ﻓﺸﺮده ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
This safety is normally reset by a threaded rod
or bolt which compresses the spring.
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ‬
(‫اﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ در آن ﺟﺰء ﻛﺸﺴﺎن )ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺰء راﻧﺸﻲ و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻓﻚ ﻓﺮو ﺑﺮده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺟﺰء ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ وارد ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻓﺸﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫﺪف از اﻳﻦ آراﻳﺶ اﻓﺰودن ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻐﺰش )اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن( ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ آوردن ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ در ﺻﻮرت ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺎ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻛﺸﺶ ﻃﻨﺎب‬.‫داراي ﺑﺎرﺳﺒﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
Gradual Wedge-Clamp Safety
This is a safety in which an elastic member
(spring) is inserted between the driving
member and the jaw assembly. This member is
arranged to be fully compressed when the
maximum pressure is applied to the guide rail.
The purpose of this arrangement is to extend
the sliding (stopping) distance to obtain an
improved stop in event of operation with a
lightly loaded car. The operating force is
derived from the governor rope tension.
118
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ روي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫‪Released by threaded fod operating through ‬‬
‫‪ pivoted nut‬‬
‫رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ رزوهدار ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از درون ﻣﻬﺮه ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪدار‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫)‪Fig. 17-WEDGE CLAMP, SPRING OPERATED SAFETY (PRATT‬‬
‫ﺟﺪول ‪ -17‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Fig. 18-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM GRADUAL WEDGE CLAMP SAFETY, FORM 1, WITHOUT‬‬
‫‪GOVERNOR PULL-THROUGH‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -18‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺪون ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪119‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Spring and Drum Operated Safety (Pratt),
Form 1
1 ‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ و ﻓﻨﺮي )ﭘﺮات( ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
This consists of a grooved safety drum on
which a safety drum rope is wound and a spring
which is released by the first movement of the
safety drum applying a certain initial pressure;
continuing rotation of the safety drum
eventually compresses the spring solid and
action is then that of a wedge-clamp safety.
When fully applied, the spring latch is
automatically reset.
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻴﺎردار‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ روي آن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و‬
‫ﻓﻨﺮي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﺎ اداﻣﻪ ﮔﺮدش ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻻً ﻓﻨﺮ را ﺳﺨﺖ ﻓﺸﺮده ﻛﺮده و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻜﺎر رود ﭼﻔﺖ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر دوﺑﺎره‬
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
Characteristics
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ ﻛﻤﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮهاي‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺟﺰ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ )ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻓﺸﺮده‬
‫ﺷﺪه( اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﻃﻨﺎب‬
.‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
Same as for the wedge clamp safety except that
the initial movement of the jaws (by the
compressed spring) engages this safety with a
relatively short governor rope movement.
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
This safety is operated by a governor without pullthrough. (Not permitted by IPS-G-GN-370).
.‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺪون ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺠﺎز داﻧﺴﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪه‬IPS-G-GN-370 ‫)و ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.(‫اﺳﺖ‬
Method of Release
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ﻧﻮع اﺻﻠﻲ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ را ﺑﺎ دوﺑﺎره ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ دﺳﺖ ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭼﻔﺖ ﻓﻨﺮ دوﺑﺎره‬
‫ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﺸﺶ را ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﻣﻲ ﻛﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺮﮔﺮدد‬
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬.‫ﺗﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎزﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻳﻜﻲ از آن دو ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻃﺒﻠﻜﻲ داراي دو ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﺑﻌﺪي داراي ﻳﻚ‬.‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﭻ دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻮدﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي دوﺑﺎره ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
.‫اوﻟﻴﻪ در آوردن آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ آﭼﺎر در درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻮد‬
،(‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ )ﻓﻨﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
The original type was reset by pulling the
governor rope by hand until the spring latch
was reset, then reversing pull until rope was in
original position. The safety drum carried two
ropes, one of which wound up as the other
unwound. Later types had a single safety drum
rope which required a wrench in the car for
resetting.
Drum (Internal Spring) Operated Safety,
Form 2
2 ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
This consists of a grooved safety drum on
which the safety drum rope is wound, a spring
located within the safety drum and a pair of
sleeves having a triple-pitch thread on the
outside and a single-pitch thread on the inside.
Both sets of threads are right-hand on one
sleeve and left-hand on the other. The triplepitch threads operate within the drum and the
single-pitch threads carry the usual push rods
operating the wedges. In operation, the first
revolution of the drum advances the sleeves
taking up the jaw clearance, after which the
motion of the sleeves stops, further rotation of
the drum advancing the wedges by means of
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻓﻨﺮي‬،‫ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي آن ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﻏﻼف داراي رزوه ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎم در ﺑﻴﺮون و رزوه‬
‫ داﺧﻞ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺗﻚ ﮔﺎم در درون‬
‫ ﻫﺮ دودﺳﺘﻪ رزوه ﺑﺮ روي ﻳﻚ ﻏﻼف راﺳﺖ ﮔﺮد و ﺑﺮ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ رزوهﻫﺎي ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎم داﺧﻞ‬.‫روي ﻏﻼف دﻳﮕﺮ ﭼﭗ ﮔﺮد ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮده و رزوهﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ ﮔﺎم ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي ﻫﻞ دﻫﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﻬﻨﮕﺎم‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل را ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻜﺎراﻧﺪازي ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ اوﻟﻴﻦ دور ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﻏﻼفﻫﺎ را ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮد و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬،‫ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از آن ﻏﻼفﻫﺎ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫آزاد ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ را ﺳﻔﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
120
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪the single-pitch screws and compresses the‬‬
‫‪spring until it is solid, after which the action is‬‬
‫‪that of a standard wedge-clamp safety.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎز ﻣﻲ اﻳﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪،‬ﺑﺎ دور زدن ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ﮔﻮه ﻫﺎ ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻚ ﮔﺎم ﭘﻴﺶ ﻣﻲ روﻧﺪ و ﻓﻨﺮ را آﻧﻘﺪر ﻓﺸﺮده‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از آن ﻋﻤﻞ ﻛﺮدن وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه – ﮔﻮهاي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه –‬
‫ﮔﻮهاي اﺳﺖ ﺟﺰ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻟﻐﺰش ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً‬
‫ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮي را ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ‬
‫ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Characteristics‬‬
‫‪Same as for wedge-clamp safety except that it‬‬
‫‪gives a relatively longer slide with light loads‬‬
‫‪and low governor-tripping speeds than does‬‬
‫‪standard wedge clamp safety.‬‬
‫‪Governor‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﺪون ﻻﻛﺸﻲ اﺳﺖ وﻟﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻻﻛﺶ آﻧﺮا ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‪.‬‬
‫‪pull-‬‬
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫‪but‬‬
‫‪Generally without pull-through‬‬
‫‪through type may be employed.‬‬
‫‪Method of Release‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ آﭼﺎري ﻛﻪ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﺑﺎزﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪن ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪Safety is released by means of a wrench which‬‬
‫‪is used from within the car to rewind the safety‬‬
‫‪drum.‬‬
‫‪RELEASED POSITION‬‬
‫‪ ‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫آﭼﺎر رﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪Fig. 19-GRADUAL WEDGE CLAMP SPRING AND DRUM SAFETY (PRATT), FORM 1‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -19‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ و ﻓﻨﺮ )ﭘﺮات( ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪1‬‬
‫‪121‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻃﻮﻗﻪ رزوهدار ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎر‬
‫ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻛﺸﺶ )ﭘﺴﺎي( ﻣﺎﻟﺸﻲ ‪ ‬‬
‫رزوه ﺳﻪ ﮔﺎم ‪ ‬‬
‫‪RELEASED POSITION‬‬
‫ﻏﻼف ﻣﻔﺮﻏﻲ ﺑﺎ رزوه ﺗﻚ ﮔﺎم ‪ ‬‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪ APPLIED POSITION‬‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 20-GRADUAL WEDGE CLAMP SAFETY (INTERNAL SPRING), FORM 2‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -20‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ )ﻓﻨﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪2‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ‪ ‬‬
‫‪Fig. 21-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM GRADUAL WEDGE CLAMP SAFETY, FORMS 2 AND 3‬‬
‫‪WITHOUT PULL-THROUGH‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -21‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ‪ 2‬و ‪ 3‬ﺑﺪون ﻻﻛﺸﻲ‬
‫‪122‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Drum (External Spring) Operated Safety,
Form 3
،(‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ )ﻓﻨﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
This consists of a drum-operated safety in
which the wedges are pulled inward, a springcushioned member being provided between the
ends of the threaded shafts and the wedges. The
wedges are provided with a steep-angled
shoulder to take up the normal jaw clearance
quickly.
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﻓﻨﺮي‬،‫در آن ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ داﺧﻞ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺘﻚدار ﺑﻴﻦ اﻧﺘﻬﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﻴﻠﻪﻫﺎي رزوهدار و ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﮔﻮهﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﺮدن ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﻓﻚ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﺎي ﻋﺎدي ﺑﺎ ﺷﺎﻧﻪ داراي زاوﻳﻪ ﺗﻨﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
3 ‫ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
Characteristics
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮع ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﺟﺰ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آن ﻟﻐﺰش ﻧﺴﺒﺘﺎً ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺳﺒﻚ و ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
Same as for the wedge clamp except that it
gives a relatively longer slide with light loads
and low governor tripping speeds than does the
wedge-clamp safety.
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﻮع ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺪون آن‬
Generally fly ball type with or without pullthrough.
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
Method of Release
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ آﭼﺎري ﻛﻪ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺑﺎزﭘﻴﭽﺎﻧﺪن ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو‬
Safety is released by means of a wrench which
is used from within the car to rewind the safety
drum.
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Fig. 22-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM GRADUAL WEDGE CLAMP SAFETY, FORMS 2 AND 3 WITH
PULL-THROUGH
‫ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻛﺸﻲ‬3‫ و‬2 ‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي‬-22 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
123
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎﺷﺪه‬
‫آﭼﺎر رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Fig. 23-GRADUAL WEDGE CLAMP SAFETY (EXTERNAL SPRING), FORM 3‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -23‬وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ )ﻓﻨﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ(‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ‪3‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮو ‪ ‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﭘﺲ از ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫‪Fig. 24-FORCE-TRAVEL DIAGRAM FLEXIBLE GUIDE CLAMP DRUM OPERATED SAFETY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -24‬ﻧﻤﻮدار ﻧﻴﺮو – ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫‪Drum‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬
‫‪Safety‬‬
‫‪Clamp‬‬
‫‪Flexible Guide‬‬
‫‪Operated‬‬
‫‪This safety has a spring provided in the jaws‬‬
‫‪which are actuated by a wedge-clamp‬‬
‫‪mechanism that is drum driven. In this case the‬‬
‫‪actuating force is derived from the tension in‬‬
‫‪the governor rope although the final pressure‬‬
‫‪on the rail is determined by the spring.‬‬
‫اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ داراي ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻨﺮ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮهاي ﻓﻌﺎل ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ راﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ .‬در اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﻤﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻓﻌﺎل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﻛﺸﺶ‬
‫درون ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‪.‬‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎ‬
‫‪Characteristics‬‬
‫وﻳﮋﮔﻲﻫﺎي اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻫﺮ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه‬
‫و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف اﺳﺖ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻓﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار‬
‫‪Same as for any flexible guide clamp safety‬‬
‫‪after full spring pressure has been established.‬‬
‫‪124‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻐﺰش آن ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ زﻳﺮا ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻨﺮ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻤﺎس اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺘﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬.‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ اﺑﺘﺪاي ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﺨﺖ‬.‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ اﻳﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻟﻐﺰش ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و ﮔﻮه ﺗﺪرﻳﺠﻲ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
.‫دارد‬
Sliding distance is longer because full spring
pressure is not built up for some distance after
initial contact with the guide rail. All rope may
be pulled from the safety drum. Starts of guide
rail marks are hard to locate. Meets the sliding
distance curves for Gradual Wedge Clamp
Safety.
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor
.‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
The safety is operated by a pull-through
governor.
‫روش رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
Method of Release
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ آﭼﺎري ﻛﻪ از درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد رﻫﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
Safety is released by means of a wrench which
is used from within the car to rewind the safety
drum.
RELEASE WRENCH
‫آﭼﺎر رﻫﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ رﻫﺎ ﺷﺪه‬
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ‬
Fig. 25- FLEXIBLE GUIDE-CLAMP SAFETY, DRUM OPERATED
‫ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﮔﻴﺮه و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻃﺒﻠﻚ‬-25 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
125
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺰش ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬4-‫ب‬
B.4 Determination of Slide on the Guide
Rails for Type B Safeties
B ‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
General
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺰش واﻗﻌﻲ‬،‫ﭘﺲ از ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ‬
‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﺮده ﺧﻮب‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈـﻪاي وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ اوﻟﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﺶ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻳﻦ‬،‫روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ را ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ از روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﭘﺎك ﺷﺪه اﻏﻠﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻋﻼﻣﺖ‬
‫اﺷﺘﺒﺎه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﻟﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺟﺰو ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻐﺰش‬
-‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اﻧﺪازه‬.‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب ﻧﻴﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮي از ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس واﻗﻌﻲ ﻓﻚ ﺑﺮ روي‬
‫ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﻗﺮار ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ و ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻛﻢ در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﺧﻂ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺮده‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺗﺎ اﻧﺪازهاي داراي رﻧﮓ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﺑﻮده‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ در ﻣﻘﺎﻳﺴﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮي‬
.‫ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
Following a safety test, there is often
considerable difficulty in determining the
actual slide of the safety jaws on the guide
rails. In the case of a well-lubricated rail, the
first action of the closing jaws is to squeeze out
the film of oil or grease; this area of reduced
lubrication is often mistaken for part of the
mark but should not be included in the
measured sliding distance. The measurement
should start at the point where actual contact is
made by the jaw on the guide rail and is
generally indicated by a slight roughening
along the line of travel of the jaws. This has a
somewhat different color; the guide rail looks
gray in contrast with the polished surface.
‫ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
Effect of Illumination
The angle of illumination and the position of
the observer have much to do with the ease
with which the marks may be identified.
‫زاوﻳﻪ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻨﺪه در راﺣﺖ ﻛﺮدن‬
.‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﻮﺛﺮ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
The marks showing in Figs. 26 and 27 are the
same marks photographed from the same
position with identical exposures but with the
illumination changed from sixty (60) degrees
with the light level with the end of the marks,
to forty five (45) degrees with the light
considerably below the marks. Often it is
possible to pick up the marks with the light
source almost in line with the face of the guide
rail.
‫ ﻧﺸﺎن‬27 ‫ و‬26 ‫اﺛﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ )ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ( ﻛﻪ در ﺷﻜﻠﻬﺎي‬
‫داده ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻧﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ از ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺴﺎن و ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮردﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﻜﺴﺒﺮداري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ وﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬60 ‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻧﻮر آن ﺑﺎ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎ از‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ زﻳﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎ‬45 ‫ﺷﺮوع و ﺗﺎ‬
‫ اﻏﻠﺐ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻮان ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎﻳﻲ را‬.‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮر ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ اﺳﺖ ﭘﻴﺪا‬
.‫ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎ روي ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﺧﺸﻚ‬
Marks on Dry Guide Rails
‫ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺧﺸﻚ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻳﻪ ﺑﻬﻢ‬،‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻏﻠﺘﻜﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ﺧﻮردهاي از روﻏﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻤﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ دﻗﻴﻖ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮر و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دادن‬،‫ﺑﻬﺮﺣﺎل‬
‫ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺘﻮان ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﻛﻪ از آﻧﺠﺎ‬،‫زاوﻳﻪ دﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ آﻏﺎز ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد را ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮد‬
When the guide rail is dry, as is the case with
roller guides, the mark may be very difficult to
determine as there is no disturbed film of
lubricant to aid in its location. However, by
carefully adjusting the position of the light
source and changing the angle of vision, it is
generally possible to determine the point at
which the mark starts.
126
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ‬
Determination of Final Position of Jaws
‫ﭼﻮن ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﭘﺲ از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮورﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻧﻮاﻋﻲ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﻓﻚ‬،‫ﺑﻪ درون ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺸﺎر آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻗﺎﻧﻮن ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬،‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻫﻨﻮز ﻛﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي‬،‫درﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ روﻏﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺧﻴﻠﻲ اوﻗﺎت‬،‫ﮔﺮﻳﺲ در زﻳﺮ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫"اﺛﺮ" ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻔﺸﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
As the jaws tend to bite more deeply into the
guide rail after full application, even with types
where the pressure of the jaws on the guide rail
is designed to remain constant, there is little
difficulty, as a rule, in determining the final
position of the jaws. Where the guide rails are
lubricated, the terminal mark may generally be
indicated by the piling up of oil or grease below
the safety shoe; frequently the entire "print" of
the shoe or gib may be on the guide rail in the
final stop position.
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ‬
Interrupted Marks
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻮردي اﺗﻔﺎق ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺮده‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻤﺎس ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ را در ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‬
30 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎ ﮔﺬارﻧﺪ و آﻧﮕﺎه ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻚ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي‬300 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﻳﺎ ﺷﺎﻳﺪ‬100 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮي ﺗﺎ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺿﻮع ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻋﻠﺖ رخ‬.‫ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻛﻪ از ﺑﻴﻦ آﻧﻬﺎ اﻧﺤﺮافﻫﺎي ﻛﻢ در ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﺪن‬،‫ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬،‫ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻬﺶ ﺑﻌﺪي ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻧﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داد ﺗﺎ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺴﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻜﻲ از‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﻮردي اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻳﻚ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ آزاد ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي اوﻟﻴﻪ در اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻟﻐﺰش در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻐﺰش ﻓﻘﻂ از ﺑﻠﻨﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬.‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
It occasionally happens that the safety jaws will
come in contact with the guide rail and leave a
mark for a certain distance, and then the mark
will be lost for a distance of 30 mm to 100 mm
or perhaps 300 mm. This may be due to several
causes, among them slight deviations in the
alignment of the guide rails, variations in
thickness, or the sudden engagement of the
governor rope by the governor, with a
following jump of the governor rope which will
permit the jaws to clear for a small fraction of a
second. In no case should these preliminary
marks be considered in the measurement of the
slide. The slide should be measured from the
highest point of the continuous marking only.
‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮيﻫﺎ‬
Measurements
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻃﻮل‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ در ﻫﺮدو‬
‫ ﺑـﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻃﻮل ﻓﻚ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮه و‬،‫ﭘﻬﻠﻮي ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﭼﻬﺎر ﺑﺎر اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
Stopping distance should be determined by
measuring the length of the marks made by the
safety on both sides of each guide rail,
deducting the length of the safety jaw or
wedge, and taking the average of the four
measurements.
127
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻧﺮده راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﺮﭼﻬﺎر ﭘﻬﻠﻮ را اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻐﺰش در‬
‫ﻫﺮﭼﻬﺎر ﭘﻬﻠﻮ را اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪Notes:‬‬
‫‪(1) A- Start of slide‬‬
‫‪(2) B- End of slide‬‬
‫‪(1) A-Start of slide‬‬
‫‪(2) B- End of slide‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوريﻫﺎ‪:‬‬
‫)‪ -A (1‬آﻏﺎز ﻟﻐﺰش‬
‫)‪ -B (2‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻟﻐﺰش‬
‫)‪ -A (1‬آﻏﺎز ﻟﻐﺰش‬
‫)‪ -B (2‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﻟﻐﺰش‬
‫‪Fig. 26- SAFTY MARKS ON‬‬
‫‪GUIDE RAILS,‬‬
‫‪POOR ILLUMINATION‬‬
‫‪Fig. 27- SAFTY MARKS ON‬‬
‫‪GUIDE RAILS,‬‬
‫‪GOOD ILLUMINATION‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -27‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -26‬ﻋﻼﻣﺖﻫﺎي وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﺮ روي‬
‫ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮب‬
‫ﻧﺮده ﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫‪128‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻟﻐﺰش در‬
‫‪Notes:‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺎ‬5-‫ب‬
B.5 Governors
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
General
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ وﺳﻴﻠﻪاي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن و‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮاﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ در‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﺟﺎزه ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫ در ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﻣﻮارد‬.‫ﻣﻲ رود‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺸﺶ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮﺳﺪ از‬
.‫درون ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮدن اﻧﻮاع ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ از‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ از ﺳﺮﻋﺖ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧﺮاب ﺷﺪن‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي آوﻳﺰ )ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻟﺨﺘﻲ( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺮق را ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و در زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ درﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از آن ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
A governor (speed governor) is a device the
purpose of which is to stop and grip the
governor rope and apply the safety in case of
overspeed of the car in the down direction. In
some cases, it will permit the governor rope to
pull through the rope-grip jaws when a
predetermined tension is reached.
It may also be designed to apply certain types
of safeties regardless of speed in case of failure
of the suspension ropes (inertia operation).
Frequently the governor is equipped with a
switch which will cut off the power to the
driving machine motor and apply the brake
either at the time or before the governor jaws
engage.
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬C ‫ و‬B ‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺗﺠﺎوز ﻛﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ‬0/750 ‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪهاي ﻛﻪ از‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ را در دوﺳﻤﺖ‬.‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﻠﻴﺪي دارﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻪ دوﻣﻲ از ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ دﺳﺘﻪ اي از‬،‫ در ﻣﻮاري ﻧﻴﺰ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻮاﻧﻪ )ﻣﻮﺗﻮر( ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺳﻬﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮدﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
Recent elevators require such switches for
Types B and C safeties with rated speeds
exceeding 0.750 m/s. These switches provide
protection against overspeed in either direction.
A second set of contacts may be provided to
regulate the speed of the motor. At times, an
additional set of contacts may be provided to
limit speed when approaching terminal
landings.
‫اﻧﻮاع ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
Governor Types
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه‬
Fly ball Governor
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ داراي ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ‬
‫ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ اﻫﺮمﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزوﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻃﻮﻗﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼﻓﻲ را ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻓﺸﺎري‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﺮ روي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه ﭘﺦ دار ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎرداري ﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺧﻮد ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬.‫ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﻃﻮﻗﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﺎﻓﻲ‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﺮدن ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
A fly ball governor is one operated by a pair of
fly balls attached to, and driven by, a vertical
shaft. Links attached to the fly ball arms lift a
collar or sleeve operating against an adjustable
compression spring on the shaft. The vertical
shaft is driven through a pair of bevel gears by
a sheave which in turn is driven by the
governor rope attached to the car. Various gear
ratios are generally available to take care of
various tripping speeds. When a predetermined
speed is reached, the collar is lifted far enough
to trip the rope grips, which in older elevators
129
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
-‫در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﺪﻳﻤﻲﺗﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ ﺧﻢ‬
‫ﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮ روي دوﻃﺮف ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮح ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬.‫رﻓﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ‬.‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬6-‫ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ب‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﮔﻴﺮﻛﺮده و آﻧﺮا ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﻛﺸﺶ از‬.‫در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﮔﻴـﺮهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ ﭘﺸﺖ‬،‫درون ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
may consist of a pair of grooved arcs pivoted
on opposite sides of the down running side of
the governor rope. See Paragraph B 6 in this
Appendix for a full description of governor
jaws. These jaws grip and stop the rope when
they are tripped. Gear teeth are provided to
insure equal travel of the jaws. Where pullthrough is desired, one of the rope grips is
spring backed.
‫ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
Overhead Fly ball
‫ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي‬،‫اﻳﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻬﺴﺎزي ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ اﺗﻜﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ در زﻳﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮدش‬
‫ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻗﺮار داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻴﮕﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ درون ﺧﻄﻮﻃﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺗﻜﻴﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﮔﺎه آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺬرد ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺑﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺟﻔﺖ اﻫﺮم ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎزوﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬،‫ﮔﻮي ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﻮيﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺮون ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﻚ‬
‫ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ از ﮔﻮيﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﮔﺮاﻧﺶ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻣﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫ﺟﺮم ﻛﻮﭼﻜﺘﺮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
This is a modification of the usual fly ball type,
the fly balls being mounted with the point of
support below the plane of rotation. When at
rest, the fly balls lie inside the lines through
their supports.
A disc lifted by a pair of levers attached to the
ball arms trips the rope grip. Because the
outward travel of the balls is aided by gravity,
smaller masses may be used.
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ داراي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
Horizontal-Shaft Governor
A horizontal-shaft governor is one with a shaft
perpendicular to the plane of the sheave.
Pivoted masses, spring controlled, operate a lift
rod by means of short arms attached to the
masses. By varying the tension of the springs, a
considerable range of speeds may be covered.
‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ داراي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻧﺎﻇﻤﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ آن ﻋﻤﻮد‬
‫ ﺟﺮمﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪدار و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬.‫ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻧﺪهاي را ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺎزوﻫﺎي ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬،‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ دادن ﻛﺸﺶ‬.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮمﻫﺎ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ اﻧﺪازﻧﺪ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي از ﺳﺮﻋﺖﻫﺎ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان‬،‫ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ داد‬
Centrifugal Governor
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ) ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺑﻜﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺿﺮﺑﻪاي( ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه آن داراي دو ﻳﺎ ﭼﻨﺪ وزﻧﻪ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﺎرج از‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪدار ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻓﻨﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ در درون‬
-‫ ﻳﻚ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزو ﮔﻮه‬،‫ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اي را ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﭼﻨﮕﻚ‬
.‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮ روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ وزﻧﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺧﺎرج از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮون راﻧﺪه ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ آﻧﻜﻪ ﭼﻨﮕﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎزو در ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫ﮔﺮدش درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ درآﻳﺪ و ﺟﺰء ﮔﻮهاي ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب درﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻮد و آﻧﺮا ﺑﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
A centrifugal governor (disc governor, bailtype governor, knock-out governor) consists of
a sheave containing of a sheave containing two
or more eccentrically pivoted weights normally
held by springs within the periphery of the
sheave, a bail or arm carrying a wedge in line
with a governor rope, the bail being mounted
eccentrically to the sheave. When the speed of
the governor rope reaches a predetermined
value, the weights are driven outward by the
centrifugal force until the bail or arm is
engaged and moved in the direction of rotation
until the wedge member engages the rope and
locks it against the sheave.
130
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﻤﻲ ﮔﻴﺮد‪ ،‬وﻟﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي ﭘﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻓﻨﺮ ﻛﻪ ﻻﻛﺸﻲ را ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎزد ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻴﺮود‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮه ﻫﺎي ﻓﻚ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻫﺮم ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻘﺎﺑﻚ ﺷﻜﺎفدار ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ وﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻳﻚ زﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻏﻼف ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺑﺮ روي اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻫﺮﻳﻚ از وزﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻪدار ﺷﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ‪-‬‬
‫اﻓﺘﺪ‪ ،‬ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Ordinarily, this type of governor has no‬‬
‫‪provision for pull-through, but when used for‬‬
‫‪moderate and high speeds, it is arranged with‬‬
‫‪parallel spring-backed jaws which permits pull‬‬‫‪through. Jaw-grips are tripped by a link‬‬
‫‪connecting them to a notched disc, normally‬‬
‫‪stationary, which is operated on overspeed by a‬‬
‫‪dog or lug on the inner end of either of the‬‬
‫‪pivoted weights.‬‬
‫‪CENTRIFUGAL (BAIL TYPE) ‬‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ )ﻧﻮع ﭼﻨﮕﻜﻲ(‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ داراي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ ﮔﻮي ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي‬
‫‪Fig. 28-TYPES OF SPEED GOVERNORS‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -28‬اﻧﻮاع ﻧﺎﻇﻢﻫﺎي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫‪131‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻣﺘﻮﺳﻂ‬6-‫ب‬
B.6 Governor Jaws for Moderate and HighSpeed Operation
‫و ﺑﺎﻻ‬
Pull-Through of Rope
‫ﻻﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب‬
The high-speed operation of governors,
particularly on high rise elevators where the
mass of the governor rope is considerable,
involves the problem of slowing down and
stopping this rope without injury to the wires or
strands of which it is composed. In addition,
the jaws should permit the pull-through of the
governor rope at a predetermined tension and
this pull-through value, once set, should remain
essentially constant over a period of years.
Governor jaws should not wear appreciably
from stopping the governor rope in safety
applications or in testing safeties.
‫ ﺑﻪ وﻳﮋه در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
‫آﺳﻤﺎن ﺧﺮاﺷﻬﺎ ﻛﻪ در آﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺮم ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﺮﻋﺖ و اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﻳﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺑﺪون اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﺳﻴﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آﻧﺮا ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ اﻓﺰون ﺑﺮ آن‬. ‫ وﺟﻮد دارد‬،‫دادهاﻧﺪ وارد آﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎ اﺟﺎزه دﻫﻨﺪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺸﺶ از ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪهاي از ﻻي آﻧﻬﺎ ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد و اﻳﻦ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻻﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﺮورﺗﺎً ﺑﺮاي دوره ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در‬.‫ﺳﺎل ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺛﺮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
.‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﻓﺮﺳﻮده ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
Fig. 29-TYPES OF PULL-THROUGH GOVERNOR JAWS
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ ﻻﻛﺶ‬-29 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي ﮔﻴﺮه ﻃﻨﺎب داراي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮازي‬
Parallel-Motion Rope-Grip Jaws
‫ ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻓﻚ ﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺮآورده ﺷﺪن اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫داراي ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮازي ﮔﻴﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺪون آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪن و ﺳﺎﻳﻴﺪه‬
‫ ﻣﻘﺪار‬.‫ﻛﺮدن آﺷﻜﺎر آن داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﻛﺮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻻﻛﺸﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻚﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺛﺎﺑﺖ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮ روي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ داراي ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ و‬28 ‫ﮔﻴﺮه ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
.‫ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬29 ‫دوﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ دﻳﮕﺮ آن در ﺷﻜﻞ‬
In order to meet these requirements, several
manufacturers developed parallel-motion ropegrip jaws which afford enough area to stop the
rope without injury, and without visible wear.
The pull-through value of such jaws is quite
constant. One such rope grip is shown on the
horizontal-shaft governor in Fig. 28 and two
others are shown in Fig. 29.
132
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
APPENDIX C
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
HANDLING AND SOCKETING OF WIRE
ROPE
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﺮدن و ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﻧﺮ و ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﺮدن و ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬1-‫ج‬
C.1 Handling, Unreeling, and Uncoiling of
Wire Rope
‫و ﻛﻼف‬
Storage
‫اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدن‬
Stocks of rope should be stored in a cool, dry
location which is reasonably free from dust and
dirt. If wrapped in paper or burlap, the
wrappings should not be removed before the
rope is to be used, unless they have become wet
in transit, in which case, the wrappings should
be removed and the rope dried. Ropes should
always be provided with protection from the
weather. If stored in a building under
construction, protect the rope from sand, lime,
plaster and mortar.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ذﺧﻴﺮهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺟﺎي ﺳﺮد و ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﻄﻘﻲ ﻋﺎري از ﮔﺮدو ﺧﺎك و ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﻧﺒﺎر‬
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ در ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻳﺎ ﮔﻮﻧﻲ ﻟﻔﺎف ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻟﻔﺎف ﭘﻴﭽﻲﻫﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻣﺼﺮف ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎز‬
،‫ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﺣﻤﻞ و ﻧﻘﻞ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در آﻧﺼﻮرت‬
‫ اﮔﺮ در‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ آب و ﻫﻮا ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن در ﺣﺎل ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﮔﭻ و ﻣﻼت ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ آﻫﻚ‬،‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
Protection During Unreeling and Cutting
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﻃﻨﺎب در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ‬،‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
،‫ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻋﺎري از ﻣﺎﺳﻪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺳﺮﺳﺮا‬.‫ ﻛﺜﻴﻔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮد ﺳﻴﻤﺎن اﺳﺖ‬،‫آﻫﻚ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﻴﺮون ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻮل‬،‫ﻳﺎ راﻫﺮوﻫﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﺰ ﻃﻨﺎب را روي‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻒ آﻧﺠﺎ را ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺟﺎرو ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻻزم اﺳﺖ‬.‫ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻼت ﺑﻴﺮون ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬،‫ﻛﭙﻪﻫﺎي ﺧﺎك‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎبﻫﺎ را در ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ آزاد از ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼﻓﻬﺎ ﺑﻴﺮون‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪاي را ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﭼﻤﻦ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺸﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و از ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻘﺎط ﺑﺪون ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﭼﻤﻦ اﺣﺘﺮاز‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Before pulling out lengths of wire rope, be sure
that the space to be used is clean-free from
sand, lime, dirt or cement dust. Where corridors
or hallways are used, sweep the floor
thoroughly before pulling out a length of rope.
Never pull out rope over earth, sand, or mortar
piles. If it is necessary to pull ropes from reels
or coils out-doors, select an area covered by
sod, avoiding all bare spots.
‫ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﺸﻲ دوﺑﺎره‬
Rope Lengths When Reroping
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﻮ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎل ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﺸﻲ دوﺑﺎره ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻛﻮﺗﺎهﺗﺮ از ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ آﻧﺮا ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاي در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب اﻳﺠﺎد ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد )ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﺣﺪود ﻳﻚ‬
،‫ در ﻣﻮرد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬،‫ ﺑﻬﺮ ﺣﺎل‬.(‫درﺻﺪ ﻃﻮل‬
‫اﻣﻜﺎن رﻋﺎﻳﺖ رواداري ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻛﺎﻫﺶ‬
‫دادن ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ ﻳﺎ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎري از ﺣﻮادث ﺟﺪي در اﺛﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻛﻲ وﺟﻮد ﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﻧﻮ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮدﻧﺪ اﺗﻔﺎق اﻓﺘﺎده اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪﻫﺎي آزاد را ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺮﻳﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
When reroping, the new rope is generally cut
somewhat shorter than the rope which it
replaces. This is done to take care of part of the
stretch which will develop during the life of the
rope (generally about one percent of the
length). However, in the case of very short
ropes, it will not be possible to allow for this
entire stretch without decreasing the overhead
clearance of the car and counterweight to a
dangerous extent. Many serious accidents have
resulted from the installation of new ropes
which were cut too short. Check the clearances
before the rope is cut. Be sure that the rope
133
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
lengths are identical so that it will not be
necessary to use part of the shackle rod
adjustment to equalize ropes at the time of
installation.
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻮل ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻧﻈﺮ اﻧﺪازهاي ﺷﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻜﺴﺎن ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻧﺼﺐ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺎزي ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ رﻛﺎﺑﻚ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻛﺮدن‬
Handling
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ دﻗﺖ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﻧﺨﻮرده ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ آن ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﻮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮه ﻧﺨﻮرد‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ واﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺎب ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎي آن اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﮔﺮ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ در رﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب از ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺧﺎرج ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎر ﻗﺮار ﻣﻴﮕﻴﺮد ﺗﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺧﻮد را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻧﻴﺎورد‬
‫ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮرده ﺧﺪﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻟﻲ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ دﻟﻴﻞ‬
.‫را اﻧﺠﺎم ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ داد‬
Wire rope should be handled carefully so that it
is not twisted, untwisted, or kinked. The
ultimate strength of a wire rope is dependent
upon the combined strength of the individual
wires. If the position of the wires in the strands
of the rope as manufactured is disturbed, the
rope may not develop its ultimate strength
when a load is applied. Kinks in a rope damage
the wires and for that reason, a kinked rope will
not give the service normally expected.
‫روش ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه و ﻛﻼف‬
Method of Unreeling and Uncoiling
،‫اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﻳﻚ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺑﺎز ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮرده ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ آن ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮرده‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب در ﻳﻚ ﺧﻂ راﺳﺖ از روي‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺠﺎم اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر‬.‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ از ﻛﻼف ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺳﻪ روش زﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﮔﺮدد‬
If a wire rope is not properly unwound from a
reel, the rope may be kinked, twisted, or
untwisted. The rope should be pulled off the
reel or uncoiled in a straight line. To do this,
one of the following three methods may be
used:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ روي ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ‬
a) The reel may be mounted on a horizontal
shaft supported by two jacks and the rope is
pulled from the reel by a man holding the
free end of the rope, walking away in a
straight line from the reel which revolves as
the rope unwinds. A board held against the
flange of the reel as a brake will prevent the
reel turning too fast and resulting in a loop
falling over the flange of the reel which may
cause a kink in the rope.
‫دوﺧﺮك ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد و ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺮدي ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮآزاد آن را ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ و از روي‬
‫ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻣﻴﻜﺸﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه دور ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻣﻲ ﭼﺮﺧﺪ ﻃﻨﺎب از آن ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺨﺘﻪ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎل ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫از ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪن ﺧﻴﻠﻲ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ آن و اﻓﺘﺎدن ﺣﻠﻘﻪاي از ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺎل ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮردن‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﺟﻠﻮ ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه را‬،‫ب ( اﮔﺮ روش )اﻟﻒ( را ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮد‬
b) If method (a) cannot be used, the reel
may be mounted on a vertical shaft or with
the reel flange flat on a turntable and then
unwound as described in method (a). When
unreeling from a turntable, the wire rope is
likely to drop over the bottom flange of the
reel and be damaged if the rope is pulled
around the turntable axle.
‫ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان روي ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﻠﻪ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮد ﻳﺎ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه را ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎل ﺻﺎف روي ﻳﻚ ﻣﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدان ﻗﺮار داد و ﺳﭙﺲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫را ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در روش ) اﻟﻒ ( ﺷﺮح داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﻃﻨﺎب از ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬.‫از روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮد‬
‫ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل دارد ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ از روي ﺗﻪ‬،‫روي ﻣﻴﺰ ﮔﺮدان‬
‫ﺑﺎل ﻗﺮﻗﺮه اﻓﺘﺎده و در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ‬
.‫دور ﻣﺤﻮر ﻣﻴﺰﮔﺮدان آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬،‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ از ﺑﺎل ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻓﺮو ﻣﻲاﻓﺘﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮد و ﺣﻠﻘﻪ دوﺑﺎره‬
Damage to the rope can be avoided if, when
a loop droops off the flange, pulling is
stopped immediately and the loop replaced
134
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
on the reel. Under no circumstances should
the rope be thrown over the upper flange as
such action may result in a kink, or in
twisting or untwisting of the rope.
‫روي ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد از آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﺮاﻳﻄﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب‬.‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮان ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮد‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ روي ﺑﺎل ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﭘﺮاﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد زﻳﺮا ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺧﻮردن‬،‫ﻋﻤﻠﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﮔﺮه ﺧﻮردن‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺷﻮد ﻳﺎ ﺗﺎب آن ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮد‬
c) If the rope is coiled, the outer end of the
rope should be released and the coil rolled
along the floor or ground in a straight line.
The coil should not be laid on the floor or
ground and loops thrown off the coil and
pulled out as the rope may be kinked and
damaged as indicated above.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ج ( اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻼف ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﻴﺮوﻧﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد و ﻛﻼف در اﻣﺘﺪاد ﻛﻒ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻏﻠﺘﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻛﻼف را روي ﻛﻒ ﻳﺎ زﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻪ ﺧﻮاﺑﺎﻧﻴﺪ و ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎ را از‬
‫روي ﻛﻼف ﭘﺮت ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ و ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﺮون ﻧﻜﺸﻴﺪ زﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪ ﮔﺮه‬
.‫ﺧﻮرده و آﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﻧﺮو‬2-‫ج‬
C.2 Socketing Wire Rope Using Tapered
Rope Sockets
‫ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬
General
‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
If wire ropes are properly seized socketed, the
original and uniform relation of tension
obtained by correct rope manufacture will not
be disturbed and the socketed rope will develop
from eighty (80) to one hundred (100) percent
of the ultimate strength of the rope.
‫اﮔﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ داراي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎط اﺻﻠﻲ و ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﻛﺸﺶ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺖ آﻣﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻬﻢ ﻧﺨﻮاﻫﺪ‬
‫( درﺻﺪ ﺗﺎ‬80) ‫ ﻫﺸﺘﺎد‬،‫ﺧﻮرد و ﻃﻨﺎب داراي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺷﺪه‬
‫( درﺻﺪ ﺗﺎب ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ‬100) ‫ﺻﺪ‬
.‫آورد‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
Design of Rope Sockets
IPS-G-GN- ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
The design of wire rope sockets should
conform to the requirements of IPS-G-GN-370.
Tapered babbitted sockets should in addition
conform to the requirements of IPS-G-GN-370
with a basket length of not less than four and
three quarters (4¾) times the rope diameter
used and having a hole at the small end of the
socket measuring between 1.58 mm and 4.74
mm larger than the rope diameter, depending
on the diameter of the rope used.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬370
IPS-G-GN-370 ‫ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
3
( 4 ) ‫داراي ﻃﻮل ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﭼﻬﺎر و ﺳﻪ ﭼﻬﺎرم‬
4
‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﻮده و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه داراي ﺳﻮراﺧﻲ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ‬4/74 ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و‬1/58 ‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
Rope Seizing
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻫﺎﻳﻲ از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬
‫ ﻃﺒﻖ روﺷﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺑﺮش‬،‫ﻧﺮ و ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻬﻢ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:(34 ‫زﻳﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
The rope ends to be socketed should, before
cutting, be served with seizings in accordance
with the following (see Fig. 34):
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﻢ آﻫﻨﻲ‬
a) The seizing should be done with annealed
iron wire, provided that other methods of
seizing may be used which give the same
protection from loss of rope lay. Where iron
‫ ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﺮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ روش‬،‫ﺗﺎﺑﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﻦ اﻧﺪازه ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ از دﺳﺖ رﻓﺘﻦ ﺧﻮاب‬
135
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
wire is used for seizing, the length of each
seizing should be not less than the diameter
of the rope.
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي از‬.‫ﻃﻨﺎب اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻮل‬،‫ﺳﻴﻢ آﻫﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻫـﺮ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي از ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
b) For nonpreformed rope, three (3) seizings
should be made at each side of the cut in the
rope. The first seizing should be close to the
cut end of the rope and the second seizing
should be spaced back from the first the
length of the end of the rope to be turned in.
The third seizing should be at a distance
from the second equal to the length of the
tapered portion of the socket.
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ب ( ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﻧﺸﺪه‬
‫( ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي‬3) ‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد در ﻫــﺮ ﺳﻮي ﺑﺮش ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳـﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴـﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد اوﻟﻴﻦ ﺳﻴـﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و دوﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي از ﺳﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪي اول ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ ﻃﻨﺎب روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴـﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳـﻮﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻴـﻢ‬.‫ﺷﻮد ﻓـﺎﺻـﻠﻪ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪي در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪاي ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻃﻮل ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬
.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ج ( ﺑﺮاي ﻃﻨﺎب ﻫﺎي از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﺪه‬
c) For preformed rope, one (1) seizing should
be made at each side of the cut in the rope.
The seizing should be at a distance from the
end of the rope equal to the length of the
tapered portion of the socket plus the length of
the portion of the rope to be turned in.
‫ﻣﻲﺷﻮد در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻮي ﺑﺮش ﻃﻨﺎب ﻳﻚ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﻨﺪي از اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻃﻮل ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺑﻪ ﻋﻼوه ﻃﻮل ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫از ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫د ( اﮔﺮ از اﻧﻮاع دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺗﺪاﺧﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ ﻛـﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻨﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي دﺳﺘﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ‬
‫ و‬،‫داﺧﻞ ﺳﻮراخ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻓﺮو ﺑﺮده ﺷﻮد‬
‫در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد دو ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي اول ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪا و اﻓﺸﺎن ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫و در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻃﻨﺎب داراي ﻣﻐﺰه اﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
-‫ ﻣﻐﺰه اﻟﻴﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ‬،‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.(30 ‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه ﺑﺮﻳﺪه ﺷﻮد )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار‬
‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎن ﻋﻤﻮﻣﺎً ﻃﺮﻓﺪار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روي‬
‫)روي ﺳﺨﺖ( ﺑﺮاي ﺑﻬﻢ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻦ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻧﺮ‬
،‫ ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن‬،‫و ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و روﺷﻲ را ﺑﺮاي ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ ﻣﺸﻜﻼت اﻳﺠﺎد‬،‫و ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻛﺮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺪون‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﻣﺤﻜﻢ در اﻳﻦ رﺷﺘﻪ آﻧﻘﺪر زﻳﺎد اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه وﻟﻮ اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ روش روﻳﻬﻢ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻛﺎﻣﻠﻲ را‬،‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪن رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ رﻳﺰي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬
‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ درﺻﺪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦﺗﺮ از ﺗﺎب‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب را ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ روش "ﺷﺎﻧﻪ زﻧﻲ" )اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از روي‬
‫ﺳﺨﺖ و ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي و ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ ﺳﻴﻢﻫـﺎ( دارا‬
‫ ﺑـﺎ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺣﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي از ﺗﺎب ﻃﻨﺎب را‬، ‫اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺿﻌﻴﻒ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﺗﻚ ﺗﻚ‬،‫ در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
d) If other types of seizing are used, they
should be so installed as to not interfere
with inspection of the socket. After the rope
has been seized, it should be inserted into
the socket through the hole in the small end
a sufficient distance for manipulation; and
where nonpreformed rope is used, the first
two seizings should be removed. The rope
strands should then be spread apart and the
fibre core cut away as close as possible to
the remaining seizing, where rope with fibre
core is used (see Fig. 30).
Babbitted Sockets
While wire rope manufacturers universally
advocate the use of zinc (spelter) for socketing
wire rope and have developed a method of
separating, straightening, and cleaning the
individual wires, the difficulties of making a
secure fastening in the field are so great that,
without exception, elevator construction
companies have used the turned-in strand,
babbitt-poured socket, even though this may
give a finished socket which may develop a
slightly lower percentage of the strength of the
rope than will the "brushed-out" spelter
method. With the turned-in strand, even a
poorly made socket will develop a considerable
portion of the rope strength, whereas, with the
individual wires separated and straightened
136
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ‬،(‫ﺳﻴﻤﻬﺎ و ﺻﺎف ﻛﺮدن آﻧﻬﺎ )روش ﺷﺎﻧﻪ زﻧﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮان ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﻲ‬،‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻠﺰ و ﺳﻴﻢ ﺧﻮب ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ذوب روي‬،‫ ﻋﻼوه ﺑﺮ آن‬.‫وﺟﻮد ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪاي ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ اﺳﺖ و ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ﺣﺪ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪن و آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ زﻳﺎد اﺳﺖ‬
(brushed out), if the bond between the metal
and the wire is not good, there is little or no
holding power. Further, the melting point of
zinc is considerably higher than that of babbitt
and the danger of overheating and damaging
the wire is great.
Fig. 30-ROPE END SHOWING THREE SEIZINGS
Fig. 31-ROPE STRANDS SEPARATED AND
STRAIGHTENED
‫ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي را ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ‬-30 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب ﺟﺪا و ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه اﻧﺪ‬-31 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ‬
Removal of Grease or Oil
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮدن ﺳﻄﻮح ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫آﺷﻜﺎر ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻣﺤﻠﻮل ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺷﺘﻌﺎل داراي ﺧﺎﺻﻴﺖ‬
.‫ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ ﭼﺮﺑﻲ را از ﻃﻨﺎب ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻤﻲ ﻛﻢ‬
Grease and oil should be removed by cleaning
the outer surface of the exposed rope strands
with a nonflammable, low toxic solvent.
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﻲ در ﺣﺎل ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺎ اﺗﻜﺎء ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ داغ رواﻧﺴﺎز را ﻣﻲﺳﻮزاﻧﺪ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ ﻳﻜﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي دوﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬.‫ﻣﺤﻠﻮل را ﺣﺬف ﻛﺮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﻪ دﻗﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺷﺪه و دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮﻓﺖ و ﻫﺮ دو ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬،‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻧﺸﺪه‬
.‫( درﺻﺪ ﺗﺎب ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﻪ دﺳﺖ دادﻧﺪ‬80)‫ﻫﺸﺘﺎد‬
‫ﻫﺮدو ﻃﻨﺎب در ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن از ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺗﻴﻞ ﻓﻠﺰ ﻛﻪ دﻣﺎي آن ﺑﻪ‬
Certain elevator companies now omit this
washing with solvent depending on the hot
babbitt to burn off the lubricant. Tests of two
sockets, one with the rope carefully cleaned,
the other with the rope uncleaned, were made
and both sockets gave more than the required
eighty (80) percent of the strength of the rope.
137
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
They were both poured at the same time from a
pot of metal, the temperature of which was
determined by the pine splinter test. The
difference in strength was one and one half
(1½) percent, the cleaned strands giving the
slightly higher value.
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺧﺮده ﭼﻮب ﻛﺎج ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻮد رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
1
،‫( درﺻﺪ ﺑﻮد‬1 ) ‫ اﺧﺘﻼف در ﺗﺎب آﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ و ﻧﻴﻢ‬.‫ﺑﻮدﻧﺪ‬
2
.‫رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ارﻗﺎم ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ را ﻧﺸﺎن دادﻧﺪ‬
Solvent vapors and fumes should not be inhaled
and therefore adequate ventilation should be
provided.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺎرﻫﺎ و ﮔﺎزﻫﺎي ﺣﻼل اﺳﺘﻨﺸﺎق ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ و‬
.‫ﻟﺬا ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪن رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
Turning in of Rope Strands
،‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي آﺷﻜﺎر ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺧﻢ ﻛﺮده‬
‫روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه و ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻢ دﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه‬
‫ ﻫﺮ رﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻘﺐ‬،(36 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ روﻳﻬﻢ‬.‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ داراي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ از دو و ﻧﻴﻢ‬
1
‫ ( ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻃﻨﺎب ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪاي ﻛﻪ اﮔﺮ‬2 )
2
،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻤﻴﺪﮔﻲ رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه ﻓﻘﻂ ﻛﻤﻲ از‬
(‫ﺳﻄﺢ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎرﻳﻚ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه )دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار ﺷﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ از‬.(33 ‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﻣﻐﺰه ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﺰه ﻓﻮﻻدي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻫﺎي رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺟﺪا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺳﺮﻃﻨﺎب ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
‫داﺧﻞ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد ﺑﻄﻮري ﻛﻪ ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺑﻴﺮون از دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﻴﻢﻫﺎ را درﺳﺖ از زﻳﺮ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺳﺎزد‬
The exposed rope strands should then be bent,
turned in and bunched closely together (see
Fig. 36), each strand being turned back the
same direction. The portion turned in should
have a length of not less than two and one-half
(2½) times the diameter of the rope and such
that, when the rope is pulled as far as possible
into the socket, the bend of the turned in
strands should be slightly over-flush with the
mouth of the tapered socket (large end) and
will be visible when the socket has babbitted,
(see Fig. 33). Where rope with steel core is
used, the steel core shall be cut off even with
the tops of the looped strands.
The rope end should be pulled as far as possible
into the socket so that the remaining seizing
will then be entirely outside the small end of
the socket to permit inspection of the wires just
below the small end of the socket.
Position of Socket Preparatory to Pouring
Babbitt
‫ ﺑﺮاي رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬،‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬
The socket should be held in a vertical position
with the large end up, and the rope held in a
position axial with the socket. Tape or waste
may be wound around the rope at the small end
of the socket to prevent the babbitt from
seeping through, and after the metal has been
cooled, it should be removed.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬
‫آن ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎﻻ ﻗﺮار دارد در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ و ﻃﻨﺎب در ﻳﻚ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺤﻮري ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻪ‬،‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﭼﻜﻪ ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ازاﻃﺮاف دﻫﺎﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ و‬،‫ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه را ﻧﻮارﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻬﻨﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد آن را ﺑﺎز‬،‫ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻦ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻠﺰ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
138
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ و ﮔﺮم ﻛﺮدن آن ﻗﺒﻞ از رﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬
Babbitt Metal and Heating before Pouring
The babbitt metal should contain at least nine
(9) percent of antimony and be clean and free
of dross.
‫( درﺻﺪ‬9) ‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻓﻠﺰ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دﺳﺖ ﻛﻢ داراي ﻧﻪ‬
.‫آﻧﺘﻴﻤﻮان ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻋﺎري از ﺗﻔﺎﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
The babbitt should be heated to a fluidity at a
temperature just sufficient to char a piece of
soft wood (such as white pine) without igniting
it. Care should be taken not to overheat the
babbitt sufficiently to damage the rope.
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺗﺎ روان ﺷﺪن در دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬
(‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻛﺮدن ﻳﻚ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﭼﻮب )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﺎج ﺳﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ داده‬،‫ﺑﺪون ﻣﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﻛﺮدن آن ﺑﻪ ذﻏﺎل ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮاﻇﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازهاي‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫زﻳﺎد ﮔﺮﻣﺎ داده ﻧﺸﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب آﺳﻴﺐ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺣﺘﻴﺎط‬
Caution
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬،‫در ﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ داده و رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎﺳﻚ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﻨﻚﻫﺎي‬،‫ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮدد ﻛﺎرﮔﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‬
‫اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ در ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺎﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬
.‫ﭼﺸﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
While heating and pouring the babbitt, the
worker should wear either a face mask or
suitable goggles to protect the eyes in case the
babbitt should spatter.
Fig. 32-ROPE STRAND ENDS TURNED IN
Fig. 33-TURNED IN ROPE ENDS PULLED INTO
BASKET READY FOR POURING
‫ ﺳﺮﻫﺎي روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه‬-32 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺳﺮﻫﺎي روﻳﻬﻢ ﺑﺮﮔﺮداﻧﺪه ﺷﺪه و ﻛﺸﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬-33 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫رﺷﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
‫درون ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه آﻣﺎده رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬
139
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Heating of Socket-Basket and Pouring of
Babbitt
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎ دادن ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه و رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬
The rope socket-basket should be heated by a
blowtorch flame sufficiently to prevent chilling
of the babbitt and to insure that the babbitt,
when poured, will completely fill the basket
including all the spaces between the rope
strands. Following this, the molten babbitt
should be poured slowly and evenly into the
basket until it is filled to a point level with the
top of the opening in the large end (see Fig.
34).
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻃﻨﺎب را ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺸﻌﻞ‬
‫دﻣﻨﺪهاي ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪن ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻨﻴﺪ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
‫رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬،‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻌﺪ از اﻳﻦ‬.‫رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎ را ﭘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺬاب را ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ داﺧﻞ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰرگ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ را ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻻي‬
.(34 ‫آن ﭘﺮ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﭘﺲ ار رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬
Inspection of Socket after Pouring
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺳﺮد ﺷﺪ و ﺳﻴﻢﺑﻨﺪي در دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدﻳﺪ‬
:‫اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ‬
When the babbitt has cooled and the seizing at
the small end has been removed, a visual
inspection should be made which should show
that:
a) The babbitt is visible at the small end of
the socket (see Fig. 35).
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ در دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ آﺷﻜﺎر اﺳﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه‬
b) The tops of the looped strands of the rope
are just visible above the surface of the
babbitt (see Fig. 34). Where rope with steel
core is used, the steel core should also be
visible above the surface of the babbitt.
‫ب ( ﺑﺎﻻﻫﺎي رﺷﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﻨﺎب درون ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه‬
.(35 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫در ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﻻي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آﺷﻜﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ )ﻧﮕﺎه‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب ﺑﺎ ﻣﻐﺰه ﻓﻮﻻدي‬.(34 ‫ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻐﺰه ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻧﻴﺰ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ آﺷﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
c) The entire loop of any strand is not
visible above the surface of the babbitt.
‫ج ( ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ رﺷﺘﻪ در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ آﺷﻜﺎر‬
d) No loss of rope lay has occurred where
the rope enters the basket (see Fig. 36).
Babbitt sockets which do not conform to the
above requirements should be rejected and
the rope resocketed.
‫د ( ﺧﻮاب ﻃﻨﺎب در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻃﻨﺎب وارد ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﻣﻲ‬
.‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
.(36 ‫ﺷﻮد ﺑﻬﻢ ﻧﺨﻮرده اﺳﺖ )ﻧﮕﺎه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺑـﻪ ﺷﻜﻞ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ دار ﺷﺪهاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫ﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺮدود ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﻃﻨﺎب‬
.‫دوﺑﺎره داراي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﮔﺮدد‬
140
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Fig. 35-CLOSE-UP OF BOTTOM OF BASKET‬‬
‫‪Fig. 34- TOP VIEW OF BASKET AFTER POURING‬‬
‫‪SHOWING BABBITT‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -34‬ﻧﻤﺎي ﺑﺎﻻي ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﭘﺲ از رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -35‬ﻧﻤﺎي ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ از ﺗﻪ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺑﻴﺖ را‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎن ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫)ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ از ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎدﮔﻲ ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم‬
‫‪(An indication of a properly preheated‬‬
‫)‪basket poured at correct temperature‬‬
‫ﺷﺪه و در دﻣﺎي درﺳﺖ رﻳﺨﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ(‬
‫‪Fig. 36-INCORRECTLY SOCKETED WIRE ROPE SHOWING LOSS OF ROPE LAY‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ‪ -36‬ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻄﻮر ﻧﺎدرﺳﺖ داراي ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎه ﺷﺪه و در آن ﺑﻬﻢ ﺧﻮردن ﺧﻮاب ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‪ .‬‬
‫‪141‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
APPENDIX D
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ و دورهاي و‬
CHECKLIST FOR INITIAL AND
PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TEST OF
ELECTRIC ELEVATORS
‫آزﻣﻮن آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
Page 1 of 3
ADDRESS OF BUILDING ------------------------------------------------
‫آدرس ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬---------------------------------------------------------------EQUIPMENT No-----------------TEST DATE ---------------------------‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬-----------------------‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ آزﻣﻮن‬------------------------------RATED CAPACITY --------------RATED SPEED---------- CLASSIFICATION------------‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬------------------ ‫ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬--------------‫رده ﺑﻨﺪي‬------------------------TYPE OF OPERATION --------------------- DATE OF INSTALLATION ------------------(‫ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد )ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬-------------------------‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬----------------------------------------ADDITIONAL INFORMATION -------------------------------------------------------------‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------ITEM
DESCRIPTION
CONDITION
‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
INSIDE THE CAR
‫درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
1
Locking function
‫ﻋﻤﻞ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻛﺮدن‬
2
Power-Door operation
3
Car doors and electric contact
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد درب ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫دربﻫﺎي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
4
Emergency doors in blind hoistway
5
Emergency-Release switch in car
‫درب ﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻛﻮر‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ رﻫﺎﻧﻪ اﺿﻄﺮاري در اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
6
Capacity and data plate
7
Car enclosure
8
Car illumination
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ داده ﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
9
Operating and control devices
10
Car floor, sills, and landing sills
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬
‫ و آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬،‫ آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ﻛﻒ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
11
Protection of projections and recesses in hoistway
12
Car emergency signals
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺸﺴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ و ﭘﺲ ﻧﺸﻴﺘﮕﻲﻫﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
142
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
13
Ventilation of passenger elevator
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮﺑﺮ‬
14
Closing speed of power doors
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻦ درب ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
OUTSIDE HOISTWAY
‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
15
Hoistway enclosures and doors
16
Hoistway access switches
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎ و درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
17
Car platform guard
18
Types of entrance
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫اﻧﻮاع ورودي‬
19
Vision panels
20
Hoistway door locking device
(‫ﺗُﻨﻜﻪﻫﺎي داراي دﻳﺪ )ﺷﻴﺸﻪ دار‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
21
Parking devices
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﺎرك‬
22
Access to hoistway
23
Emergency power system
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
24
Access to pit
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
TOP OF CAR
‫ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
25
Car and counterweight top clearance
26
Wire rope fastenings and sheaves
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺑﺎﻻي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻗﺮﻗﺮهﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﺎردار ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
27
Traveling cables
28
Normal terminal stopping device
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
29
Final terminal stopping device
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
30
Speed limiting switches
31
Windows in hoistway
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮهﻫﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
32
Governor rope
33
Hoistway dimensions and clearance
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫اﺑﻌﺎد و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
34
Stop switch on car top
35
Top of car operating device
36
Top emergency exit and refuge space
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
(‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺴﺖ )ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﻴﺮ‬
143
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
37
Counterweight
38
Counterweight safeties
‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
39
Car top light and outlet
40
Crosshead data plate
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب‬
41
Multiple hoistway
42
Construction of hoistway
43
Floor over hoistway
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺑﺎﻻي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
44
Venting of hoistway
45
Guide rails and fastenings
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺮدهﻫﺎي راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
46
Raceway and wiring in hoistway
47
Pipes and ducts in hoistway
‫ﺳﻴﻢرو و ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎلﻫﺎي درون ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
48
Landing sill guards
‫ﺣﻔﺎظﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
49
Suspension rope hitch plate
50
Wire rope data plate crosshead
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮه زدن ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب‬
51
Wire rope data tag. suspension rope
52
Rope sockets
‫ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﻨﺎب آوﻳﺰ‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
MACHINERY SPACES AND MACHINE ROOM
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت و ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
53
Governor tripping speed
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﺪن ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
54
Governor overspeed switch
55
Governor seal
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
56
Enclosure of machine room spaces
57
Access to machinery spaces
58
Access doors
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
‫درب ﻫﺎي دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬
59
Head room in machinery spaces
60
Lighting of machine room and machinery Spaces
‫ارﺗﻔﺎع آزاد در ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ و ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
61
Ventilation of machinery and control spaces
62
Guards for exposed equipment
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روﺑﺎز‬
144
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
63
Visual check of gears and bearing
64
Driving machine
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ راﻧﺶ‬
65
Physical grounding of electrical equipment
‫اﺗﺼﺎل زﻣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
66
Mainline disconnects
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
PIT
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
67
Bottom clearance for car and counterweight and runby
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و دررو‬
68
Oil buffer plunger return
69
Oil buffer oil level gage
70
Oil buffer data plate
71
Spring buffer data plate
72
Solid bumpers
‫ﺑﺮﮔﺮدان ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻓﻨﺮي‬
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﺮ‬
73
Buffer switches (type C safeties)
74
Marking plate for safeties
75
Counterweight guard
76
Normal terminal stopping devices
77
Guard between pits
78
Access
79
Illumination
80
Stop switch
81
Compensating sheave switch
(C ‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ )وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﻗﺮﻗﺮه ﺷﻴﺎردار ﺟﺒﺮاﻧﻲ‬
82
Floor of pit, level
‫ ﺗﺮاز‬،‫ﻛﻒ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
TESTS
‫آزﻣﻮن‬
83
Speed load
84
Car and counterweight safeties
85
Governor
86
Governor overspeed switch and car safety mechanism switch
87
Level of car platform
88
Oil buffer
89
Normal terminal stopping device
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل و اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ زﻳﺎد ازﺣﺪ ﻧﺎﻇﻢ و ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺎزوﻛﺎر اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺮاز ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
145
‫آذر ‪Dec. 2009 / 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-I-GN-335(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪Final terminal stopping device‬‬
‫‪90‬‬
‫‪Brake‬‬
‫‪91‬‬
‫‪Operation on emergency power‬‬
‫‪92‬‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
‫ﻳﺎدآوري‪:‬‬
‫‪Note:‬‬
‫‪Use separate sheet and attach.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪاي را اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮده و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪PERFORMED BY-------- INSPECTOR --------------- DATE ..................‬‬
‫در ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‪ ---------------------‬ﺑﺎزرس ‪--------------‬اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬
‫‪146‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
APPENDIX E
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ‬
CHECKLIST FOR INITIAL AND
PERIODIC INSPECTION AND TEST
OF HYDRAULIC ELEVATORS
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ و دورهاي و آزﻣﻮن‬
‫آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬
Page 1 of 4
ADDRESS OF BUILDING--------------------------------------------------------------------
‫آدرس ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------EQUIPMENT No.--------------------------------- DATE-----------------------------------------
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬----------------------------------------‫ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬----------------------------------------RATED CAPACITY ---------------------RATED SPEED --------------- CLASSIFICATION --------------
‫ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬--------------------------- ‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه‬-------------------- ‫ رده ﺑﻨﺪي‬------------------------TYPE OF OPERATION--------------. DATE OF INSTALLATION------------------------------------------
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬---------------------------- ‫ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬-------------------------------------------------------------ADDITIONAL INFORMATION----------------------------------------------------------------------------
‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻲ‬-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ITEM
DESCRIPTION
CONDITION
‫ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
INSIDE THE CAR
‫درون اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
1
Emergency stop switch
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
2
Car emergency signals
3
Rated load-platform area
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻚﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه– ﻣﺤﻮﻃﻪ ﺳﻜﻮ‬
4
Capacity and data plates
5
Signs in freight elevator
6
Car enclosure
‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت داده ﻫﺎ و ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻼﺋﻢ در آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎري‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
7
Ventilation of passenger elevator
8
Ventilation of freight elevator
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮي‬
(‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎري )ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬
9
Side emergency exits
10
Car door or gate
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲﻫﺎي اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
147
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
11
Car door or gate electric contacts
‫ﺗﻤﺎسﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
12
Closed position of car door or gate
13
Power opening of doors or gates
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ درب ﻳﺎ دروازه اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎ‬
14
Power closing of doors or gates
15
Door closing force
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دروازهﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻴﺮوي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب‬
16
Closing speed of power doors
17
Door re-opening device
18
Floating platform
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن درب ﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ دوﺑﺎره ﺑﺎزﻛﺮدن درب‬
‫ﺳﻜﻮي ﺷﻨﺎور‬
19
Collapsible gate, passenger elevator
20
Collapsible gate, freight elevator
‫ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺮي‬،‫دروازهﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﺷﻮ‬
(‫ آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﺑﺎري )ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮ‬،‫دروازهﻫﺎي ﺗﺎﺷﻮ‬
21
Car lighting
22
Car emergency lighting
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
23
Floor numbers
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻃﺒﻘﻪﻫﺎ‬
24
Car platform guard
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺳﻜﻮي اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
OUTSIDE HOISTWAY
‫ﺑﻴﺮون ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
25
Power closing of hoistway doors
26
Sequence operation
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﺪن ﺑﺮﻗﻲ درب ﻫﺎي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي‬
27
Hoistway enclosure
28
Type of entrance
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ورودي‬
29
Vision panels
30
Hoistway door locking device
(‫ﺗﻨﻜﻪ داراي دﻳﺪ )ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ و ﺑﺴﺖ درب ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
31
Elevator parking device
32
Access to hoistway
33
Emergency power system
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﭘﺎرك آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
34
Access to pit
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
148
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
TOP OF CAR
‫روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
35
Traveling cable
‫ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك‬
36
Speed limiting switches
37
Windows in hoistway
38
Governor rope
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﭘﻨﺠﺮهﻫﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻃﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﻇﻢ‬
39
Car and counterweight top clearance
40
Hoistway dimensions and clearance
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ آزاد و اﺑﻌﺎد ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
41
Normal terminal stopping device
42
Final terminal stopping device
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
43
Stop switch on car top
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن روي ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
44
Top of car operating device
45
Top emergency exit and refuge space
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﺳﺮاﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
(‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ اﺿﻄﺮاري ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺴﺖ )ﭘﻨﺎﻫﮕﻴﺮ‬
46
Counterweight
47
Counterweight safeties
‫وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
48
Car top light and outlet
49
Crosshead data plate
50
Multiple hoistway
‫ﭼﺮاغ ﺳﺮ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ و ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب‬
‫ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ ﭼﻨﺪﺗﺎﻳﻲ‬
51
Construction of hoistway
52
Floor over hoistway
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﻪ روي ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
53
Venting of hoistway
54
Raceway and wiring in hoistway
‫ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻢرو و ﺳﻴﻢﻛﺸﻲ درون ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
55
Pipes and ducts in hoistway
56
Landing sill guards
57
Wire rope hitch plate
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﻫﺎ در ﭼﺎه آﺳﺎﻧﺒﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي آﺳﺘﺎﻧﻪ ﭘﺎﮔﺮد‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﮔﺮه زدن ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
58
Wire rope data plate, crosshead
59
Wire rope data tag
‫ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻗﺎب‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺑﺴﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻃﻨﺎب ﺳﻴﻤﻲ‬
149
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
60
Rope sockets
‫ﺑﻨﺪﮔﺎهﻫﺎي ﻃﻨﺎب‬
61
Leveling switches
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
MACHINERY SPACES AND MACHINE ROOM
‫ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت و ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
62
Access
63
Machinery space
‫دﺳﺘﺮس‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ‬
MACHINERY SPACES AND MACHINE ROOM (Continued)
(‫ﻓﻀﺎﻫﺎي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت وﻣﻮﺗﻮرﺧﺎﻧﻪ)اداﻣﻪ‬
64
Physical ground, electric equipment
65
Power supply
66
Lighting and ventilation
‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬،‫زﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺮدن ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮق رﺳﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﻬﻮﻳﻪ‬
67
Mainline disconnect
68
Numbering of machines and disconnect switches
‫ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻂ اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت و ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
69
Pumps
70
Drives
(‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ )ﭘﻤﭗﻫﺎ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ راﻧﺶ‬
71
Relief and check valves
72
Flexible hose and fittings
73
Tanks and oil level
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي رﻫﺎﻧﻪ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺷﻴﻠﻨﮓ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎزن و ﺗﺮاز روﻏﻨﻲ‬
74
Drip pans
75
Piping and supports
‫ﺟﻜﻪ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬
76
Control valves
77
Pressure tanks
78
Guards for exposed equipment
‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎزن ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روﺑﺎز‬
79
Visual check of gears and bearings
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎنﻫﺎ‬
PIT
‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
80
Access
81
Illumination
‫دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ‬
‫روﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ‬
82
Stop switch
‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن‬
150
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
83
Cylinder air relief
84
Guards between pits
‫رﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﻮاي ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﻫﺎي ﺑﻴﻦ ﭼﺎﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
85
Counterweight guard
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ وزﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﺎدل‬
86
Oil buffer data plate
87
Spring buffer data plate
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ ﻓﻨﺮي‬
88
Construction of oil buffers
89
Oil buffer oil level gage
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺠﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
90
Solid bumpers
91
Construction of solid bumpers
92
Construction of spring buffers
‫ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺳﭙﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﺮ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﺮي‬
93
Clearance and runby
94
Protection of space below pit
‫ﻓﻀﺎي آزاد و دررو‬
‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﻓﻀﺎي زﻳﺮ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
95
Cylinder oil collection
‫ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪن روﻏﻦ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬
PIT (Continued)
(‫ﭼﺎﻟﻪ )اداﻣﻪ‬
96
Pipes, valves and fittings
97
Piping and supports
98
Normal terminal stopping devices
99
Final terminal stopping devices
100
Car safeties
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬،‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲﻫﺎ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ اﺗﺎﻗﻚ‬
101
Type of safeties identifie
102
Marking plate for safeties
103
Plunger
104
Plunger fastening
105
Cylinder
106
Floor of pit, level
‫ﻧﻮع وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﮔﺬاري ﺑﺮاي وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻨﺪه ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻏﻮﻃﻪ ور اﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬
‫ ﺗﺮاز‬،‫ﻛﻒ ﭼﺎﻟﻪ‬
TESTS
‫آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎ‬
107
Relief valve
108
Static load
‫ﺷﻴﺮ رﻫﺎﻧﻪاي‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
151
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
Dec. 2009 / 1388 ‫آذر‬
IPS-I-GN-335(1)
109
Stop ring
110
Operation under fire or other emergency Conditions
111
Safeties
112
Oil buffer
113
Normal terminal stopping device
114
Final terminal stopping device
115
Operation on emergency power
116
Speed load test
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﮔﻴﺮاﻧﺪاز‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﺤﺖ آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ اﺿﻄﺮاري دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬
‫ﺿﺮﺑﻪﮔﻴﺮ روﻏﻨﻲ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﺎدي‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻧﺪن ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮق اﺿﻄﺮاري‬
‫آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎر‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note:
.‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪاي را اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮده و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Use separate sheet and attach.
Performed by ------------Inspector --------------- Date -------------------
‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ‬------------ ‫ﺑﺎزرس‬------------------- ‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬-------------------- 152